CA2275610A1 - Modulators of proteins with phosphotyrosine recognition units - Google Patents
Modulators of proteins with phosphotyrosine recognition units Download PDFInfo
- Publication number
- CA2275610A1 CA2275610A1 CA002275610A CA2275610A CA2275610A1 CA 2275610 A1 CA2275610 A1 CA 2275610A1 CA 002275610 A CA002275610 A CA 002275610A CA 2275610 A CA2275610 A CA 2275610A CA 2275610 A1 CA2275610 A1 CA 2275610A1
- Authority
- CA
- Canada
- Prior art keywords
- aryl
- alkyl
- compound
- 11alkyl
- solvates
- Prior art date
- Legal status (The legal status is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the status listed.)
- Abandoned
Links
Classifications
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
- C07C—ACYCLIC OR CARBOCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
- C07C59/00—Compounds having carboxyl groups bound to acyclic carbon atoms and containing any of the groups OH, O—metal, —CHO, keto, ether, groups, groups, or groups
- C07C59/40—Unsaturated compounds
- C07C59/42—Unsaturated compounds containing hydroxy or O-metal groups
- C07C59/52—Unsaturated compounds containing hydroxy or O-metal groups a hydroxy or O-metal group being bound to a carbon atom of a six-membered aromatic ring
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
- A61P43/00—Drugs for specific purposes, not provided for in groups A61P1/00-A61P41/00
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
- C07C—ACYCLIC OR CARBOCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
- C07C235/00—Carboxylic acid amides, the carbon skeleton of the acid part being further substituted by oxygen atoms
- C07C235/02—Carboxylic acid amides, the carbon skeleton of the acid part being further substituted by oxygen atoms having carbon atoms of carboxamide groups bound to acyclic carbon atoms and singly-bound oxygen atoms bound to the same carbon skeleton
- C07C235/04—Carboxylic acid amides, the carbon skeleton of the acid part being further substituted by oxygen atoms having carbon atoms of carboxamide groups bound to acyclic carbon atoms and singly-bound oxygen atoms bound to the same carbon skeleton the carbon skeleton being acyclic and saturated
- C07C235/12—Carboxylic acid amides, the carbon skeleton of the acid part being further substituted by oxygen atoms having carbon atoms of carboxamide groups bound to acyclic carbon atoms and singly-bound oxygen atoms bound to the same carbon skeleton the carbon skeleton being acyclic and saturated having the nitrogen atom of at least one of the carboxamide groups bound to an acyclic carbon atom of a hydrocarbon radical substituted by carboxyl groups
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
- C07C—ACYCLIC OR CARBOCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
- C07C235/00—Carboxylic acid amides, the carbon skeleton of the acid part being further substituted by oxygen atoms
- C07C235/02—Carboxylic acid amides, the carbon skeleton of the acid part being further substituted by oxygen atoms having carbon atoms of carboxamide groups bound to acyclic carbon atoms and singly-bound oxygen atoms bound to the same carbon skeleton
- C07C235/32—Carboxylic acid amides, the carbon skeleton of the acid part being further substituted by oxygen atoms having carbon atoms of carboxamide groups bound to acyclic carbon atoms and singly-bound oxygen atoms bound to the same carbon skeleton the carbon skeleton containing six-membered aromatic rings
- C07C235/34—Carboxylic acid amides, the carbon skeleton of the acid part being further substituted by oxygen atoms having carbon atoms of carboxamide groups bound to acyclic carbon atoms and singly-bound oxygen atoms bound to the same carbon skeleton the carbon skeleton containing six-membered aromatic rings having the nitrogen atoms of the carboxamide groups bound to hydrogen atoms or to acyclic carbon atoms
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
- C07C—ACYCLIC OR CARBOCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
- C07C235/00—Carboxylic acid amides, the carbon skeleton of the acid part being further substituted by oxygen atoms
- C07C235/70—Carboxylic acid amides, the carbon skeleton of the acid part being further substituted by oxygen atoms having carbon atoms of carboxamide groups and doubly-bound oxygen atoms bound to the same carbon skeleton
- C07C235/72—Carboxylic acid amides, the carbon skeleton of the acid part being further substituted by oxygen atoms having carbon atoms of carboxamide groups and doubly-bound oxygen atoms bound to the same carbon skeleton with the carbon atoms of the carboxamide groups bound to acyclic carbon atoms
- C07C235/74—Carboxylic acid amides, the carbon skeleton of the acid part being further substituted by oxygen atoms having carbon atoms of carboxamide groups and doubly-bound oxygen atoms bound to the same carbon skeleton with the carbon atoms of the carboxamide groups bound to acyclic carbon atoms of a saturated carbon skeleton
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
- C07C—ACYCLIC OR CARBOCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
- C07C235/00—Carboxylic acid amides, the carbon skeleton of the acid part being further substituted by oxygen atoms
- C07C235/70—Carboxylic acid amides, the carbon skeleton of the acid part being further substituted by oxygen atoms having carbon atoms of carboxamide groups and doubly-bound oxygen atoms bound to the same carbon skeleton
- C07C235/72—Carboxylic acid amides, the carbon skeleton of the acid part being further substituted by oxygen atoms having carbon atoms of carboxamide groups and doubly-bound oxygen atoms bound to the same carbon skeleton with the carbon atoms of the carboxamide groups bound to acyclic carbon atoms
- C07C235/76—Carboxylic acid amides, the carbon skeleton of the acid part being further substituted by oxygen atoms having carbon atoms of carboxamide groups and doubly-bound oxygen atoms bound to the same carbon skeleton with the carbon atoms of the carboxamide groups bound to acyclic carbon atoms of an unsaturated carbon skeleton
- C07C235/78—Carboxylic acid amides, the carbon skeleton of the acid part being further substituted by oxygen atoms having carbon atoms of carboxamide groups and doubly-bound oxygen atoms bound to the same carbon skeleton with the carbon atoms of the carboxamide groups bound to acyclic carbon atoms of an unsaturated carbon skeleton the carbon skeleton containing rings
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
- C07C—ACYCLIC OR CARBOCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
- C07C59/00—Compounds having carboxyl groups bound to acyclic carbon atoms and containing any of the groups OH, O—metal, —CHO, keto, ether, groups, groups, or groups
- C07C59/40—Unsaturated compounds
- C07C59/76—Unsaturated compounds containing keto groups
- C07C59/84—Unsaturated compounds containing keto groups containing six membered aromatic rings
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
- C07C—ACYCLIC OR CARBOCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
- C07C59/00—Compounds having carboxyl groups bound to acyclic carbon atoms and containing any of the groups OH, O—metal, —CHO, keto, ether, groups, groups, or groups
- C07C59/40—Unsaturated compounds
- C07C59/76—Unsaturated compounds containing keto groups
- C07C59/88—Unsaturated compounds containing keto groups containing halogen
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
- C07C—ACYCLIC OR CARBOCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
- C07C69/00—Esters of carboxylic acids; Esters of carbonic or haloformic acids
- C07C69/66—Esters of carboxylic acids having esterified carboxylic groups bound to acyclic carbon atoms and having any of the groups OH, O—metal, —CHO, keto, ether, acyloxy, groups, groups, or in the acid moiety
- C07C69/73—Esters of carboxylic acids having esterified carboxylic groups bound to acyclic carbon atoms and having any of the groups OH, O—metal, —CHO, keto, ether, acyloxy, groups, groups, or in the acid moiety of unsaturated acids
- C07C69/732—Esters of carboxylic acids having esterified carboxylic groups bound to acyclic carbon atoms and having any of the groups OH, O—metal, —CHO, keto, ether, acyloxy, groups, groups, or in the acid moiety of unsaturated acids of unsaturated hydroxy carboxylic acids
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
- C07C—ACYCLIC OR CARBOCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
- C07C69/00—Esters of carboxylic acids; Esters of carbonic or haloformic acids
- C07C69/66—Esters of carboxylic acids having esterified carboxylic groups bound to acyclic carbon atoms and having any of the groups OH, O—metal, —CHO, keto, ether, acyloxy, groups, groups, or in the acid moiety
- C07C69/73—Esters of carboxylic acids having esterified carboxylic groups bound to acyclic carbon atoms and having any of the groups OH, O—metal, —CHO, keto, ether, acyloxy, groups, groups, or in the acid moiety of unsaturated acids
- C07C69/738—Esters of keto-carboxylic acids or aldehydo-carboxylic acids
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
- C07C—ACYCLIC OR CARBOCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
- C07C69/00—Esters of carboxylic acids; Esters of carbonic or haloformic acids
- C07C69/76—Esters of carboxylic acids having a carboxyl group bound to a carbon atom of a six-membered aromatic ring
- C07C69/84—Esters of carboxylic acids having a carboxyl group bound to a carbon atom of a six-membered aromatic ring of monocyclic hydroxy carboxylic acids, the hydroxy groups and the carboxyl groups of which are bound to carbon atoms of a six-membered aromatic ring
- C07C69/92—Esters of carboxylic acids having a carboxyl group bound to a carbon atom of a six-membered aromatic ring of monocyclic hydroxy carboxylic acids, the hydroxy groups and the carboxyl groups of which are bound to carbon atoms of a six-membered aromatic ring with etherified hydroxyl groups
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
- C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
- C07D233/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing 1,3-diazole or hydrogenated 1,3-diazole rings, not condensed with other rings
- C07D233/54—Heterocyclic compounds containing 1,3-diazole or hydrogenated 1,3-diazole rings, not condensed with other rings having two double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members
- C07D233/64—Heterocyclic compounds containing 1,3-diazole or hydrogenated 1,3-diazole rings, not condensed with other rings having two double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members with substituted hydrocarbon radicals attached to ring carbon atoms, e.g. histidine
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
- C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
- C07D233/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing 1,3-diazole or hydrogenated 1,3-diazole rings, not condensed with other rings
- C07D233/54—Heterocyclic compounds containing 1,3-diazole or hydrogenated 1,3-diazole rings, not condensed with other rings having two double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members
- C07D233/66—Heterocyclic compounds containing 1,3-diazole or hydrogenated 1,3-diazole rings, not condensed with other rings having two double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members with hetero atoms or with carbon atoms having three bonds to hetero atoms with at the most one bond to halogen, e.g. ester or nitrile radicals, directly attached to ring carbon atoms
- C07D233/90—Carbon atoms having three bonds to hetero atoms with at the most one bond to halogen, e.g. ester or nitrile radicals
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
- C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
- C07D241/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing 1,4-diazine or hydrogenated 1,4-diazine rings
- C07D241/36—Heterocyclic compounds containing 1,4-diazine or hydrogenated 1,4-diazine rings condensed with carbocyclic rings or ring systems
- C07D241/38—Heterocyclic compounds containing 1,4-diazine or hydrogenated 1,4-diazine rings condensed with carbocyclic rings or ring systems with only hydrogen or carbon atoms directly attached to the ring nitrogen atoms
- C07D241/40—Benzopyrazines
- C07D241/42—Benzopyrazines with only hydrogen atoms, hydrocarbon or substituted hydrocarbon radicals, directly attached to carbon atoms of the hetero ring
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
- C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
- C07D263/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing 1,3-oxazole or hydrogenated 1,3-oxazole rings
- C07D263/02—Heterocyclic compounds containing 1,3-oxazole or hydrogenated 1,3-oxazole rings not condensed with other rings
- C07D263/30—Heterocyclic compounds containing 1,3-oxazole or hydrogenated 1,3-oxazole rings not condensed with other rings having two or three double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members
- C07D263/34—Heterocyclic compounds containing 1,3-oxazole or hydrogenated 1,3-oxazole rings not condensed with other rings having two or three double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members with hetero atoms or with carbon atoms having three bonds to hetero atoms with at the most one bond to halogen, e.g. ester or nitrile radicals, directly attached to ring carbon atoms
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
- C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
- C07D277/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing 1,3-thiazole or hydrogenated 1,3-thiazole rings
- C07D277/02—Heterocyclic compounds containing 1,3-thiazole or hydrogenated 1,3-thiazole rings not condensed with other rings
- C07D277/20—Heterocyclic compounds containing 1,3-thiazole or hydrogenated 1,3-thiazole rings not condensed with other rings having two or three double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members
- C07D277/22—Heterocyclic compounds containing 1,3-thiazole or hydrogenated 1,3-thiazole rings not condensed with other rings having two or three double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members with only hydrogen atoms, hydrocarbon or substituted hydrocarbon radicals, directly attached to ring carbon atoms
- C07D277/30—Radicals substituted by carbon atoms having three bonds to hetero atoms with at the most one bond to halogen, e.g. ester or nitrile radicals
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
- C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
- C07D307/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing five-membered rings having one oxygen atom as the only ring hetero atom
- C07D307/02—Heterocyclic compounds containing five-membered rings having one oxygen atom as the only ring hetero atom not condensed with other rings
- C07D307/34—Heterocyclic compounds containing five-membered rings having one oxygen atom as the only ring hetero atom not condensed with other rings having two or three double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members
- C07D307/38—Heterocyclic compounds containing five-membered rings having one oxygen atom as the only ring hetero atom not condensed with other rings having two or three double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members with substituted hydrocarbon radicals attached to ring carbon atoms
- C07D307/54—Radicals substituted by carbon atoms having three bonds to hetero atoms with at the most one bond to halogen, e.g. ester or nitrile radicals
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
- C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
- C07D401/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, having nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, at least one ring being a six-membered ring with only one nitrogen atom
- C07D401/02—Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, having nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, at least one ring being a six-membered ring with only one nitrogen atom containing two hetero rings
- C07D401/04—Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, having nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, at least one ring being a six-membered ring with only one nitrogen atom containing two hetero rings directly linked by a ring-member-to-ring-member bond
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
- C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
- C07D403/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, having nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, not provided for by group C07D401/00
- C07D403/02—Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, having nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, not provided for by group C07D401/00 containing two hetero rings
- C07D403/04—Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, having nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, not provided for by group C07D401/00 containing two hetero rings directly linked by a ring-member-to-ring-member bond
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
- C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
- C07D405/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing both one or more hetero rings having oxygen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, and one or more rings having nitrogen as the only ring hetero atom
- C07D405/02—Heterocyclic compounds containing both one or more hetero rings having oxygen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, and one or more rings having nitrogen as the only ring hetero atom containing two hetero rings
- C07D405/04—Heterocyclic compounds containing both one or more hetero rings having oxygen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, and one or more rings having nitrogen as the only ring hetero atom containing two hetero rings directly linked by a ring-member-to-ring-member bond
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
- C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
- C07D405/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing both one or more hetero rings having oxygen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, and one or more rings having nitrogen as the only ring hetero atom
- C07D405/14—Heterocyclic compounds containing both one or more hetero rings having oxygen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, and one or more rings having nitrogen as the only ring hetero atom containing three or more hetero rings
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
- C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
- C07D409/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, at least one ring having sulfur atoms as the only ring hetero atoms
- C07D409/02—Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, at least one ring having sulfur atoms as the only ring hetero atoms containing two hetero rings
- C07D409/04—Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, at least one ring having sulfur atoms as the only ring hetero atoms containing two hetero rings directly linked by a ring-member-to-ring-member bond
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
- C07C—ACYCLIC OR CARBOCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
- C07C2601/00—Systems containing only non-condensed rings
- C07C2601/06—Systems containing only non-condensed rings with a five-membered ring
- C07C2601/08—Systems containing only non-condensed rings with a five-membered ring the ring being saturated
Landscapes
- Organic Chemistry (AREA)
- Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
- Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
- Nuclear Medicine, Radiotherapy & Molecular Imaging (AREA)
- Life Sciences & Earth Sciences (AREA)
- Chemical Kinetics & Catalysis (AREA)
- General Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
- Medicinal Chemistry (AREA)
- Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
- Pharmacology & Pharmacy (AREA)
- Bioinformatics & Cheminformatics (AREA)
- Animal Behavior & Ethology (AREA)
- General Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
- Public Health (AREA)
- Veterinary Medicine (AREA)
- Pharmaceuticals Containing Other Organic And Inorganic Compounds (AREA)
- Acyclic And Carbocyclic Compounds In Medicinal Compositions (AREA)
- Investigating, Analyzing Materials By Fluorescence Or Luminescence (AREA)
Abstract
The present invention relates to novel protein tyrosine phosphatase modulating compounds having the general structure shown in Formula (A1) Y-X-C(R')=C(R")COOR''', to methods for their preparation, to compositions comprising the compounds, to their use for treatment of human and animal disorders, to their use for purification of proteins or glycoproteins, and to their use in diagnosis. The invention relates to modulation of the activity of molecules with phosphotyrosine recognition units, including protein tyrosine phosphatases (PTPases) and proteins with Src-homology-2 domains, in in vitro systems, microorganisms, eukaryotic cells, whole animals and human beings. R' and R'' are independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, halo, cyano, nitro, trihalomethyl, alkyl, arylalkyl. R''' is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, alkyl, substituted alkyl, aryl, arylalkyl. X is aryl. Y is selected from hydrogen or .alpha. wherein (*) indicates a potential point of attachment to X.
Description
I
Modulators of Proteins with Phosphotvrosine Recognition Units Field of the Invention The present invention relates to novel protein tyrosine phosphatase modulating compounds, to methods for their preparation, to compositions comprising the compounds, to their use for treatment of human and animal disorders, to their use for purification of proteins or glycoproteins, and to their use in diagnosis. The invention relates to modulation of the activity of molecules with phosphotyrosine recognition units, including protein tyrosine phosphatases (PTPases) and proteins with Src-homology-2 domains, in in vitro systems, microorganisms, eukaryoic cells, whole animals and human beings.
Background of the Invention Reversible phosphorylation of proteins is a prevalent biological mechanism for modulation of enzymatic activity in living organisms. Tonks et al., J.
Biol. Chem., 263(14):6722-30 (1988). Such reversible phosphorylation requires both a protein kinase (PK), to phosphorylate a protein at a particular amino acid residue, and a protein phosphatase (PP), to remove the phosphate moieties. See generally, Hunter, Cell, 80:225-236 (1995). Recently, it has been estimated that humans have as many as 2000 conventional PK genes, and as many as 1000 PP genes. Id.
One major class of PK's/PP's - the protein serine/threonine kinases and protein serine/threonine phosphatases - have been shown to play critical roles in the regulation of metabolism. See generally, Cohen, Trends Biochem. Sci., 17:408-(1992); Shenolikar, Ann. Rev. Cell Biol., 10:55-86 (1994); Bollen et al., Crit. .Rev.
Biochem. Mol. Biol., 27:227-81 ( 1992). As their name suggests, these enzymes phosphorylate and dephoshphorylate serine or threonine residues of substrate WO 98127065 PCT/US96/2050$
Modulators of Proteins with Phosphotvrosine Recognition Units Field of the Invention The present invention relates to novel protein tyrosine phosphatase modulating compounds, to methods for their preparation, to compositions comprising the compounds, to their use for treatment of human and animal disorders, to their use for purification of proteins or glycoproteins, and to their use in diagnosis. The invention relates to modulation of the activity of molecules with phosphotyrosine recognition units, including protein tyrosine phosphatases (PTPases) and proteins with Src-homology-2 domains, in in vitro systems, microorganisms, eukaryoic cells, whole animals and human beings.
Background of the Invention Reversible phosphorylation of proteins is a prevalent biological mechanism for modulation of enzymatic activity in living organisms. Tonks et al., J.
Biol. Chem., 263(14):6722-30 (1988). Such reversible phosphorylation requires both a protein kinase (PK), to phosphorylate a protein at a particular amino acid residue, and a protein phosphatase (PP), to remove the phosphate moieties. See generally, Hunter, Cell, 80:225-236 (1995). Recently, it has been estimated that humans have as many as 2000 conventional PK genes, and as many as 1000 PP genes. Id.
One major class of PK's/PP's - the protein serine/threonine kinases and protein serine/threonine phosphatases - have been shown to play critical roles in the regulation of metabolism. See generally, Cohen, Trends Biochem. Sci., 17:408-(1992); Shenolikar, Ann. Rev. Cell Biol., 10:55-86 (1994); Bollen et al., Crit. .Rev.
Biochem. Mol. Biol., 27:227-81 ( 1992). As their name suggests, these enzymes phosphorylate and dephoshphorylate serine or threonine residues of substrate WO 98127065 PCT/US96/2050$
proteins. Inhibitors of protein serine/threonine phosphatases and kinases have been described. See, e.g., MacKintosh and MacKintosh, TIBS, 19:444-448 (1994).
The protein tyrosine kinases/phosphatases comprise a second, distinct family of PK/PP enzymes of significant interest, and have been implicated in the control of normal and neoplastic cell growth and proliferation. See Fisher et al., Science, 253:401-406 ( 1991 ). Protein tyrosine kinase (PTK) genes are ancient in evolutionary origin and share a high degree of inter-species conservation. See generally Hunter and Cooper, Ann. Rev. Biochem., 54:897-930 (1985). PTK enzymes exhibit high specificity for tyrosine, and ordinarily do not phosphorylate serine, threonine, or hydroxyproline.
More than 75 members of the PTPase family have been identified in eukaryotes, prokaryotes, and even viruses. Tonks and Neel, Cell 87:365-368.
Protein tyrosine phosphatases (PTPases) were originally identified and purified from cell and tissue lysates using a variety of artificial substrates, and therefore their natural I S functions and substrates were not obvious. However, their roles in cellular processes, including cell-cell contact and cell adhesion, and growth factor and antigen signaling events, have begun to be elucidated.
PTPases are generally grouped into two categories: those which have both an extracellular domain and an intracellular catalytic domain, the receptor PTPases (R-PTPases); and those which are entirely intracellular. For R-PTPases much effort has been directed at determining the function of the extracellular domain. Most of the R-PTPases contain extracellular domains which are structurally similar to domains found in known adhesion molecules; these domains include fibronectin type III
repeats, immunoglobulin domains, and cadherin extracellular repeats. See generally Brady-Kalnay and Tonks, Curr. Opin. Cell. Biol. 7:650-657 (1995); Streuli, Curr.
Opin. Cell. Biol. 8:182-188 ( 1996). This homology with proteins known to be involved in adhesion suggested a role for these R-PTPases in regulating or mediating adhesion events. For several of the R-PTPases, this has now been demonstrated.
The protein tyrosine kinases/phosphatases comprise a second, distinct family of PK/PP enzymes of significant interest, and have been implicated in the control of normal and neoplastic cell growth and proliferation. See Fisher et al., Science, 253:401-406 ( 1991 ). Protein tyrosine kinase (PTK) genes are ancient in evolutionary origin and share a high degree of inter-species conservation. See generally Hunter and Cooper, Ann. Rev. Biochem., 54:897-930 (1985). PTK enzymes exhibit high specificity for tyrosine, and ordinarily do not phosphorylate serine, threonine, or hydroxyproline.
More than 75 members of the PTPase family have been identified in eukaryotes, prokaryotes, and even viruses. Tonks and Neel, Cell 87:365-368.
Protein tyrosine phosphatases (PTPases) were originally identified and purified from cell and tissue lysates using a variety of artificial substrates, and therefore their natural I S functions and substrates were not obvious. However, their roles in cellular processes, including cell-cell contact and cell adhesion, and growth factor and antigen signaling events, have begun to be elucidated.
PTPases are generally grouped into two categories: those which have both an extracellular domain and an intracellular catalytic domain, the receptor PTPases (R-PTPases); and those which are entirely intracellular. For R-PTPases much effort has been directed at determining the function of the extracellular domain. Most of the R-PTPases contain extracellular domains which are structurally similar to domains found in known adhesion molecules; these domains include fibronectin type III
repeats, immunoglobulin domains, and cadherin extracellular repeats. See generally Brady-Kalnay and Tonks, Curr. Opin. Cell. Biol. 7:650-657 (1995); Streuli, Curr.
Opin. Cell. Biol. 8:182-188 ( 1996). This homology with proteins known to be involved in adhesion suggested a role for these R-PTPases in regulating or mediating adhesion events. For several of the R-PTPases, this has now been demonstrated.
Cells form specialized structures at the sites of cell-cell contact (adherens junctions) and cell-extracellular matrix contact (focal adhesion). Multiple signal transduction molecules are recruited to these sites, including several PTK's;
and these sites are characterized by increased protein tyrosine phosphorylation. These sites are impermanent, and are created and destroyed as required for cell mobility. As enhanced tyrosine phosphorylation is characteristic of the formation of adherens junctions and focal adhesions, it is Iikeiy that protein tyrosine dephosphorylation by PTPases serves to regulate the creation and destruction of the sites.
Supporting this, several studies have shown that treatment with a general PTPase inhibitor (vanadate) resulted in increased focal adhesion formation and increased cell spreading.
Volberg et al.) The EMBO J. 11:1733-1742 (1992); Bennett et al., J. Cell Sci. 106:891-( 1993). Importantly, the broadly-expressed LAR R-PTPase has been demonstrated to localize to focal adhesions, apparently via the LAR-interacting protein LIP.1.
Serra-Pages et al., The EMBO J. 14:2827-2838 (1995). As PTPB and PTPa, both R-PTPases, also associate with LIP.1 [Pulido et al., Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci.
92:11686-11690 ( 1995)], it is likely that these two phosphatases can also localize to focal adhesions. Most significantly, LAR only localized to the portion of the focal adhesion which is proximal to the nucleus, and is thought to be undergoing disassembly. Thus it is likely that these phosphatases act to negatively regulate focal adhesion formation, acting to enhance the destruction of the focal adhesion site.
R-PTPases may also act to positively regulate adhesion. Adherens junctions contain, among others, adhesion receptors termed cadherins which mediate cell-cell contact through homophilic binding; the cadherins associate with a-, (3-, and y-catenins, intracellular proteins which interact with cortical actin.
Association between cadherins and catenins serves to stabilize the adherens junction and to strengthen cell-cell contact. See generally Cowin, Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. 91:10759-10761 ( 1994).
Association of cadherin with (3-catenin is decreased by tyrosine phosphorylation of ~i-catenin [Kinch et al., J. Cell. Biol. 130:461-471 ( 1995); Behrens et al.) J.
Cell. Biol.
120:757-766 (1993)]; moreover, treatment with the PTPase inhibitor vanadate inhibits WO 98/27065 PCT/tJS96/2050$
and these sites are characterized by increased protein tyrosine phosphorylation. These sites are impermanent, and are created and destroyed as required for cell mobility. As enhanced tyrosine phosphorylation is characteristic of the formation of adherens junctions and focal adhesions, it is Iikeiy that protein tyrosine dephosphorylation by PTPases serves to regulate the creation and destruction of the sites.
Supporting this, several studies have shown that treatment with a general PTPase inhibitor (vanadate) resulted in increased focal adhesion formation and increased cell spreading.
Volberg et al.) The EMBO J. 11:1733-1742 (1992); Bennett et al., J. Cell Sci. 106:891-( 1993). Importantly, the broadly-expressed LAR R-PTPase has been demonstrated to localize to focal adhesions, apparently via the LAR-interacting protein LIP.1.
Serra-Pages et al., The EMBO J. 14:2827-2838 (1995). As PTPB and PTPa, both R-PTPases, also associate with LIP.1 [Pulido et al., Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci.
92:11686-11690 ( 1995)], it is likely that these two phosphatases can also localize to focal adhesions. Most significantly, LAR only localized to the portion of the focal adhesion which is proximal to the nucleus, and is thought to be undergoing disassembly. Thus it is likely that these phosphatases act to negatively regulate focal adhesion formation, acting to enhance the destruction of the focal adhesion site.
R-PTPases may also act to positively regulate adhesion. Adherens junctions contain, among others, adhesion receptors termed cadherins which mediate cell-cell contact through homophilic binding; the cadherins associate with a-, (3-, and y-catenins, intracellular proteins which interact with cortical actin.
Association between cadherins and catenins serves to stabilize the adherens junction and to strengthen cell-cell contact. See generally Cowin, Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. 91:10759-10761 ( 1994).
Association of cadherin with (3-catenin is decreased by tyrosine phosphorylation of ~i-catenin [Kinch et al., J. Cell. Biol. 130:461-471 ( 1995); Behrens et al.) J.
Cell. Biol.
120:757-766 (1993)]; moreover, treatment with the PTPase inhibitor vanadate inhibits WO 98/27065 PCT/tJS96/2050$
cadherin-dependent adhesion [Matsuyoshi et al., J. Cell. Biol. 118:703-714 (1992)).
Collectively, these data indicate that PTPase activity is critical in maintaining cadherin-mediated cell aggregation. The R-PTPases PTP~. and PTPx associate intracellularly with cadherins, and colocalize with cadherins and catenins to adherens junctions [Brady-Kalnay et al., J. Cell. Biol. 130:977-986 (1995); Fuchs et al.) J. Biol.
Chem. 2 71:16712-16719 ( 1996)]; thus PTP~t and PTPx are likely to enhance cadherin function by limiting catenin phosphorylation.
In addition to their catalytic function in regulating adhesion events, several R
PTPases have direct roles in mediating adhesion through their extracellular domains.
PTPx and PTPp. mediate cellular aggregation through homophilic binding [Brady Kalnay et al., J. Cell. Biol. 122:961-972 (1993); Gebbink et al., J. Biol.
Chem.
268:16101-16104 ( 1993 ); Sap et al. , Mol. Cell. Biol. 14:1-9 ( 1994)] . The neuronal PTP~ (which has also been called R-PTP[i) binds to contactin, a neuronal cell recognition molecule; binding of PTP~ to contactin increases cell adhesion and neurite outgrowth. Peles et al.) Cell 82:251-260 (1995). A secreted splice variant of PTP~ (also known as phosphacan) binds the extracellular matrix protein tenascin [Barnea et al. J. Biol. Chem. 269:14349-14352 ( 1994)), and the neural cell adhesion molecules N-CAM and Ng-CAM [Maurel et al., Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. 91:2512-2516 ( 1994)]. As the expression of PTP~ is restricted to radial glial cells in the developing central nervous system, which are though to form barriers to neuronal migration during embryogenesis, it is likely that the interaction of PTP~ with contactin, tenascin, N-CAM, and/or Ng-CAM acts to regulate neuronal migration. This has been demonstrated for a related R-PTPase, DLAR, in Drosophila [Krueger et al.
Cell 84:611-622 (1996)].
Because tyrosine phosphorylation by PTK enzymes usually is associated with cell proliferation, cell transformation and cell differentiation, it was assumed that PTPases were also associated with these events. For several of the intracellular PTPases, this function has now been verified.
SHP 1 (which has also been called SHPTP l, SHP, HCP, and PTP-1 C [see Adachi et al., Cell 85:15 (1996)]), an intracellular PTPase which contains two amino-terminal phosphotyrosyl binding Src Homology 2 (SH2) domains followed by the catalytic PTPase domain, has been demonstrated to be an important negative regulator _ 5 of growth factor signaling events. See generally Tonks and Neel, supra;
Streuli, supra. In mice, loss of SHP 1 function (the motheaten and viable motheaten phenotypes) causes multiple hematopoietic defects resulting in immunodeficiency and severe autoimmunity; culminating in lethality by 2-3 weeks or 2-3 months depending on the severity of SHP 1 deficiency. Although these mice have reduced numbers of hematopoietic cells, suggesting defects in development and maturation, those cells which survive and enter the periphery are characterized by hyper-responsiveness to growth factors and antigen. This observation suggested a role for SHP 1 in negative regulation of hematopoietic signaling events.
This has now been well-established for the erythropoietin receptor (EpoR), a member of the cytokine receptor family (which also includes the receptors for interleukins 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7; granulocyte-macrophage colony stimulating factor, and macrophage colony stimulating factor). SHP 1 associates via its SH2 domains with tyrosine-phosphorylated EpoR, causing dephosphorylation and inactivation of the EpoR-associated Janus kinase 2 and termination of the cellular response to erythropoietin. Klingmuller et al.) Cell 80:729-738 (1995). Mutation of the tyrosine on the EpoR to which SHP 1 binds results in enhanced cell proliferation to erythropoietin in vitro [Klingmuller, supra]. In humans, mutation of the EpoR
resulting in loss of association with SHP 1 causes autosomal dominant benign erythrocytosis, which is characterized by increased numbers of erythrocytes in the periphery and increased hematocrit. de la Chapelle et al., Proc. Natl. Acad.
Sci.
90:4495-4499 (1993).
SHP 1 also appears to be a negative regulator of the cellular response to colony stimulating factor-1 (CSF-l, a major macrophage mitogenic cytokine), as cells from viable motheaten and motheaten mice, which have reduced or absent SHP 1 function, are hyper-responsive to CSF-1 in vitro. Reduced SHP1 expression also results in increased cellular response to interleukin 3 [Yi et al., Mol. Cell. Biol.
13:7577-7586 (1993)]. Collectively, these observations suggest that SHP1 functions to limit the cellular response to cytokines and growth factors by reversing the tyrosine phosphorylation of key signaling intermediates in these pathways.
PTPases appear to play a homologous role in the insulin signaling pathway.
Treatment of adipocytes with the PTPase inhibitor vanadate results in increased tyrosine phosphorylation and tyrosine kinase activity of the insulin receptor (InsR), and enhances or mimics the cellular effects of insulin including increased glucose transport. See, e.g., Shisheva and Shechter, Endocrinology 133:1562-1568 (1993);
Fantus, et al., Biochemistry 28:8864-8871 ( 1989); Kadota, et al., Biochem.
Biophys.
Res. Comm. 147:259-266 ( 1987); Kadota, et al., J. Biol. Chem. 262:8252-8256 ( 1987). Transiently induced reduction in expression of two PTPases, the intracellular PTPase PTP-1B and the R-PTPase LAR, resulted in similar increases in the cellular response to insulin. Kulas, et al., J. Biol. Chem. 270:2435-2438 { 1995);
Ahmad et al., J. Biol. Chem. 270:20503-20508 (1995). Conversely, increased cellular expression of several PTPases (PTPa, PTPe, CD45) in vitro has been demonstrated to result in diminished InsR signaling [see, e.g., Moller, et al., J. Biol. Chem. 271:23126-( 1995); Kulas et al., J. Biol. Chem. 271:755-760 ( 1996)]. Finally, increased expression of LAR was observed in adipose tissue from obese human subjects [Ahmad, et al., J. Clin. Invest. 95:2806-2812 ( 1995)]. These data provide clear evidence that PTPases negatively regulate the insulin signaling pathway.
While many of the PTPases function to negatively regulate cellular metabolism and response, it is becoming increasingly evident that PTPases provide important positive signaling mechanisms as well. Perhaps the best example of such a positive regulator is the hematopoietic R-PTPase CD45. See generally Streuli, supra;
Okumura and Thomas, supra; Trowbridge, Annu. Rev. Immunol. 12:85-116 (1994).
CD45 is abundantly expressed on the cell surface of all nucleated hematopoietic cells, in several alternative splice variants. T and B lymphocytes which lack CD45 VitO 98/27065 PCT/US96/20508 expression are incapable of responding normally to antigen, suggesting that CD4S is required for antigen receptor signaling. Genetically engineered mice which lack expression of CD4S exhibit severe defects in T lymphocyte development and maturation, indicating an additional role for CD4S in thymopoiesis. The major _ 5 substrates for CD4S appear to be members of the Src family of PTK's, particularly Lck and Fyn, whose kinase activity is both positively and negatively regulated by tyrosine phosphorylation. Lck and Fyn isolated from CD4S-deficient cells are hyperphosphorylated on negative regulatory tyrosine residues, and their PTK
activity is reduced. As CD4S can dephosphorylate and activate purified Lck and Fyn in vitro, these data suggest that CD45 maintains the activity of Lck and Fyn in vivo through dephosphorylation of these negative regulatory tyrosines and that this is an important mechanism for maintaining lymphocyte homeostasis.
A second PTPase which is now believed to play an important positive role in signal transduction is the intracellular, SH2-domain-containing. SHP2 (which has also been called SHPTP-2, SHPTP-3, syp, PTP2c, and PTP-1D [Adachi, et al., supra]).
.See generally Saltiel, Am. J. Physiol. 270:E375-38S (1996); Draznin, Endocrinology 13 7:2647-2648. SHP2 associates, via its SH2 domains, with the receptor for platelet-derived growth factor (PDGF-R), the receptor for epidermal growth factor (EGF-R), with the insulin receptor, and with the predominant substrate of the InsR, insulin receptor substrate 1 (IRS 1 ). Bennett, et al., Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. 91:733 (1994); Case, et al., J. Biol. Chem. 269:10467-10474 (1994); Kharitonenkov, et al., J.
Biol. Chem. 270:29189-29193 (1995); Kuhne, et al., J. Biol. Chem. 268:11479-(1993). SHP2 PTPase activity is required for cellular response to EGF and insulin, as competitive expression of inactive forms of SHP2 results in diminished signaling 2S events and reduced cellular responses to EGF and insulin. Milarski and Saltiel, J.
Biol. Chem. 269:21239-21243 ( 1994); Xiao et al., J. Biol. Chem. 269:21244-_ ( 1994); Yamauchi et al., Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. 92:664-668 ( 199S). The relevant substrates) for the PTPase domain of SHP2 is not known.
Collectively, these data indicate that PTPase activity is critical in maintaining cadherin-mediated cell aggregation. The R-PTPases PTP~. and PTPx associate intracellularly with cadherins, and colocalize with cadherins and catenins to adherens junctions [Brady-Kalnay et al., J. Cell. Biol. 130:977-986 (1995); Fuchs et al.) J. Biol.
Chem. 2 71:16712-16719 ( 1996)]; thus PTP~t and PTPx are likely to enhance cadherin function by limiting catenin phosphorylation.
In addition to their catalytic function in regulating adhesion events, several R
PTPases have direct roles in mediating adhesion through their extracellular domains.
PTPx and PTPp. mediate cellular aggregation through homophilic binding [Brady Kalnay et al., J. Cell. Biol. 122:961-972 (1993); Gebbink et al., J. Biol.
Chem.
268:16101-16104 ( 1993 ); Sap et al. , Mol. Cell. Biol. 14:1-9 ( 1994)] . The neuronal PTP~ (which has also been called R-PTP[i) binds to contactin, a neuronal cell recognition molecule; binding of PTP~ to contactin increases cell adhesion and neurite outgrowth. Peles et al.) Cell 82:251-260 (1995). A secreted splice variant of PTP~ (also known as phosphacan) binds the extracellular matrix protein tenascin [Barnea et al. J. Biol. Chem. 269:14349-14352 ( 1994)), and the neural cell adhesion molecules N-CAM and Ng-CAM [Maurel et al., Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. 91:2512-2516 ( 1994)]. As the expression of PTP~ is restricted to radial glial cells in the developing central nervous system, which are though to form barriers to neuronal migration during embryogenesis, it is likely that the interaction of PTP~ with contactin, tenascin, N-CAM, and/or Ng-CAM acts to regulate neuronal migration. This has been demonstrated for a related R-PTPase, DLAR, in Drosophila [Krueger et al.
Cell 84:611-622 (1996)].
Because tyrosine phosphorylation by PTK enzymes usually is associated with cell proliferation, cell transformation and cell differentiation, it was assumed that PTPases were also associated with these events. For several of the intracellular PTPases, this function has now been verified.
SHP 1 (which has also been called SHPTP l, SHP, HCP, and PTP-1 C [see Adachi et al., Cell 85:15 (1996)]), an intracellular PTPase which contains two amino-terminal phosphotyrosyl binding Src Homology 2 (SH2) domains followed by the catalytic PTPase domain, has been demonstrated to be an important negative regulator _ 5 of growth factor signaling events. See generally Tonks and Neel, supra;
Streuli, supra. In mice, loss of SHP 1 function (the motheaten and viable motheaten phenotypes) causes multiple hematopoietic defects resulting in immunodeficiency and severe autoimmunity; culminating in lethality by 2-3 weeks or 2-3 months depending on the severity of SHP 1 deficiency. Although these mice have reduced numbers of hematopoietic cells, suggesting defects in development and maturation, those cells which survive and enter the periphery are characterized by hyper-responsiveness to growth factors and antigen. This observation suggested a role for SHP 1 in negative regulation of hematopoietic signaling events.
This has now been well-established for the erythropoietin receptor (EpoR), a member of the cytokine receptor family (which also includes the receptors for interleukins 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7; granulocyte-macrophage colony stimulating factor, and macrophage colony stimulating factor). SHP 1 associates via its SH2 domains with tyrosine-phosphorylated EpoR, causing dephosphorylation and inactivation of the EpoR-associated Janus kinase 2 and termination of the cellular response to erythropoietin. Klingmuller et al.) Cell 80:729-738 (1995). Mutation of the tyrosine on the EpoR to which SHP 1 binds results in enhanced cell proliferation to erythropoietin in vitro [Klingmuller, supra]. In humans, mutation of the EpoR
resulting in loss of association with SHP 1 causes autosomal dominant benign erythrocytosis, which is characterized by increased numbers of erythrocytes in the periphery and increased hematocrit. de la Chapelle et al., Proc. Natl. Acad.
Sci.
90:4495-4499 (1993).
SHP 1 also appears to be a negative regulator of the cellular response to colony stimulating factor-1 (CSF-l, a major macrophage mitogenic cytokine), as cells from viable motheaten and motheaten mice, which have reduced or absent SHP 1 function, are hyper-responsive to CSF-1 in vitro. Reduced SHP1 expression also results in increased cellular response to interleukin 3 [Yi et al., Mol. Cell. Biol.
13:7577-7586 (1993)]. Collectively, these observations suggest that SHP1 functions to limit the cellular response to cytokines and growth factors by reversing the tyrosine phosphorylation of key signaling intermediates in these pathways.
PTPases appear to play a homologous role in the insulin signaling pathway.
Treatment of adipocytes with the PTPase inhibitor vanadate results in increased tyrosine phosphorylation and tyrosine kinase activity of the insulin receptor (InsR), and enhances or mimics the cellular effects of insulin including increased glucose transport. See, e.g., Shisheva and Shechter, Endocrinology 133:1562-1568 (1993);
Fantus, et al., Biochemistry 28:8864-8871 ( 1989); Kadota, et al., Biochem.
Biophys.
Res. Comm. 147:259-266 ( 1987); Kadota, et al., J. Biol. Chem. 262:8252-8256 ( 1987). Transiently induced reduction in expression of two PTPases, the intracellular PTPase PTP-1B and the R-PTPase LAR, resulted in similar increases in the cellular response to insulin. Kulas, et al., J. Biol. Chem. 270:2435-2438 { 1995);
Ahmad et al., J. Biol. Chem. 270:20503-20508 (1995). Conversely, increased cellular expression of several PTPases (PTPa, PTPe, CD45) in vitro has been demonstrated to result in diminished InsR signaling [see, e.g., Moller, et al., J. Biol. Chem. 271:23126-( 1995); Kulas et al., J. Biol. Chem. 271:755-760 ( 1996)]. Finally, increased expression of LAR was observed in adipose tissue from obese human subjects [Ahmad, et al., J. Clin. Invest. 95:2806-2812 ( 1995)]. These data provide clear evidence that PTPases negatively regulate the insulin signaling pathway.
While many of the PTPases function to negatively regulate cellular metabolism and response, it is becoming increasingly evident that PTPases provide important positive signaling mechanisms as well. Perhaps the best example of such a positive regulator is the hematopoietic R-PTPase CD45. See generally Streuli, supra;
Okumura and Thomas, supra; Trowbridge, Annu. Rev. Immunol. 12:85-116 (1994).
CD45 is abundantly expressed on the cell surface of all nucleated hematopoietic cells, in several alternative splice variants. T and B lymphocytes which lack CD45 VitO 98/27065 PCT/US96/20508 expression are incapable of responding normally to antigen, suggesting that CD4S is required for antigen receptor signaling. Genetically engineered mice which lack expression of CD4S exhibit severe defects in T lymphocyte development and maturation, indicating an additional role for CD4S in thymopoiesis. The major _ 5 substrates for CD4S appear to be members of the Src family of PTK's, particularly Lck and Fyn, whose kinase activity is both positively and negatively regulated by tyrosine phosphorylation. Lck and Fyn isolated from CD4S-deficient cells are hyperphosphorylated on negative regulatory tyrosine residues, and their PTK
activity is reduced. As CD4S can dephosphorylate and activate purified Lck and Fyn in vitro, these data suggest that CD45 maintains the activity of Lck and Fyn in vivo through dephosphorylation of these negative regulatory tyrosines and that this is an important mechanism for maintaining lymphocyte homeostasis.
A second PTPase which is now believed to play an important positive role in signal transduction is the intracellular, SH2-domain-containing. SHP2 (which has also been called SHPTP-2, SHPTP-3, syp, PTP2c, and PTP-1D [Adachi, et al., supra]).
.See generally Saltiel, Am. J. Physiol. 270:E375-38S (1996); Draznin, Endocrinology 13 7:2647-2648. SHP2 associates, via its SH2 domains, with the receptor for platelet-derived growth factor (PDGF-R), the receptor for epidermal growth factor (EGF-R), with the insulin receptor, and with the predominant substrate of the InsR, insulin receptor substrate 1 (IRS 1 ). Bennett, et al., Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. 91:733 (1994); Case, et al., J. Biol. Chem. 269:10467-10474 (1994); Kharitonenkov, et al., J.
Biol. Chem. 270:29189-29193 (1995); Kuhne, et al., J. Biol. Chem. 268:11479-(1993). SHP2 PTPase activity is required for cellular response to EGF and insulin, as competitive expression of inactive forms of SHP2 results in diminished signaling 2S events and reduced cellular responses to EGF and insulin. Milarski and Saltiel, J.
Biol. Chem. 269:21239-21243 ( 1994); Xiao et al., J. Biol. Chem. 269:21244-_ ( 1994); Yamauchi et al., Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. 92:664-668 ( 199S). The relevant substrates) for the PTPase domain of SHP2 is not known.
Due to the fundamental role that PTPases play in normal and neoplastic cellular growth and proliferation, a need exists in the art for agents capable of modulating PTPase activity. On a fundamental level, such agents are useful for elucidating the precise role of protein tyrosine phosphatases and kinases in cellular signalling pathways and cellular growth and proliferation. See generally MacKintosh and MacKintosh, TIBS, 19:444-448 ( 1994).
More importantly, modulation of PTPase activity has important clinical significance. For example, PTP-1 B overexpression has been correlated with breast and ovarian cancers [Weiner et al., J. Natl. Cancer Inst., 86:372-8 (1994);
Weiner et al., Am J. Obstet. Gynecol., 170:1177-883 ( 1994)], and thus agents which modulate PTP-1 B activity would be helpful in elucidating the role of PTP-1 B in these conditions and for the development of effective therapeutics against these disease states. The important role of CD45 in hematopoietic development and T
lymphocyte function likewise indicates a therapeutic utility for PTPase inhibitors in conditions that are associated with autoimmune disease, and as a prophylaxis for transplant rejection. The antibiotic suramin, which also appears to possess anti-neoplastic indications, has recently been shown to be a potent, irreversible, non-competitive inhibitor of CD45. See Ghosh and Miller, Biochem. Biophys. Res. Comm. 194:36-( 1993). The negative regulatory effects of several PTPases on signaling through receptors for growth factors and cytokines, which are implicated in normal cell processing as well as disease states such as cancer and atherosclerosis, also indicate a therapeutic potential for PTPase inhibitors in diseases of hematopoietic origin.
The PTPase Yop2b is an essential virulence determinant in the pathogenic bacterium Yersinia, responsible for bubonic plague. Bliska et al., Proc. Natl.
Acad Sci. USA, 88:1187-91 ( 1991 ), and thus an antimicrobial indication exists for PTPase inhibitor compounds, as well.
PTPases have been implicated in diabetic conditions. Experiments with one family of PTPase inhibitors, vanadium derivatives, indicate a therapeutic utility for such compounds as oral adjuvants or as alternatives to insulin for the treatment of hyperglycemia. See Posner et al., J. Biol. Chem. , 269:4596-4604 ( 1994).
However, such metal-containing PTPase inhibitors act in a fairly non-specif c fashion and act with similar potencies against all PTPase enzymes.
In addition to vanadium derivatives, certain organic phosphotyrosine mimetics .. 5 are reportedly capable of competitively inhibiting PTPase molecules when such mimetics are incorporated into polypeptide artificial PTPase substrates of 6-11 amino acid residues. For example, a "natural" (phosphorylated tyrosine} PTPase substrate, which may be depicted by the Formula:
O~ ~ O
r HO OH
H
N.~~~.
O
has been mimicked by eleven-mer oligopeptides containing phosphonomethyl phenylalanine (Pmp), as depicted by the schematic Formula:
O~ /
r HO pH
H
N~
'~~" N
H
O
See Chatterjee et al., "Phosphopeptide substrates and phosphonopeptide inhibitors of protein tyrosine phosphatases," in Peptides: Chemistry and Biology (Rivier and Smith, Eds.), 1992, Escom Science Publishers: Leiden, Netherlands, pp. 553-S5;
Burke et al., Biochemistry, 33: 6490-94 ( 1994). More recently, Burke et al., Biochem.
Biophys. Res. Comm. 204(1):129-134 (1994) reported that a particular hexameric peptide sequence comprising a Pmp moiety or, more preferably, a WO 98tZ7065 PCT/US96/2050$
phosphonodifluoromethyl phenylalanine (F2Pmp) moiety, as depicted by the schematic Formula:
O~
HO
F F
H
N.,~~~
O
competitively inhibited PTP-1B. However, such hexapeptide inhibitors nonetheless possess drawbacks for PTPase modulation in vivo. More particularly, the hexapeptide inhibitors described by Burke et al. are sufficiently large and anionic to potentially inhibit efficient migration across cell membranes, for interaction with the catalytic 10 domains of transmembrane and intracellular PTPase enzymes which lie within a cell membrane. A need exists for small, organic-molecule based PTPase inhibitors having fewer anionic moieties, to facilitate migration across cell membranes.
For all of the foregoing reasons, a need exists in the art for novel compounds effective for modulating, and especially inhibiting, the phosphatase activity of protein tyrosine phosphatase molecules.
Summary of the Invention The invention provides compounds and derivatives thereof useful for modulating, and especially inhibiting, the phosphatase activity of one or more protein tyrosine phosphatase (PTPase) and/or dual specificity phosphatase enzymes. In one aspect, the present invention relates to compounds having the general structure shown in Formula (A 1 ):
wo 9sn~o6s rcr~s~noso$
Y-X-C(R')=C(R")COOR "
(Al) ' wherein R', R", R"', X and Y are defined below. The inventions further provides salts, esters, prodrugs, solvates, and the like of the compounds, and compositions comprising these compounds.
Definitions In the specification and claims, the term "derivatives" means: aryl acrylic acids with structure depicted in Formula (A 1 ) having substitution (with, e.
g., hydrogen, hydroxy, halo, amino, carboxy, nitro, cyano, methoxy, etc.) at one or more atoms of the aryl ring. Moreover, "derivatives" includes compounds of the Formula (A 1 ) having substitution at the alkene carbons with, e.g., an electron withdrawing group (e.g., C1, F, Br, CF3, phenyl) or an electron donating group (e.g., CH3, alkoxy).
Y-X-C(R')=C(R')COOR"
(Al) As used herein, the term "attached" signifies a stable covalent bond, certain preferred points of attachment being apparent to those skilled in the art.
The tenors "halogen" or "halo" include fluorine, chlorine, bromine, and iodine.
The term "alkyl" includes C,-C i ~ straight chain saturated and C2-C,1 unsaturated aliphatic hydrocarbon groups, C i - C , , branched saturated and C2-C, ~
unsaturated aliphatic hydrocarbon groups, C3 - C g cyclic saturated and CS-C g unsaturated aliphatic hydrocarbon groups, and C ~ -C, , straight chain or branched saturated and CZ-C ~ ~ straight chain or branched unsaturated aliphatic hydrocarbon groups substituted with C3-Cg cyclic saturated and unsaturated aliphatic hydrocarbon groups having the specified number of carbon atoms. For example, this definition shall include but is not limited to methyl (Me), ethyl (Et), propyl (Pr), butyl (Bu), pentyl, hexyl, heptyl, octyl, nonyl, decyl, undecyl, ethenyl, propenyl, butenyl, penentyl, hexenyl, heptenyl, octenyl, nonenyl, decenyl, undecenyl, isopropyl (i-Pr), isobutyl (i-Bu), tert-butyl (t-Bu), sec-butyl (s-Bu), isopentyl, neopentyl, cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl, cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl, cycloheptyl, cyclooctyl, cyclopentenyl, cyclohexenyl, cycloheptenyl, cycIooctenyl, methylcyclopropyl, ethylcyclohexenyl, butenylcyclopentyl, and the like.
The term "substituted alkyl" represents an alkyl group as defined above wherein the substitutents are independently selected from halo, cyano, nitro, trihalomethyl, carbamoyl, Co_ i, alkyloxy, arylCo_, ~ alkyloxy, Co _, ~
alkylthio, arylCo_ alkylthio, Co_, ~ alkylamino, ary 1 Co_, , alkylamino, di(aryl C o _, ~
alkyl)amino, C i _ 1 ~ alkylcarbonyl, arylC 3 _ j ~ alkylcarbonyl, C, _, ~ alkylcarboxy, arylC, _, , alkylcarboxy, C ~ _ ~alkylcarbonylamino, aryl C ~_"alkylcarbonylamino, tetrahydrofuryl, morpholinyl, piperazinyl, hydroxypyronyl, -Co_"alkylCOOR~, -Co_"alkylCONR2R3 wherein R,, RZ and R3 are independently selected from hydrogen, C,-C"alkyl, arylCo-C»alkyl, or R2 and R3 are taken together with the nitrogen to which they are attached forming a cyclic system containing 3 to 8 carbon atoms with at least one C,-C 1, alkyl, arylCo-C, alkyl substituent.
The term "alkyloxy" (e.g. methoxy, ethoxy, propyloxy, allyloxy, cyclohexyloxy) represents an alkyl group as defined above having the indicated number of carbon atoms attached through an oxygen bridge. The term "alkyloxyalkyl" represents an alkyloxy group attached through an alkyl group as defined above having the indicated number of carbon atoms.
The term "alkylthio" (e.g. methylthio, ethylthio, propylthio, cyclohexenylthio and the like) represents an alkyl group as defined above having the indicated number of carbon atoms attached through a sulfur bridge. The term "alkylthioalkyl"
represents an alkylthio group attached through an alkyl group as defined above having the indicated number of carbon atoms.
The term "alkylamino" (e.g. methylamino, diethylamino, butylamino, N-propyl-N-hexylamino, (2-cyclopentyl)propylamino, hexenylamino, pyrrolidinyl, piperidinyl and the like) represents one or two alkyl groups as defined above having the indicated number of carbon atoms attached through an amine bridge. The two alkyl groups maybe taken together with the nitrogen to which they are attached forming a cyclic system containing 3 to 11 carbon atoms with at least one C,-C , , alkyl, aryl C o-C , , alkyl substituent. The term "alkylaminoalkyl"
represents an alkylamino group attached through an alkyl group as defined above having the indicated number of carbon atoms.
The term "alkylcarbonyl" (e.g. cyclooctylcarbonyl, pentylcarbonyl, 3-hexenylcarbonyl) represents an alkyl group as defined above having the indicated number of carbon atoms attached through a carbonyl group. The term "alkylcarbonylalkyl" represents an alkylcarbonyl group attached through an alkyl group as defined above having the indicated number of carbon atoms.
The term "alkylcarboxy" (e.g. heptylcarboxy, cyclopropylcarboxy, 3-pentenylcarboxy) represents an alkylcarbonyl group as defined above wherein the carbonyl is in turn attached through an oxygen. The term "alkylcarboxyalkyl"
represents an alkylcarboxy group attached through an alkyl group as defined above having the indicated number of carbon atoms.
The term "alkylcarbonylamino" (e.g. hexylcarbonylamino, cyclopentylcarbonyl-aminomethyl, methylcarbonylaminophenyl) represents an alkylcarbonyl group as defined above wherein the carbonyl is in turn attached through the nitrogen atom of an amino group. The nitrogen group may itself be substituted with an alkyl or aryl group. The term "alkylcarbonylaminoalkyl" represents an alkylcarbonylamino group attached through an alkyl group as defined above having the indicated number of carbon atoms. The nitrogen group may itself be substituted with an alkyl or aryl group.
The term "aryl" represents an unsubstituted, mono-, di- or trisubstituted monocyclic, polycyclic, biaryl and heterocyclic aromatic groups covalently attached at any ring position capable of forming a stable covalent bond, certain preferred points of attachment being apparent to those skilled in the art (e.g., 3-indolyl, 4-imidazolyl). The aryl substituents are independently selected from the group consisting of halo, nitro, cyano, trihalomethyl, hydroxypyronyl, C,_, lalkyl, arylC,_ ,valkyl, Co-"alkyloxyCo_~,alkyl, arylCo_"alkyloxyCo_~,alkyl, Co_i,alkylthioCo_l,alkyl, arylCo_l,alkylthioCo_, talkyl, Co_, ~alkylaminoCo_, lalkyl, arylCo_, lalkylaminoCo_, Ialkyl, di(arylC, _ ~ 1 alkyl)aminoCo_, , a 1 k y 1, C, _ > > alkylcarbonylCo_, , alkyl, a r y IC ~ _ i , alkylcarbonylCo_, ~ alkyl, C ~ _,1 alkylcarboxyCo_, , alkyl, ary 1C, _, ~
alkylcarboxy Co_ ~ alkyl, C i _"alkylcarbonylaminoCo_, , alkyl, arylC, _ 1, alkylcarbonylaminoCo_"alkyl, -Co_1, alkylCOOR4, -Co_"alkylCONR5R6 wherein R4, RS and R6 are independently selected from hydrogen, C,-C ~ i alkyl, arylCo-C t, alkyl, or RS and R6 are taken together with the nitrogen to which they are attached forming a cyclic system containing 3 to 8 carbon atoms with at least one C,-C, lalkyl, arylCo-C, lalkyl substituent.
The definition of aryl includes but is not limited to phenyl, biphenyl, naphthyl, dihydronaphthyl, tetrahydronaphthyl, indenyl, indanyl, azulenyl, anthryl, phenanthryl, fluorenyl, pyrenyl, thienyl, benzothienyl, isobenzothienyl, 2,3-dihydrobenzothienyl, furyl, pyranyl, benzofuranyl, isobenzofuranyl, 2,3-dihydrobenzofuranyl, pyrrolyl, indolyl, isoindolyl, indolizinyl, indazolyl, imidazolyl, benzimidazolyl, pyridyl, pyrazinyl, pyradazinyl, pyrimidinyl, triazinyl, quinolyl, isoquinolyl, 4H-quinolizinyl, cinnolinyl, phthalazinyl, quinazolinyl, quinoxalinyl, 1,8-naphthyridinyl, pteridinyl, carbazolyl, acridinyl, phenazinyl, phenothiazinyl, phenoxazinyl, chromanyl, benzodioxolyl, piperonyl, purinyl, pyrazolyl, triazolyl, tetrazolyi, thiazolyl, isothiazolyl, benzthiazolyl, oxazolyl, isoxazolyl, benzoxazolyl, oxadiazolyl, thiadiazolyl.
The term "arylalkyl" (e.g. (4-hydroxyphenyl)ethyl, (2-aminonaphthyl)hexenyl, pyridylcyclopentyl) represents an aryl group as defined above attached through an alkyl group as defined above having the indicated number of carbon atoms.
The term "arylcarbonyl" (e.g. 2-thiophenylcarbonyl, 3-methoxyanthrylcarbonyl, oxazolylcarbonyl) represents an aryl group as defined above attached through a carbonyl group.
The term "arylalkylcarbonyl" (e.g. (2,3-dimethoxyphenyl)propylcarbonyl, (2-chloronaphthyl)pentenylcarbonyl, imidazolylcyclopentylcarbonyl) represents an arylalkyl group as defined above wherein the alkyl group is in turn attached through a carbonyl.
The term "signal transduction" is a collective term used to define all cellular processes that follow the activation of a given cell or tissue. Examples of signal S transduction include but are not in any way limited to cellular events that are induced by polypeptide hormones and growth factors (e.g. insulin, insulin-like growth factors I and II, growth hormone, epidermal growth factor, platelet-derived growth factor), cytokines (e.g. interleukines), extracellular matrix components, and cell-cell interactions.
10 Phosphotyrosine recognition units/tyrosine phosphate recognition units/phosphotyrosine recognition units are defined as areas or domains of proteins or glycoproteins that have affinity for molecules containing phosphorylated tyrosine residues (pTyr). Examples of pTyr recognition units include but are not in any way limited to: PTPases, SH2 domains and PTB domains.
15 PTPases are defined as enzymes with the capacity to dephosphorylate pTyr-containing proteins or glycoproteins. Examples of PTPases include but are not in any way limited to: intracellular PTPases (e.g. PTP-1 B, TC-PTP, PTP-1 C, PTP-1 D,PTP-D 1, PTP-D2), receptor-type PTPases (e.g. PTPa, PTP~, PTP~3, PTPy, CD45, PTPx, PTPIt), dual specificity phosphatases (e.g. VH1, VHR, cdc25) and other PTPases such as LAR, SHP-1, SHP-2, PTP-1 H, PTPMEGI, PTP-PEST, PTP~ , PTPS31, IA-2 and HePTP and the like.
Modulation of cellular processes is defined as the capacity of compounds of the invention to 1 ) either increase or decrease ongoing, normal or abnormal, signal transduction, 2) initiate normal signal transduction, and 3) initiate abnormal signal transduction.
Modulation of pTyr-mediated signal transduction/modulation of the activity of molecules with pTyr recognition units is defined as the capacity of compounds of the invention to 1 ) increase or decrease the activity of proteins or glycoproteins with pTyr recognition units (e.g. PTPases, SH2 domains or PTB domains) or to 2) decrease or rcTius9snosos increase the association of a pTyr-containing molecule with a protein or glycoprotein with pTyr recognition units either via a direct action on the pTyr recognition site or via an indirect mechanism. Examples of modulation of pTyr-mediated signal transduction/modulation of the activity of molecules with pTyr recognition units, which are not intended in any way limiting to the scope of the invention claimed, are:
a) inhibition of PTPase activity leading to either increased or decreased signal transduction of ongoing cellular processes; b) inhibition of PTPase activity leading to initiation of normal or abnormal cellular activity; c) stimulation of PTPase activity leading to either increased or decreased signal transduction of ongoing cellular processes; d) stimulation of PTPase activity leading to initiation of normal or abnormal cellular activity; e) inhibition of binding of SH2 domains or PTB
domains to proteins or glycoproteins with pTyr leading to increase or decrease of ongoing cellular processes; f) inhibition of binding of SH2 domains or PTB domains to proteins or glycoproteins with pTyr leading to initiation of normal or abnormal cellular activity.
A subject is defined as any mammalian species, including humans.
Detailed Description This application relates to compounds having the general structure shown in Formula (Al):
Y X-C(R')=C(R ~)COOR"' (Al) wherein (i) R' and R' are independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, halo, cyano, nitro, trihalomethyl, alkyl, arylalkyl, (ii) R"' is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, alkyl, substituted alkyl, aryl, arylalkyl (iii) X is aryl, (iv) Y is selected from hydrogen or O
O O zl O
O
N~N~s. NYS NYO
/N N ~ N
\ s, \
N N
wherein (*) indicates a potential point of attachment to X and all other positions are _ substituted as described below.
WO 98/27065 PCT/i1S96/20508.
( 1 ) According to the invention, a class of preferred PTPase activity-modulating compounds have the general structural Formula depicted in (A2):
O
R ~O
O
(A2) wherein at least one of R,, R2 and R3 substituents has the general structure depicted in Formula (B) X-C(R' )=C(R")COOR"' (B) wherein R', R', R"' and X are defined as above in Formula (A 1 ), and wherein the remaining of Rl, R2 and R3 are independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, alkyl, substituted alkyl, aryl, arylalkyl.
(2) According to the invention, a class of preferred PTPase activity modulating compounds have the general structural Formula depicted in (A3 ):
O
R ~O
NHRZ
O
(A3) wherein at least one of R,, R2 and R3 substituents has the general structure depicted in Formula (B) X-C(R')=C(R")COOR"' (B) wherein R', R", R"' and X are defined as above in Formula (A 1 ), and wherein the remaining of R ~ , R2 and R3 are independently selected from the group consisting - of:hydrogen, alkyl, substituted alkyl, alkylcarbonyl, substituted alkylcarbonyl, aryl, S arylalkyl, arylcarbonyl, arylalkylcarbonyl.
(3) According to the invention, a class of preferred PTPase activity-modulating compounds have the general structural Formula depicted in (A4):
O
OH
(A4) wherein at least one of R, , R2 substituents has the general structure depicted in Formula (B) X-C(R')=C(R")COOR"
IS (B) wherein R', R", R"' and X are defined as above in Formula (A 1 ), and wherein the remaining of R,, R2 is defined as above in Formula (A2).
(4) According to the invention, a class of preferred PTPase activity-modulating compounds have the general structural Formula depicted in (AS):
O
O
(A5) wherein at least one of R, and R2 substituents has the general structure depicted in Formula (B) X-C(R')=C(R")COOR"' 5 (B) wherein R', R', R"' and X are defined as above in Formula (A 1 ), and wherein the remaining of R~ and R2 is defined as above in Formula (A2).
10 (5) According to the invention, a class of preferred PTPase activity modulating compounds have the general structural Formula depicted in (A6):
Rs R4 NYNIRi (A6) wherein at least one of R, , R2, R3 and R4 substituents has the general structure 15 depicted in Formula (B) X-C(R')=C(R")COOR"' (B) 20 wherein R', R', R"' and X are defined as above in Formula (A 1 ), and wherein the remaining of Ri, R2, R3 and R4 have the same definition as RI, R~ and R3 in Formula (A2), with the proviso that when R3 and R4 are selected from substituted phenyl or substituted furyl then the phenyl and furyl substituents exclude hydroxy, halo, trifluoromethyl, C ~ _6alkyl, C, _6alkyloxy, C ~ _6alkylthio, amino, C, _6alkylamino, di(C,_6alkyl)amino, phenylC,_6alkylamino and di(phenylC,_6alkyl)amino.
More importantly, modulation of PTPase activity has important clinical significance. For example, PTP-1 B overexpression has been correlated with breast and ovarian cancers [Weiner et al., J. Natl. Cancer Inst., 86:372-8 (1994);
Weiner et al., Am J. Obstet. Gynecol., 170:1177-883 ( 1994)], and thus agents which modulate PTP-1 B activity would be helpful in elucidating the role of PTP-1 B in these conditions and for the development of effective therapeutics against these disease states. The important role of CD45 in hematopoietic development and T
lymphocyte function likewise indicates a therapeutic utility for PTPase inhibitors in conditions that are associated with autoimmune disease, and as a prophylaxis for transplant rejection. The antibiotic suramin, which also appears to possess anti-neoplastic indications, has recently been shown to be a potent, irreversible, non-competitive inhibitor of CD45. See Ghosh and Miller, Biochem. Biophys. Res. Comm. 194:36-( 1993). The negative regulatory effects of several PTPases on signaling through receptors for growth factors and cytokines, which are implicated in normal cell processing as well as disease states such as cancer and atherosclerosis, also indicate a therapeutic potential for PTPase inhibitors in diseases of hematopoietic origin.
The PTPase Yop2b is an essential virulence determinant in the pathogenic bacterium Yersinia, responsible for bubonic plague. Bliska et al., Proc. Natl.
Acad Sci. USA, 88:1187-91 ( 1991 ), and thus an antimicrobial indication exists for PTPase inhibitor compounds, as well.
PTPases have been implicated in diabetic conditions. Experiments with one family of PTPase inhibitors, vanadium derivatives, indicate a therapeutic utility for such compounds as oral adjuvants or as alternatives to insulin for the treatment of hyperglycemia. See Posner et al., J. Biol. Chem. , 269:4596-4604 ( 1994).
However, such metal-containing PTPase inhibitors act in a fairly non-specif c fashion and act with similar potencies against all PTPase enzymes.
In addition to vanadium derivatives, certain organic phosphotyrosine mimetics .. 5 are reportedly capable of competitively inhibiting PTPase molecules when such mimetics are incorporated into polypeptide artificial PTPase substrates of 6-11 amino acid residues. For example, a "natural" (phosphorylated tyrosine} PTPase substrate, which may be depicted by the Formula:
O~ ~ O
r HO OH
H
N.~~~.
O
has been mimicked by eleven-mer oligopeptides containing phosphonomethyl phenylalanine (Pmp), as depicted by the schematic Formula:
O~ /
r HO pH
H
N~
'~~" N
H
O
See Chatterjee et al., "Phosphopeptide substrates and phosphonopeptide inhibitors of protein tyrosine phosphatases," in Peptides: Chemistry and Biology (Rivier and Smith, Eds.), 1992, Escom Science Publishers: Leiden, Netherlands, pp. 553-S5;
Burke et al., Biochemistry, 33: 6490-94 ( 1994). More recently, Burke et al., Biochem.
Biophys. Res. Comm. 204(1):129-134 (1994) reported that a particular hexameric peptide sequence comprising a Pmp moiety or, more preferably, a WO 98tZ7065 PCT/US96/2050$
phosphonodifluoromethyl phenylalanine (F2Pmp) moiety, as depicted by the schematic Formula:
O~
HO
F F
H
N.,~~~
O
competitively inhibited PTP-1B. However, such hexapeptide inhibitors nonetheless possess drawbacks for PTPase modulation in vivo. More particularly, the hexapeptide inhibitors described by Burke et al. are sufficiently large and anionic to potentially inhibit efficient migration across cell membranes, for interaction with the catalytic 10 domains of transmembrane and intracellular PTPase enzymes which lie within a cell membrane. A need exists for small, organic-molecule based PTPase inhibitors having fewer anionic moieties, to facilitate migration across cell membranes.
For all of the foregoing reasons, a need exists in the art for novel compounds effective for modulating, and especially inhibiting, the phosphatase activity of protein tyrosine phosphatase molecules.
Summary of the Invention The invention provides compounds and derivatives thereof useful for modulating, and especially inhibiting, the phosphatase activity of one or more protein tyrosine phosphatase (PTPase) and/or dual specificity phosphatase enzymes. In one aspect, the present invention relates to compounds having the general structure shown in Formula (A 1 ):
wo 9sn~o6s rcr~s~noso$
Y-X-C(R')=C(R")COOR "
(Al) ' wherein R', R", R"', X and Y are defined below. The inventions further provides salts, esters, prodrugs, solvates, and the like of the compounds, and compositions comprising these compounds.
Definitions In the specification and claims, the term "derivatives" means: aryl acrylic acids with structure depicted in Formula (A 1 ) having substitution (with, e.
g., hydrogen, hydroxy, halo, amino, carboxy, nitro, cyano, methoxy, etc.) at one or more atoms of the aryl ring. Moreover, "derivatives" includes compounds of the Formula (A 1 ) having substitution at the alkene carbons with, e.g., an electron withdrawing group (e.g., C1, F, Br, CF3, phenyl) or an electron donating group (e.g., CH3, alkoxy).
Y-X-C(R')=C(R')COOR"
(Al) As used herein, the term "attached" signifies a stable covalent bond, certain preferred points of attachment being apparent to those skilled in the art.
The tenors "halogen" or "halo" include fluorine, chlorine, bromine, and iodine.
The term "alkyl" includes C,-C i ~ straight chain saturated and C2-C,1 unsaturated aliphatic hydrocarbon groups, C i - C , , branched saturated and C2-C, ~
unsaturated aliphatic hydrocarbon groups, C3 - C g cyclic saturated and CS-C g unsaturated aliphatic hydrocarbon groups, and C ~ -C, , straight chain or branched saturated and CZ-C ~ ~ straight chain or branched unsaturated aliphatic hydrocarbon groups substituted with C3-Cg cyclic saturated and unsaturated aliphatic hydrocarbon groups having the specified number of carbon atoms. For example, this definition shall include but is not limited to methyl (Me), ethyl (Et), propyl (Pr), butyl (Bu), pentyl, hexyl, heptyl, octyl, nonyl, decyl, undecyl, ethenyl, propenyl, butenyl, penentyl, hexenyl, heptenyl, octenyl, nonenyl, decenyl, undecenyl, isopropyl (i-Pr), isobutyl (i-Bu), tert-butyl (t-Bu), sec-butyl (s-Bu), isopentyl, neopentyl, cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl, cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl, cycloheptyl, cyclooctyl, cyclopentenyl, cyclohexenyl, cycloheptenyl, cycIooctenyl, methylcyclopropyl, ethylcyclohexenyl, butenylcyclopentyl, and the like.
The term "substituted alkyl" represents an alkyl group as defined above wherein the substitutents are independently selected from halo, cyano, nitro, trihalomethyl, carbamoyl, Co_ i, alkyloxy, arylCo_, ~ alkyloxy, Co _, ~
alkylthio, arylCo_ alkylthio, Co_, ~ alkylamino, ary 1 Co_, , alkylamino, di(aryl C o _, ~
alkyl)amino, C i _ 1 ~ alkylcarbonyl, arylC 3 _ j ~ alkylcarbonyl, C, _, ~ alkylcarboxy, arylC, _, , alkylcarboxy, C ~ _ ~alkylcarbonylamino, aryl C ~_"alkylcarbonylamino, tetrahydrofuryl, morpholinyl, piperazinyl, hydroxypyronyl, -Co_"alkylCOOR~, -Co_"alkylCONR2R3 wherein R,, RZ and R3 are independently selected from hydrogen, C,-C"alkyl, arylCo-C»alkyl, or R2 and R3 are taken together with the nitrogen to which they are attached forming a cyclic system containing 3 to 8 carbon atoms with at least one C,-C 1, alkyl, arylCo-C, alkyl substituent.
The term "alkyloxy" (e.g. methoxy, ethoxy, propyloxy, allyloxy, cyclohexyloxy) represents an alkyl group as defined above having the indicated number of carbon atoms attached through an oxygen bridge. The term "alkyloxyalkyl" represents an alkyloxy group attached through an alkyl group as defined above having the indicated number of carbon atoms.
The term "alkylthio" (e.g. methylthio, ethylthio, propylthio, cyclohexenylthio and the like) represents an alkyl group as defined above having the indicated number of carbon atoms attached through a sulfur bridge. The term "alkylthioalkyl"
represents an alkylthio group attached through an alkyl group as defined above having the indicated number of carbon atoms.
The term "alkylamino" (e.g. methylamino, diethylamino, butylamino, N-propyl-N-hexylamino, (2-cyclopentyl)propylamino, hexenylamino, pyrrolidinyl, piperidinyl and the like) represents one or two alkyl groups as defined above having the indicated number of carbon atoms attached through an amine bridge. The two alkyl groups maybe taken together with the nitrogen to which they are attached forming a cyclic system containing 3 to 11 carbon atoms with at least one C,-C , , alkyl, aryl C o-C , , alkyl substituent. The term "alkylaminoalkyl"
represents an alkylamino group attached through an alkyl group as defined above having the indicated number of carbon atoms.
The term "alkylcarbonyl" (e.g. cyclooctylcarbonyl, pentylcarbonyl, 3-hexenylcarbonyl) represents an alkyl group as defined above having the indicated number of carbon atoms attached through a carbonyl group. The term "alkylcarbonylalkyl" represents an alkylcarbonyl group attached through an alkyl group as defined above having the indicated number of carbon atoms.
The term "alkylcarboxy" (e.g. heptylcarboxy, cyclopropylcarboxy, 3-pentenylcarboxy) represents an alkylcarbonyl group as defined above wherein the carbonyl is in turn attached through an oxygen. The term "alkylcarboxyalkyl"
represents an alkylcarboxy group attached through an alkyl group as defined above having the indicated number of carbon atoms.
The term "alkylcarbonylamino" (e.g. hexylcarbonylamino, cyclopentylcarbonyl-aminomethyl, methylcarbonylaminophenyl) represents an alkylcarbonyl group as defined above wherein the carbonyl is in turn attached through the nitrogen atom of an amino group. The nitrogen group may itself be substituted with an alkyl or aryl group. The term "alkylcarbonylaminoalkyl" represents an alkylcarbonylamino group attached through an alkyl group as defined above having the indicated number of carbon atoms. The nitrogen group may itself be substituted with an alkyl or aryl group.
The term "aryl" represents an unsubstituted, mono-, di- or trisubstituted monocyclic, polycyclic, biaryl and heterocyclic aromatic groups covalently attached at any ring position capable of forming a stable covalent bond, certain preferred points of attachment being apparent to those skilled in the art (e.g., 3-indolyl, 4-imidazolyl). The aryl substituents are independently selected from the group consisting of halo, nitro, cyano, trihalomethyl, hydroxypyronyl, C,_, lalkyl, arylC,_ ,valkyl, Co-"alkyloxyCo_~,alkyl, arylCo_"alkyloxyCo_~,alkyl, Co_i,alkylthioCo_l,alkyl, arylCo_l,alkylthioCo_, talkyl, Co_, ~alkylaminoCo_, lalkyl, arylCo_, lalkylaminoCo_, Ialkyl, di(arylC, _ ~ 1 alkyl)aminoCo_, , a 1 k y 1, C, _ > > alkylcarbonylCo_, , alkyl, a r y IC ~ _ i , alkylcarbonylCo_, ~ alkyl, C ~ _,1 alkylcarboxyCo_, , alkyl, ary 1C, _, ~
alkylcarboxy Co_ ~ alkyl, C i _"alkylcarbonylaminoCo_, , alkyl, arylC, _ 1, alkylcarbonylaminoCo_"alkyl, -Co_1, alkylCOOR4, -Co_"alkylCONR5R6 wherein R4, RS and R6 are independently selected from hydrogen, C,-C ~ i alkyl, arylCo-C t, alkyl, or RS and R6 are taken together with the nitrogen to which they are attached forming a cyclic system containing 3 to 8 carbon atoms with at least one C,-C, lalkyl, arylCo-C, lalkyl substituent.
The definition of aryl includes but is not limited to phenyl, biphenyl, naphthyl, dihydronaphthyl, tetrahydronaphthyl, indenyl, indanyl, azulenyl, anthryl, phenanthryl, fluorenyl, pyrenyl, thienyl, benzothienyl, isobenzothienyl, 2,3-dihydrobenzothienyl, furyl, pyranyl, benzofuranyl, isobenzofuranyl, 2,3-dihydrobenzofuranyl, pyrrolyl, indolyl, isoindolyl, indolizinyl, indazolyl, imidazolyl, benzimidazolyl, pyridyl, pyrazinyl, pyradazinyl, pyrimidinyl, triazinyl, quinolyl, isoquinolyl, 4H-quinolizinyl, cinnolinyl, phthalazinyl, quinazolinyl, quinoxalinyl, 1,8-naphthyridinyl, pteridinyl, carbazolyl, acridinyl, phenazinyl, phenothiazinyl, phenoxazinyl, chromanyl, benzodioxolyl, piperonyl, purinyl, pyrazolyl, triazolyl, tetrazolyi, thiazolyl, isothiazolyl, benzthiazolyl, oxazolyl, isoxazolyl, benzoxazolyl, oxadiazolyl, thiadiazolyl.
The term "arylalkyl" (e.g. (4-hydroxyphenyl)ethyl, (2-aminonaphthyl)hexenyl, pyridylcyclopentyl) represents an aryl group as defined above attached through an alkyl group as defined above having the indicated number of carbon atoms.
The term "arylcarbonyl" (e.g. 2-thiophenylcarbonyl, 3-methoxyanthrylcarbonyl, oxazolylcarbonyl) represents an aryl group as defined above attached through a carbonyl group.
The term "arylalkylcarbonyl" (e.g. (2,3-dimethoxyphenyl)propylcarbonyl, (2-chloronaphthyl)pentenylcarbonyl, imidazolylcyclopentylcarbonyl) represents an arylalkyl group as defined above wherein the alkyl group is in turn attached through a carbonyl.
The term "signal transduction" is a collective term used to define all cellular processes that follow the activation of a given cell or tissue. Examples of signal S transduction include but are not in any way limited to cellular events that are induced by polypeptide hormones and growth factors (e.g. insulin, insulin-like growth factors I and II, growth hormone, epidermal growth factor, platelet-derived growth factor), cytokines (e.g. interleukines), extracellular matrix components, and cell-cell interactions.
10 Phosphotyrosine recognition units/tyrosine phosphate recognition units/phosphotyrosine recognition units are defined as areas or domains of proteins or glycoproteins that have affinity for molecules containing phosphorylated tyrosine residues (pTyr). Examples of pTyr recognition units include but are not in any way limited to: PTPases, SH2 domains and PTB domains.
15 PTPases are defined as enzymes with the capacity to dephosphorylate pTyr-containing proteins or glycoproteins. Examples of PTPases include but are not in any way limited to: intracellular PTPases (e.g. PTP-1 B, TC-PTP, PTP-1 C, PTP-1 D,PTP-D 1, PTP-D2), receptor-type PTPases (e.g. PTPa, PTP~, PTP~3, PTPy, CD45, PTPx, PTPIt), dual specificity phosphatases (e.g. VH1, VHR, cdc25) and other PTPases such as LAR, SHP-1, SHP-2, PTP-1 H, PTPMEGI, PTP-PEST, PTP~ , PTPS31, IA-2 and HePTP and the like.
Modulation of cellular processes is defined as the capacity of compounds of the invention to 1 ) either increase or decrease ongoing, normal or abnormal, signal transduction, 2) initiate normal signal transduction, and 3) initiate abnormal signal transduction.
Modulation of pTyr-mediated signal transduction/modulation of the activity of molecules with pTyr recognition units is defined as the capacity of compounds of the invention to 1 ) increase or decrease the activity of proteins or glycoproteins with pTyr recognition units (e.g. PTPases, SH2 domains or PTB domains) or to 2) decrease or rcTius9snosos increase the association of a pTyr-containing molecule with a protein or glycoprotein with pTyr recognition units either via a direct action on the pTyr recognition site or via an indirect mechanism. Examples of modulation of pTyr-mediated signal transduction/modulation of the activity of molecules with pTyr recognition units, which are not intended in any way limiting to the scope of the invention claimed, are:
a) inhibition of PTPase activity leading to either increased or decreased signal transduction of ongoing cellular processes; b) inhibition of PTPase activity leading to initiation of normal or abnormal cellular activity; c) stimulation of PTPase activity leading to either increased or decreased signal transduction of ongoing cellular processes; d) stimulation of PTPase activity leading to initiation of normal or abnormal cellular activity; e) inhibition of binding of SH2 domains or PTB
domains to proteins or glycoproteins with pTyr leading to increase or decrease of ongoing cellular processes; f) inhibition of binding of SH2 domains or PTB domains to proteins or glycoproteins with pTyr leading to initiation of normal or abnormal cellular activity.
A subject is defined as any mammalian species, including humans.
Detailed Description This application relates to compounds having the general structure shown in Formula (Al):
Y X-C(R')=C(R ~)COOR"' (Al) wherein (i) R' and R' are independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, halo, cyano, nitro, trihalomethyl, alkyl, arylalkyl, (ii) R"' is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, alkyl, substituted alkyl, aryl, arylalkyl (iii) X is aryl, (iv) Y is selected from hydrogen or O
O O zl O
O
N~N~s. NYS NYO
/N N ~ N
\ s, \
N N
wherein (*) indicates a potential point of attachment to X and all other positions are _ substituted as described below.
WO 98/27065 PCT/i1S96/20508.
( 1 ) According to the invention, a class of preferred PTPase activity-modulating compounds have the general structural Formula depicted in (A2):
O
R ~O
O
(A2) wherein at least one of R,, R2 and R3 substituents has the general structure depicted in Formula (B) X-C(R' )=C(R")COOR"' (B) wherein R', R', R"' and X are defined as above in Formula (A 1 ), and wherein the remaining of Rl, R2 and R3 are independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, alkyl, substituted alkyl, aryl, arylalkyl.
(2) According to the invention, a class of preferred PTPase activity modulating compounds have the general structural Formula depicted in (A3 ):
O
R ~O
NHRZ
O
(A3) wherein at least one of R,, R2 and R3 substituents has the general structure depicted in Formula (B) X-C(R')=C(R")COOR"' (B) wherein R', R", R"' and X are defined as above in Formula (A 1 ), and wherein the remaining of R ~ , R2 and R3 are independently selected from the group consisting - of:hydrogen, alkyl, substituted alkyl, alkylcarbonyl, substituted alkylcarbonyl, aryl, S arylalkyl, arylcarbonyl, arylalkylcarbonyl.
(3) According to the invention, a class of preferred PTPase activity-modulating compounds have the general structural Formula depicted in (A4):
O
OH
(A4) wherein at least one of R, , R2 substituents has the general structure depicted in Formula (B) X-C(R')=C(R")COOR"
IS (B) wherein R', R", R"' and X are defined as above in Formula (A 1 ), and wherein the remaining of R,, R2 is defined as above in Formula (A2).
(4) According to the invention, a class of preferred PTPase activity-modulating compounds have the general structural Formula depicted in (AS):
O
O
(A5) wherein at least one of R, and R2 substituents has the general structure depicted in Formula (B) X-C(R')=C(R")COOR"' 5 (B) wherein R', R', R"' and X are defined as above in Formula (A 1 ), and wherein the remaining of R~ and R2 is defined as above in Formula (A2).
10 (5) According to the invention, a class of preferred PTPase activity modulating compounds have the general structural Formula depicted in (A6):
Rs R4 NYNIRi (A6) wherein at least one of R, , R2, R3 and R4 substituents has the general structure 15 depicted in Formula (B) X-C(R')=C(R")COOR"' (B) 20 wherein R', R', R"' and X are defined as above in Formula (A 1 ), and wherein the remaining of Ri, R2, R3 and R4 have the same definition as RI, R~ and R3 in Formula (A2), with the proviso that when R3 and R4 are selected from substituted phenyl or substituted furyl then the phenyl and furyl substituents exclude hydroxy, halo, trifluoromethyl, C ~ _6alkyl, C, _6alkyloxy, C ~ _6alkylthio, amino, C, _6alkylamino, di(C,_6alkyl)amino, phenylC,_6alkylamino and di(phenylC,_6alkyl)amino.
(6) According to the invention, a class of preferred PTPase activity-modulating compounds have the general structural Formula depicted in (A6):
Rs R4 NY N~ Ri (A6) wherein R4 is selected from -CORS, -COOR.6, -CONR~RB wherein RS thru Rg are selected from hydrogen, alkyl, substituted alkyl, aryl, arylalkyl, or R~ and R8 are taken together with the nitrogen to which they are attached forming a cyclic system containing 3 to 8 carbon atoms with at least one alkyl, aryl, arylalkyl substituent, and wherein at least one of R,, R2, and R3 substituents has the general structure depicted in Formula (B) X-C(R')=C(R")COOR"
(B) wherein R', R ~, R"' and X are defined as above in Formula (A 1 ), and wherein the remaining of R,, R2 and R3 are defined as above in Formula (A2).
Rs R4 NY N~ Ri (A6) wherein R4 is selected from -CORS, -COOR.6, -CONR~RB wherein RS thru Rg are selected from hydrogen, alkyl, substituted alkyl, aryl, arylalkyl, or R~ and R8 are taken together with the nitrogen to which they are attached forming a cyclic system containing 3 to 8 carbon atoms with at least one alkyl, aryl, arylalkyl substituent, and wherein at least one of R,, R2, and R3 substituents has the general structure depicted in Formula (B) X-C(R')=C(R")COOR"
(B) wherein R', R ~, R"' and X are defined as above in Formula (A 1 ), and wherein the remaining of R,, R2 and R3 are defined as above in Formula (A2).
(7) According to the invention, a class of preferred PTPase activity-modulating compounds have the general structural Formula depicted in (A6):
N~ N, R
i _ R2 (A6) wherein R,, R2, R3 and R4 are defined as above in (6).
N~ N, R
i _ R2 (A6) wherein R,, R2, R3 and R4 are defined as above in (6).
(8) According to the invention, a class of preferred PTPase activity-modulating compounds have the general structural Formula depicted in (A7):
N' _O
(A7) wherein R~ is selected from -CORS, -COOR6, -CONR~RB wherein RS thru R8 are defined as above in (6) and wherein at least one of R) and R3 substituents has the general structure depicted in Formula (B) X-C(R')=C(R")COOR"' (B) wherein R', R', R"' and X are defined as above in Formula (A1), and wherein the remaining of R, and R3 are defined as above in Formula (A2}.
N' _O
(A7) wherein R~ is selected from -CORS, -COOR6, -CONR~RB wherein RS thru R8 are defined as above in (6) and wherein at least one of R) and R3 substituents has the general structure depicted in Formula (B) X-C(R')=C(R")COOR"' (B) wherein R', R', R"' and X are defined as above in Formula (A1), and wherein the remaining of R, and R3 are defined as above in Formula (A2}.
(9) According to the invention, a class of preferred PTPase activity-modulating compounds have the general structural Formula depicted in (A8):
Ri ,R2 N/~/'N
«3~m (A8) wo 9smo6s rcT~s96nos0s wherein at least one of R, and R2 substituents has the general structure depicted in Formula (B) X-C(R' )=C(R")COOR "
(B) wherein R', R ', R"' and X are defined as above in Formula (A 1 }, and wherein the remaining of Ri and R2 is defined as above in Formula (A2), and wherein m is an integer between 0 and 4 and each R3 is independently selected from the group consisting of halo, nitro, cyano, trihalomethyl, hydroxypyronyl, alkyl, arylalkyl, Co_ ~ ~ alkyloxyCo_1 ~ alkyl, arylC o_"alkyloxyCo_~ ~ alkyl, Co _, ~alkylthioCo_"alkyl, arylCo_ i,alkylthioCo_, lalkyl, Co _"alkylaminoCo_"alkyl, arylCo _"alkylaminoCo_"alkyl, di(aryICl_"alkyl)aminoCo_"a 1 k y 1, C,_"alkylcarbonylCo_"alkyl, a r y IC,_ ~ lalkylcarbonylCo_i ialkyl, C,_, ialkylcarboxyCo_, lalkyl, arylC,_~,alkylcarboxyCo_ "alkyl, C, _ 1 ~ alkylcarbonylaminoCo_"alkyl, arylC ~ _, t alkylcarbonylaminoCo_,1 alkyl, -Co_"alkylCOOR4, -Co_"alkylCONR5R6 wherein R4, RS and R6 are independently selected from hydrogen, C,-C ~ ~ alkyl, arylCo-C,1 alkyl, or RS and Rb are taken together with the nitrogen to which they are attached forming a cyclic system containing 3 to 8 carbon atoms with at least one C ~ -C, , alkyl, ary 1 Co-C, , alkyl substituent.
( 10) According to the invention, a class of preferred PTPase activity-modulating compounds have the general structural Formula depicted in (A8 ):
Rt .R2 N/~J\N
~R3~m (A8) wherein R ~ is selected from -CORS, -COOR6, -CONR~Rg wherein RS thru Rg are defined as above in (6) and wherein R2 has the general structure depicted in Formula (B) X-C(R' )=C(R ')COOR "
(B) wherein R', R", R"' and X are defined as above in Formula (A 1 ), and wherein m is an integer between 0 and 4 and each R3 is defined as above in (9).
I 0 ( 11 ) According to the invention, a class of preferred PTPase activity modulating compounds have the general structural Formula depicted in (A9):
Ri ,R2 N/~ f\N
N
(Rg)~"
(A9) wherein m is an integer between 0 and 3 and wherein R~, R2 each R3 is defined as above in (9).
( 12) According to the invention, a class of preferred PTPase activity-modulating compounds have the general structural Formula depicted in (A9):
Ri ,R2 N~~/\N
N
(R3),n (A9) wherein either R1 or R2 is selected from -CORS, -COOR6, -CONR7R8 wherein RS
thru R8 are defined as in (6) and wherein the remainder of R, and R2 is defined as above in (9), and wherein m is an integer between 0 and 3 and each R3 is defined as above in (9).
(13) According to th~ invention, a class of preferred PTPase activity-modulating compounds have the general structural Formula depicted in (A10):
Rz (A10) 10 wherein Z, and Z2 are independently selected from the group consisting of OR3, SR4, NRSR6 and wherein at least one of R,, R2 substituents has the general structure depicted in Formula (B) X-C(R')=C(R")COOR"' 15 (g) wherein R', R", R"' and X are defined as above in Formula (A 1 ), and wherein the remaining of R~, R2 is defined as above in Formula (A2), and wherein R3, R4, R5, R6 are independently selected from hydrogen, alkyl, substituted alkyl, alkylcarbonyl, substituted alkylcarbonyl, aryl, arylalkyl, arylcarbonyl, aryialkylcarbonyl.
( 14) According to the invention, a class of preferred PTPase activity-modulating compounds have the general structural Formula depicted in (A 11 ):
Rs R2 N' _S
(A11) wherein at least one of R~, R2, and R3 substituents has the general structure depicted in Formula (B) X-C(R' )=C(R")COOR"' (B) wherein R', R", R"' and X are defined as above in Formula (A 1 ), and wherein the remaining of R~, R2 and R3 are defined as above in Formula (A2).
Preferred compositions of the invention include compositions comprising compounds as defined above in structural formula (A 1 ), (A2), (A3), (A4), (AS), (A6), (A7), (A8), (A9), (A10), (A11) (or pharmaceutically acceptable salts, prodrugs, esters, or solvates of these compounds) in admixture with a pharmaceutically acceptable diluent, adjuvent, or carrier.
Provided according to the invention, therefore, are novel compounds which modulate the activity of PTPase or other molecules with pTyr recognition units) as well as previously known aryl acrylic acid compounds which modulate the activity of PTPase or other molecules with pTyr recognition unit(s).
Another aspect of the present invention provides compositions comprising PTPase modulating compounds of the invention suitable for administration to a mammalian host.
WO 98/27065 PCT/US96l20508 In a preferred embodiment the compounds of the invention act as inhibitors of PTPases, e.g. protein tyrosine phosphatases involved in the regulation of tyrosine kinase signaling pathways. Preferred embodiments include modulation of receptor-tyrosine kinase signaling pathways via interaction with regulatory PTPases, e.g. the S signaling pathways of the insulin receptor, the IGF-I receptor and other members of the insulin receptor family, the EGF-receptor family, the platelet-derived growth factor family, the nerve growth factor receptor family, the hepatocyte growth factor receptor family, the growth hormone receptor family and members of other receptor-type tyrosine kinase families. Further preferred embodiments of the invention is modulation of non-receptor tyrosine kinase signaling through modulation of regulatory PTPases, e.g. modulation of members of the Src kinase family. One type of preferred embodiments of the invention relates to modulation of the activity of PTPases that negatively regulate signal transduction pathways. Another type of preferred embodiments of the inventions relate to modulation of the activity of PTPases that positively regulate signale transduction pathways.
In a preferred embodiment compounds of the inventions act as modulators of the active site of PTPases. In another preferred embodiment the compounds of the invention modulate the activity of PTPases via interaction with structures positioned outside the active sites of the enzymes, preferably SH2 domains. Further preferred embodiments include modulation of signal transduction pathways via binding of the compounds of the invention to SH2 domains or PTB domains of non-PTPase signaling molecules.
Other preferred embodiments include use of the compounds of the invention for modulation of cell-cell interactions as well as cell-matrix interactions.
As a preferred embodiment, the compounds of the invention may be used as therapeutics to inhibit PTPases involved in the regulation of the insulin recptor tyrosine kinase signaling pathway in patients with type I diabetes, type II
diabetes, impaired glucose tolerance, insuline resistance and obesity. Further preferred embodiments include use of the compounds of the invention for treatment of disorders with general or specific dysfunction of PTPase activity, e.g.
proliferative disorders including neoplastic diseases and psoriosis. As another embodiment, the compounds of the invention may be used in pharmaceutical preparations for treatment of osteoporosis.
Preferred embodiments of the invention further include use of compounds of the invention in pharmaceutical preparations to increase the secretion or action of growth hormone and its analogs or somatomedins including IGf I and IGF-2 by modulating the activity of PTPases or other signal transduction molecules with affinity for phosphotyrosine involved controlling or inducing the action of these hormones or any regulating molecule.
To those skilled in the art, it is well known that the current and potential uses of growth hormone in humans are varied and muti-tudinous. Thus, compounds of the invention can be administered for purposes of stimulating the release of growth hormone from the pituitary or increase its action on target tissues thereby leading to similar effects or uses as growth hormone itself. The uses of growth hormone maybe summarized as follows: stimulation of growth hormone release in the elderly;
prevention of catabolic side effects of glucocorticoids; treatment of osteoporosis, stimulation of the immune system; treatment of retardation, accelaration of wound healing; accelerating bone fracture repair; treatment of growth retardation;
treating renal failure or insufficiency resulting in growth retardation; treatment of physiological short stature including growth hormone deficient children and short stature associated with chronic illness; treatment of obesity and growth retardation associated with obesity; treating growth retardation associated with the Pader-Willi syndrom and Turner's syndrom; accelerating the recovery and reducing PCTlUS96/205Q8 hospitalization of burn patients; treatment of intrauterine growth retardation, skeletal dysplasia, hypercortisolism and Cushings syndrome; induction of pulsatile growth hormone release; replacement of growth hormone in stressed patients; treatment of osteochondro-dysplasis, Noonans syndrome, schizophrenia, depressions, Alzheimer's disease, delayed wound healing and psychosocial deprivation; treatment of pulmonary dysfunction and ventilator dependency; attenuation of protein catabolic responses after major surgery; reducing cachexia and protein loss due to chronic illness such as cancer or AIDS; treatment of hyperinsulinemia including nesidio-blastosis;
adjuvant treatment for ovulation induction; stimulation of thymic development and prevention of age related decline or thymic function; treatment of immunosuppresed patients;
improvement in muscle strength, mobility, maintenance of skin thickness, metabolic homeostasis, renal homeostasis in the frail elderly; stimulation of osteoblasts, bone remodelling and cartilage growth; stimulation of the immune system in companion animals and treatment of disorder of aging in companion animals; growth promotant in livestock and stimulation of wool growth in sheep.
The compounds of the invention may be used in pharmaceutical preparations for treatment of various disorders of the immune system, either as stimulant or suppresor of normal or perturbed immune functions, including autoimmune reactions.
Further embodiments of the invention for treatment of allergic reactions, e.g.
asthma, dermal reactions, conjunctivitis.
In another embodiment, compounds ~ of the invention may be used in pharmaceutical preparations for prevention or induction of platelet aggregation.
In yet another embodiment, compounds of the invention may be used in pharmaceutical preparations for treatment of infectious disorders. In particular, the compounds of the invention may be used for treatment of infectious disorders caused VIfO 98/27065 PG"T/US96/20508 by Yersinia and other bacteria as well as disorders caused by viruses or other micro-organisms.
Compounds of the invention may additionally be used for treatment or 5 prevention of diseases in animals, including commercially important animals.
Also included in the present invention is a process for isolation of PTPases via affinity purification procedures based on the use of immobilized compounds of the invention using procedures well-known to those skilled in the art.
The invention is further directed to a method for detecting the presence of PTPases in cell or in a subject comprising (a) contacting said cell or an extract thereof with labeled compounds of the invention.
(b) detecting the binding of the compounds of the invention or measuring the quantity bound, thereby detecting the presence or measuring the quantity of certain PTPases.
The invention further relates to analysis and identification of the specific functions of certain PTPases by modulating their activity by using compounds of the invention in cellular assay systems or in whole animals.
The invention further provides methods for making compounds (A 1 ), (A2), (A3), (A4), (A5), (A6), (A7), (A8), (A9), (A10), (A11) of the present invention having PTPase-modulatory/inhibitory activity. In preferred methods, compounds of the invention are synthesized in a mufti-component combinatorial array, which permits rapid synthesis of numerous, structurally related compounds for subsequent evaluation. In preferred synthesis protocols, the acrylic acid moiety of a compound is protected during synthesis by, e. g. , esterification with a tert-buty i protecting group.
Thus, a preferred method of making compounds of the invention comprises use of a protected acrylic acid reagent and removal of the protective group by, e. g. , treatment of a precursor ester compound with acid. Optionally, such a method includes further esterifying or salifying the acrylic acid product thereby obtained.
The compounds of formula (Af ), {A2), (A3), (A4), (A5), (A6), (A7), (A8), (A9), (A 10), (A 1 I ) may be prepared by procedures known to those skilled in the art from known compounds or readily preparable intermediates. General synthetic procedures and examples are as follow:
General method for the removal of tent-butyl esters O 50% TFA-CHZC12 O
R~OtBu R"
OH
Unless otherwise stated, tert-butyl esters were converted to their corresponding carboxylic acids via treatment with a solution of 50%
trifluoroacetic acid in dichloromethane for 1 hour at 23°C. The solvent was removed in vacuo and the residue was azeotroped with toluene or acetonitrile to yield the corresponding carboxylic acid.
General method for the synthesis of compounds (A1) and (AS) Method 1 X - LG + Z-C(R')= C(R")C02R"' ----~ X-C(R')= C(R")C02R"' 1 2 (Al) or (A5) By allowing a compound of formula ( 1 ) wherein LG is a suitable leaving - group such as bromo, iodo, or triflate to react with compound of formula (2) wherein Z is hydrogen (Heck reaction: J. Org. Chem., 1977, 42, 3903), or trialkyltin (Stifle reaction: J. Am. Chem. Soc., 1991, 113, 9585), or B(OH)2 (Suzuki reaction: J.
Am.
W-p 98127065 PCT/US96I20508 Chem. Soc. , 1989, 111, 314) and wherein R', R', R"' and X are defined as above for formula (A1).
These reactions may be carried out neat or in a solvent such as dimethylformamide (DMF), tetrahydrofuran (THF), or toluene, in the presence of a catalyst (e.g. Pd(OAc)2, Pd(PPh3)4, Pd2dba3), a ligand (e.g. Ph3P, Ph3As, (o-tolyl)3P) and a base (e.g. K2C03, CsC03, Et3N) at temperatures ranging from 23 °C
to 130°C, for 1 to 60 hours.
Examples co2H
coZH Pd(OAc)Z (o-Tolyl)3P \
\ COZtBu Et3N DMF 100°C
/ + ~ /
/
Br COitBu Prepared according to Patel et al (J. Org. Chem., 1977, 42, 3903).
'H NMR of 3 (400 MHz, CDC13) b 1.5 (s, 9H), 6.4 (d, 1H), 7.6 (m, 3H), 8.05 (d, 2H).
cHo CHO Pd(OAc)Z (o-Tolyl)3P \
C02tBu Et3N DMF 100°C
\ +
Br C02tBu Prepared according to Patel et al (J. Org. Chem., 1977, 42, 3903).
~H NMR of 4 (400 MHz, CDC13) b 1.5 (s, 9H), 6.4 (d, 1H), 7.55 (d, 1H), 7.6 (d, 2H), 7.8 (d, 2H), 9.95 (s, 1 H).
WD 98/Z7065 PCT/US96/2050~
COZH
COZtBu COzH
Pd(OAc)2 (o-Tolyl)3P
i'\ Et3N DMF 100°C
S
Br COZtBu 5 Prepared according to Patel et al (J. Org. Chem., 1977, 42, 3903).
'H NMR of 5 (400 MHz, CDCl3) 8 1.44 (s, 9H), 6.26 (d, 1H), 7.18 (d, 1H), 7.56 (d, 1 H), 7.74 (d, 1 H).
ButO
co tBu Pd(oAc)Z (o-Talyl)3r °
Et3N DMF 100°C
O
Br C02tBu Prepared according to Patel et al (J. Org. Chem. 1977, 42, 3903).
'H NMR of 6 (400 MHz, CDC13) 8 1.5 (s, 18H), 6.42 (d, 2H), 7.6 (m, 6H), 7.9 (d, 4H).
co,tBu Br co2tBu Pd(OAc)2 (o-Tolyl)3P
Hi ~H Et3N DMF 100°C Hi ~H
Br Prepared according to Patel et al (J. Org. Chem. 1977, 42, 3903).
~H NMR of 7 (400 MHz, CDCI3) 8 1.5 (s, 18H), 6.2 (d, 2H), 7.1 (d, 2H), S 7.35 (d, 2H), 7.5 (s, 2H), 7.7 (d, 2H).
Br Br Br 1. Pd(OAc)2 (o-Tolyl)3P
COZtBu Et3N DMF 100°C
2. 20% TFA-CHZCIz To 11 g of 4,4'-dibromobenzil (30mmo1, 1.Oequiv), 67mg of palladium (II) acetate (0.3mmol, 0.01 equiv), 365mg of tri-o-tolylphosphine ( 1.2mmol, 0.04equiv) was added 200mL of dimethylformamide followed by 4.2mL (30mmo1, l.Oequiv) of triethylamine. The mixture was placed in a 100°C preheated bath and 4.4mL of tert-butylacrylate (30mmo1, l.Oequiv) in 30mL of dimethylforamide was added dropwise over 1 hour. The reaction mixture was heated at 100°C for 12 hours, cooled to 23 °C
1 S and the solvent was removed in vacuo. Ethyl acetate was added and the organic layer was washed with water and dried over sodium sulfate. The solvent was removed and the residue (mixture of dibromobenzil, mono and bis-tert-butylacrylate benzil) was recrystallized from hot 30% dichloromethane in hexane. The solid which crashed out COZtBu (mixture of dibromobenzil and mono-tert-butylacrylate benzil) was filtered off and treated with 20% trifluoroacetic acid in dichloromethane. After 20 minutes, the mono-tert-butylacrylate benzil 8 was filtered off and washed with 20%
trifluoroacetic acid in dichloromethane ( 1.4g isolated). The mother liquor (mixture of mono and bis-5 tent-butylacrylate benzil) was recovered and purified by flash chromatography (ethyl acetate-hexane eluant) to yield 2.4g of the mono-tert-butylacrylate dione which was treated with 20% trifluoroacetic acid in dichloromethane to give 2.2g of 8.
The combined total yield of 8 was 3.6g (34%). 'H NMR of 8 (400 MHz, d6-DMSO) 8 6.7 (d, 1 H), 7.6 (d, 1 H), 7.8 (s, 4H), 7.9 (s, 4H).
ButOZC
50%TFA-C
C02tBu C02H
'H NMR of 9 (400 MHz, d6-DMSO) 8 6.7 (d, 2H), 7.6 (d, 2H), 7.9 (s, 8H).
Hoxc Pd(OAc)Z (o-Tolyl)3P
O
Et3lV DMF 100°C
O
8-tert-butyl ester COztBu - 1 J COZtBu Prepared according to Patel et al (J. Org. Chem., 1977, 42, 3903).
' H NMR of 10 (400 MHz, CDC13-CD30D 9:1 ) 8 1.45 (s, 9H), 6.42 (d, 1 H), 6.5 (d, 1 H), 7.55 (d, 1 H), 7.6 (dd, 4H), 7.68 (d, I H), 7.92 (dd, 4H).
HoZc ceH"rrrr octyl amine EDCI DMAP
COztBu COztBu To a solution of 10 (1 equiv) in dichloromethane was added octylamine (1 equiv), EDCI (1.3 equiv) and 4-dimethylaminopyridine (0.5 equiv) at 23°C. The solution was stirred overnight, diluted with ethyl acetate, washed with 1N HCl and saturated sodium bicarbonate and dried over sodium sulfate. The residue was purified by flash chromatography (ethyl acetate-hexane eluant) and the solvent was removed in vacuo to yield compound 11. ' H NMR of 11 (400 MHz, CDC13) 8 0.9 (t, 3 H), 1.25 (s br, lOH), 1.5 (s, 9H), 1.55 (s br, 2H), 3.35 (dd, H), 5.6 (t br, 1H), 6.44 9d, 1H), 6.48 (d, 1H), 7.58 (m, 6H), 7.92 (d, 4H).
PhCH2CHzIVH
- PhCHZCHZNH2 EDCI DMAP
COZtBu COZtBu Same procedure as compound I1. ~H NMR of 12 (400 MHz, CDC13) 8 1.5 (s, 9H), 2.83 (t, 2H), 3.62 (dt, 2H), 5.82 (t br, 1 H), 6.4 (m, 2H), 7.18 (m, SH), 7.6 (m, 6H), 7.9 (m, 4H).
CBHI~NH CeHmNH
50%TFA-CH2 COztBu COZH
Method 2 O O
X- LG + Z-C(R')= R~ X-C(R')=
~ -~ O
1 14 (A1) or (A5) Functionaiized crosslinked polystyrene polymer By allowing a compound of formula ( 1 ) as defined above to react with polymer bound compound of formula ( 14) wherein Z, R and R" are defined as above in method 1.
These reactions may be carried out on functionalized cross linked polystyrene polymers such as Merrifield resin, Wang resin, Rink resin, TentagelTM resin, in a solvent such as dimethylformamide (DMF), tetrahydrofuran (THF), or toluene, in the presence of a catalyst (e.g. Pd(OAc)2, Pd{PPh3)4, Pd2dba3), a ligand (e.g.
Ph3P, Ph3As, (o-tolyl}3P) and a base (e.g. K2C03, CsC03, Et3N) at temperatures ranging from 23°C
to I30°C, for 1 to 60 hours.
Examples COZH
OH O
DIC DMAP
WANG Resin 23°C, 48 hrs 15 For leading references see: a) Mathias (Synthesis 1979, 561). b) Sarantakis et al (Biochem. Biophys. Res. Commun. 1976, 73, 336). c) Hudson et al (Peptide Chemistry 1985 (Kiso, Y., ed.),1986, Protein Research Foundation, Osaka.). d) Wang (J. Am. Chem. Soc. 1973, 95, 1328). e) Lu et al (J. Org. Chem. 1981, 46, 3433.) e) Morphy et al (Tetrahedron Letters 1996, 3 7, 3209). e) Yedidia et al (Can. J.
Chem.
1980, 58, 1144).
VlrO 98/27065 PCT/US96/20508 To 1 Og ( 11.2mmol, 1 equiv) of Wang resin in 80mL of dry dichloromethane was added 33.6mmo1 (3equiv) of diisopropylcarbodiimide and the mixture was sonnicated under N2 for 2 hours (final bath temperature was 40°C).
Freshly distilled - acrylic acid (33.6mmoI, 3 equiv) and 4-dimethylaminopyridine ( 11.2mmol, 1 equiv) were added and the mixture was magnetically stirred for 16 hours at ambient temperature. The resin was filtered and thoroughly washed with dichloromethane (SOOmL), methanol (SOOmL), dimethylformamide (SOOmL), dichloromethane (SOOmL) and methanol (SOOmL) and dried in vacuo (O.lmmHg) for 24 hours. The coupling was repeated and resin 15 was filtered, washed and dried as above, and used directly in the next step.
4,4'-dibromobenzil o Pd(OAc)2 PR3 EtgN
o /
Z5 nMF loo°C
Br To 8.2g of acrylate Wang resin 15 was added 10.4g (28.3mmol) of 4,4'-dibromobenzil, 437mg of palladium (II) acetate (1.95mmo1), 1.25g of tri-o-tolylphosphine (4.11 mmol), 95mL of dimethylformamide followed by 3.3mL
(23.7mmol) of triethylamine. The mixture was placed in a 100°C
preheated bath and stirred magnetically at 200rpm for 2 hours. The resin was filtered hot and washed thoroughly with hot dimethylformamide (SOOmL), hot acetic acid (SOOmL), methanol (SOOmL), dichloromethane (SOOmL), dimethylformamide (SOOmL), dichloromethane (SOOmL) and methanol {SOOmL) and dried in vacuo (O.lmmHg) for 24 hours. The linker was cleaved from the resin with a solution of 20% trifluoroacetic acid in dichloromethane for 20min at ambient temperature. ~ H NMR for monobromo-monoacid linker (400 MHz, d6-DMSO) 8 6.7 (d, 2H), 7.6 (d, 2H), 7.8 (s, 4H), 7.9 (s, 4H).
WO 98127065 PCTlUS96/205Q8 -o / ( \ o o / ~ \ o /
tent-Butyl acrylate \
/ \ Pd(OAc)2 PR3 Et3N
o / /
co,ea~
16 c I / g~ DMF I00°C 17 To 10.2g resin 16 was added 5.4ImL (37mmo1) of tent-butylacrylate, 132mg of palladium (II) acetate (0.592mmol), 0.360g of tri-o-tolylphosphine ( 1.18mmol), 5 31 mL of dimethylformamide followed by 1 mL {7.4mmol) of triethylamine. The mixture was placed in a 100°C preheated bath and stirred magnetically at 200rpm for 18 hours. The resin was filtered hot and washed thoroughly with hot dimethylformamide (SOOmL), hot acetic acid (SOOmL), methanol (SOOmL), dichloromethane (SOOmL), dimethylformamide (SOOmL), dichloromethane (SOOmL) 10 and methanol (SOOmL) and dried in vacuo (O.lmmHg) for 24 hours. The linker was cleaved from the resin with a solution of 20% trifluoroacetic acid in dichloromethane for 20min at ambient temperature. 1H NMR for diacid linker (400 MHz, db-DMSO) S
6.7 (d, 2H), 7.6 (d, 2H), 7.9 (s, 8H).
Br o ° Pd(OAc)2 Et3r 15 18 co,x 15 co,H
To 1 g of acrylate resin 15 was added 1.02g (2.8mmo1) of mono-bromo-mono-tert-butylacrylate benzil (8), 0.044g of palladium (II) acetate (0.19mmol), 0.130g of tri-o-tolylphosphine (0.41 mmol), 1 OmL of dimethylformamide followed by a solution 20 of 0.76mL (5.7mmo1) of triethylamine in lOmL of dimethylformamide. The mixture was placed in a 100°C preheated bath and stirred magnetically at 200rpm for 2 hours.
The resin was filtered hot and washed thoroughly with hot dimethylformamide (SOmL), water (SOmL), 10% sodium bicarbonate (SOmL), 10% aqueous acetic acid WO 98/Z7065 PCT/ITS96/2050$
(SOmL), water (SOmL), methanol (SOmL), dichloromethane (SOmL), methanol {SOmL), dichloromethane (SOmL) and dried in vacuo (0.1 mmHg} for 24 hours. The linker was cleaved from the resin with a solution of 20% trifluoroacetic acid in - dichloromethane for 20min at ambient temperature. ~H NMR for diacid linker (400 MHz, d6-DMSO) 8 6.7 (d, 2H), 7.6 {d, 2H), 7.9 (s, 8H).
1. oxalyl chlo . \ 2. ROH
corx i8 19 Resin 18 was treated with a 1.OM solution of oxalyl chloride in dichloromethane in the presence of a catalytic amount of dimethylformamide for hour and filtered. The resin was subsequently treated with a dichloromethane solution containing the alcohol (ROH), pyridine and 4-dimethylaminopyridine for 20 hours at 23°C to yield the monoester resin 19.
o ~ o 1. oxalyl chh o CHZCIz _ \ 2. ArN(P
1g 2o CONR,Ar Resin 18 was treated with a 1.OM solution of oxalyl chloride in dichloromethane in the presence of a catalytic amount of dimethylformamide for hour and filtered. The resin was subsequently treated with a dichloromethane solution containing the aromatic amine (ArN(R ~ )H), pyridine and 4-dimethylaminopyridine for 20 hours at 23°C to yield the monoamide resin 20.
WO 98127065 PCT/US96/20508_ o ~ o 1. EDCI, Dr CH2ClZ
2. Rl R~
~ i C~,.. CONR~ Rz Resin 18 was treated with a dichloromethane solution containing the amine (R, R2NH), EDCI and 4-dimethylaminopyridine for 20 hours at 23 °C to yield the monoamide resin 21.
General methods for the synthesis of compounds (A2) and (A10) Method 1 OH
RiCHO ---~ Rl OH
(A10)-1 By allowing an aldehyde (R, CHO) wherein R, is defined as above in formula (A 10) to react with itself.
These reactions may be carried out in a solvent or combination of solvents such as tetrahydrofuran (THF), dichloromethane (CH2C12), in the presence of a catalyst (e.g. TiCl3), and a base (e.g. pyridine) at temperatures ranging from -78°C to 23°C, for 1 to 60 hours.
Examples cHo / \ coZtBu - / TiCl3 OH
\ ~ THF-CH2CIz ~ \ \
tBuOZC ~ / OH
COitBu Prepared according to Araneo et al (Tetrahedron Lett. 1994, 35, 2213). The reaction was stirred for 4hrs at 23°C. 1H NMR of 22 (400MHz, CDCl3) 8 1.55 (s, 18H), 4.65 (s, 2H), 6.27 (d, 2H), 7.05 (d, 4H), 7.31 (d, 4H), 7.5 (d, 2H).
I 0 COZtBu COZH
' H NMR of 23 (400MHz, CD30D) 8 4.65 (s, 2H), 6.4 (d, 2H), 7.15 (d, 4H), 7.4 (d, 4H), 7.6 (d, 2H). MS ESI (neg ion) for [M-H]-: 353 (calculated 354).
Method 2 RZCOZH
. Rl 1 --~- R Rm---~ R Ri i i OH OH O
- (A10)-1 (A10)-2 (A2) Wp 98/Z7065 PCT/US96/20508 By allowing a compound of formula (A10)-1 prepared as above to react with a acid chloride (R2C02H) and by subsequently oxidizing (A10)-2 wherein R, and R2 are defined as in formula (A2).
The first step in this reaction may be carried out in a solvent such as tetrahydrofuran (THF), dichloromethane (CH2C12), in the presence of diisopropyl carbodiimide (DIC) and a base (e.g. 4-dimethylaminopyridine) at temperatures ranging from 0°C to 23 °C, for I to 60 hours. The second step in this reaction may be carried out in a solvent such as dichloromethane (CH2C12), in the presence of an oxidizing reagent (e.g. tetrapropylammonium perruthenate (VII) (TPAP)) and activated 4~ molecular sieves at temperatures ranging from 0°C to 23°C, for 1 to 60 hours.
Examples co=tBu COztBu COZH
)IC DMAP
tBuOZC tBuOZC~
OMe To SOmg of diol 22 ( 1 equiv) in 1 mL of dichloromethane was added diisopropyl carbodiimide (0.4 equiv} and the reaction was stirred for 1 hour at 23 °C.
To the solution was added 4-dimethylaminopyridine (0.1 equiv) followed by para-methoxybenzoic acid (0.4 equiv) in SmL of tetrahydrofuran and the mixture was stirred for an additional 3 hours at 23°C. The reaction was diluted with ethyl acetate 10 and washed with 1 N HCI, saturated sodium bicarbonate and the organic layer was dried over sodium sulfate. The crude mixture was separated using radial chromatography (ethyl acetate-hexane eluent). 'H NMR of 24 (400MHz, CDC13) b 1.55 (s, 18H), 3.8 (s, 3H), 5.05 (d, 1 H), 6.0 (d, 1 H), 6.25 (d, 1 H), 6.3 (d, 1 H), 6.9 (d, 2H}, 7.1 (d, 4H), 7.32 (m, 4H), 7.45 {d, 1H), 7.48 (d, 1H}, 8.0 (d, 1H).
\ coZtBu OH /
\ \ OH / ~ COzH
v / ~ 50%TFA-CHZCIz \
tBuOZC ~ v O~
HOZC ~ / O
/
OMe OMe 'H NMR of 25 (400MHz, CD30D) 8 3.82 (s, 3H), 5.08 (d, IH), 6.02 (d, IH), 6.4 (d, 2H), 6.9 (d, 2H), 7.22 (d, 4H}, 7.42 (d, 4H), 7.6 (d, 2H), 8.03 (d, 2H).
MS ESI (neg ion) for [M-H]-: 487 (calculated 488).
C02tBu OH / \ COxtBu O
\ \
\ \ I ~ o p TPAP tBuOZC \
tBuO2C ~ / O
CHzCl2 26 /
OMe OMe Hydroxyester 24 ( 1 equiv) was oxidized to ketoester 26 at 23 °C in CH2C12, in the presence of catalytic amount of TPAP (0.1 equiv), N-methylmorpholine oxide (2 equiv) and 4~ activated powdered molecular sieves (SOOmg/mol of substrate). ~H
NMR of 26 (400MHz, CDC13) 8 I .55 (s, 18H), 3.8 (s, 3H), 6.25 (d, 1 H), 6.29 (d, 1 H), 6.9 (d, 2H), 7.0 (s, 1 H), 7.5 (m, 1 OH), 7.95 (d, 1 H), 8.02 (d, 1 H).
~ coZtBu / ~ coZH
\ \ o p 50%TFA-CHZC12 ~ \ \
tBuO2C \ O
HOZC ~ ~ O O
\ ~ 2~
OMe OMe ~ H NMR of 27 (400MHz, CD30D) 8 3.82 (s, 3H), 6.45 (d, I H), 6.55 (d, 1 H), 6.95 (d, 2H), 7.18 (s, 1 H), 7.65 (m, I OH), 8.0 (d, 1 H), 8.08 (d, 1 H).
Method 3 OCORi OCORl R1COC1 + R2CH0 ----~ R2 ----~ R R2 R ~ 2 z ' OH O
(A10)-3 ( By allowing an acid chloride (R,COCI) to react with an aldehyde (R2CH0) wherein R,, R2 are defined as above in formula (A2) and by subsequently oxidizing (A 10)-3.
The first step in this reaction may be carried out in a solvent or a combination of solvents such as tetrahydrofuran (THF), dichloromethane (CH2CI2), in the presence of a catalyst (e.g. TiCl3), and a base (e.g. pyridine) at temperatures ranging from -78°C to 23°C, for 1 to 60 hours. The second step in this reaction may be carried out in a solvent such as dichloromethane (CHZCl2), in the presence of an oxidizing reagent (e.g. tetrapropylammonium perruthenate (VII) (TPAP)) and activated 4A
molecular sieves at temperatures ranging from 0°C to 23°C, for 1 to 60 hours.
Examples HO O- ' (CH214CO2CH3 CHO
CH302C(CH2)4COCI
TiCl3 THF-CHZCI2 COZtBu C02tBu C02tBu Prepared according to Araneo et al (Tetrahedron Lett. 1994, 35, 2213). The reaction was stirred for 4hrs at 23 °C, the crude mixture was separated by flash chromatography (ethyl acetate in hexane eluent) to yield hydroxyester 28. ~ H
NMR
of 28 (400MHz, CDC13) 8 1.55 (s, 18H), 1.6 (m, 4H), 2.2-2.4 (m, 4H), 3.6 (s, 3H), 4.9 (d, 1 H), 5 .8 5 (d, 1 H), 6.25 (d, 1 H), 6.3 (d, 1 H), 7.07 (m, 4H), 7.3 (m, 4H), 7.45 (m, 2H).
tBnO
(CHz)~CO2CH3 / \ (CHZ)4COZCH3 50% TFA-CHZC12 O-O O
HO HO
28 ~ ~ 29 COZtBu COzH
'H NMR of 29 (400MHz, CD30D) b 1.5 (m, 4H), 2.3 (m, 2H), 2.4 (m, 2H), 3.6 (s, 3H), 4.95 (d, 1H), 5.85 (d, 1H), 6.4 (d, 2H), 7.2 (m, 4H), 7.42 (d, 4H), 7.6 (d, 2H). MS ESI (neg ion) for [M-H]-: 495 (calculated 496).
HO O ~ (CHZ)4CO2CH3 ~ (CHZ)4COZCH3 TrAr COZtBu COqtBu COZtBu COZtBu Hydroxyester 28 was oxidized to ketoester 30 as above. ~ H NMR of 30 (400MHz, CDC13) b 1.55 (s, 18H), 1.65 (s br, 4H), 2.3 (m, 2H), 2.5 (m, 2H), 3.6 (s, 3H)) 6.3 (d, 1H), 6.35 (d, 1H), 6.78 (s, 1H), 7.4-7.6 (m, 8H), 7.9 (d, 2H).
General method for the synthesis of compounds (A3) Method 1 ' O
R1C02H + R2NC + R3CH0 -NHRZ
(A3)-1 By allowing a carboxylic acid (R, C02H) to react with an isocyanide (R2NC) and an aldehyde (R3CH0) wherein R~, R2, and R3 are defined as above in formula (A3).
These reactions may be carried out in a solvent or a combination of solvents such as dichloromethane (CH2C12), chloroform (CHC13}, methanol (MeOH), tetrahydrofuran (THF) or acetonitrile (CH3CN), in the presence or absence of a catalyst (e.g. ZnCl2, MgBr2) at temperatures ranging from -78°C to 80°C, for 1 to 60 hours.
Examples Rz O
R1C02H + RZCHO + R3NC O
/~ NHR3 O _ Rl Prepared according to Passerine (Gazz. Chim. Ital. 1926, 56, 826).
A solution of the carboxylic acid, aldehyde and isocyanide in a given solvent selected from tetrahydrofuran, acetonitrile, ethyl ether or chloroform was stirred between 0° and 25°C for 1 to 3 days. The solution was diluted with ethyl acetate, washed with saturated sodium bicarbonate and dried over sodium sulfate. The solvent was removed in vacuo and the residue was purified by silica gel chromatography.
WO 9817065 PCT/US96/20508_ O
/ HN ~ C02Et / ~ 1.C6H13CH0, THF O _ + EtOzC NC O
2. 50% TFA-CHZC12 C02tBu I H NMR of 32 (400 MHz, db-acetone) 8 0.8 (t, 3 H), I . l - I .6 (m, 9H), 1.97 (m, 5 I H), 3.9 (m, 2H), 4. I (m, 2H), 5.3 (t, 1 H), 6.62 (d, I H), 7.7 (d, I H), 7.8 (d, 2H), 8.05 {d, 2H).
Method 2 ~NC
Rz O
O
R1C02H + R3CH0 HN~
O ~ R1 R
z (A3)-2 Functionalized crosslinked polystyrene polymer By allowing a carboxylic acid (R,C02H) and an aldehyde (R3CH0) to react with a polymer bound isocyanide (R2NC) wherein R~, R2, and R3 are defined as above in formula (A3).
These reactions may be carried out on functionalized cross linked polystyrene polymers such as Merrifield resin, Wang resin, Rink resin, TentagelT"~ resin, in a solvent or a combination of solvents such as dichloromethane (CH2C12), chloroform (CHC13), methanol (MeOH), tetrahydrofuran (THF), acetonitrile (CH3CN), in the presence or absence of a catalyst (e.g. ZnCl2, MgBr2) at temperatures ranging from -WO 98/27065 PCT/US96/20508_ 78°C to 80°C, for 1 to 60 hours. The product maybe released from the polymer by conditions known to those skilled in the art.
- Examples HOZC ~ NHCHO O
1.
DIC DMAP ~ NC
OH O
2. Ph3P CCl4 Et3N n WANG Resin n = 2 to 10 Prepared according to Zhang et al (Tetrahedron Letters 1996, 3 7, 751 ).
Ri H ~ C02H
RzCHO O O
1.
O / \ ~ C02tBu HOzC
~NC
" n I \ 34 33 2.50%TFA-CHZC12 O~~OH
A solution of the carboxylic acid 3 in tetrahydrofuran was added to a mixture of the aldehyde and isocyanide resin 33 in tetrahydrofuran or acetonitrile.
The mixture was stirred at 25°C or 60°C for 1 to 3 days. The resin was filtered and washed with dichloromethane and methanol and dried. Compounds 34 were isolated after treatment of the resin with a solution of 50% trifluoroacetic acid in dichloromethane for 1 hour at 23°C and removal of the solvent in vacuo.
HO
1. R1C~H
o co,~su o OHC ~ ~ / - COZH
O N R
y N
33 n 2.50%TFA-CH2C12 A solution of the carboxylic acid in tetrahydrofuran was added to a mixture of the aldehyde 4 and isocyanide resin 33 in tetrahydrofuran or acetonitrile. The mixture was stirred at 25°C or 60°C for 1 to 3 days. The resin was filtered and washed with dichloromethane and methanol and dried. Compounds 35 were isolated after treatment of the resin with a solution of 50% trifluoroacetic acid in dichloromethane for 1 hour at 23°C and removal of the solvent in vacuo.
O RZ
N ~ COiH
O
n Ho2c TABLE I.
Compound R2 n MWt [M-H]' (Calculated)(Found) 36 \ / 2 475; 477 474; 476 Br 37 \ / 5 519 518 Br 38 C6H~4CH0 2 405 404 39 C6H,4CH0 5 447 446 40 C9H2oCH0 2 447 446 41 C9H2oCH0 5 489 488 WO 9$/27065 PCTIUS96120508 n HN
O
H02C ~ ~ p \ / O--~C
TABLE 2.
Compound Rl n MWt (M-H]' (Calculated)(Found) 42 ~ ~ 2 427 426 Me0 43 \ '" 5 469 468 Me0 44 ' ~ 2 442 441 45 ~ ~ 2 441 440 F ~%
46 ~ ~ ~ S 483 482 F
C3H~
47 H~~3 '-"~~2 419 418 C3H~
48 H~~3 ~~ 5 519 518 _ General method for the synthesis of compounds (A4}
O
R1COC1 + R2CH0 - ~ R2 OH
(A4) 5 By allowing an acid chloride (R, COC1) to react with an aldehyde (R2CH0) wherein R,, R2 are defined as above in formula (A4).
These reactions may be carried out in a solvent or combination of solvents such as tetrahydrofuran (THF), dichloromethane (CH2C12), in the presence of a 10 catalyst (e.g. TiCl3), and a base (e.g. pyridine) at temperatures ranging from -78°C to 23°C, for 1 to 60 hours.
Example H
CHO
/ CH3OZC(CHZ)4COC1 TiCl3 THF-CHzCIZ
COZtBu COZtBu Prepared according to Araneo et al (Tetrahedron Lett. 1994, 35, 2213). 'H
NMR of 51 (400MHz, CDC13) 8 1.45 (s, 9H), 1.5 (m, 4H), 2.1-2.3 (m, 4H), 3.6 (s, 3 H), 4.6 (s, 1 H), 6.25 (d, 1 H), 6.97 (d, 2H), 7.25 (d, 2H), 7.5 (d, 1 H).
General methods for the synthesis of compounds (A6) Method 1 O R4~Rs R3~R4 R +
R3 4 NH40Ac Rl' N ~ N Rl' N ~ N
O
(AS)-1 (A6)-1 (A6)-2 By allowing a compound of formula (AS) to react with an aldehyde (R2CH0), a primary amine (R~NH2) and ammonium acetate wherein R~, R2, R3 and R4 are defined as above in formula (A6).
These reactions may be carried out in a solvent such as acetic acid (AcOH) at temperatures ranging from 23°C to 120°C, for 1 to 60 hours.
Examples coZtBu NHQOAc N ' - NH
AcOH 100°C
Rz I S CoztBu Prepared according to Krieg et al (Z Naturforsch tell 1967, 22b, 132).
To 47mg of 6 (O.Immol, l.Oequiv), RZCHO (O.Immol, l.Oequiv) in 1mL of acetic acid was added 231mg of ammonium acetate (3.Ommol, 30equiv) in O.SmL of acetic acid and the mixture was placed in 100°C preheated oil bath for 1 hour. The solution was then poured into ether and washed with saturated sodium bicarbonate.
The organic layer was dried over sodium sulfate, filtered and concentrated in vacuo to yield the desired imidazoles 52 which were purified by preparative thin layer chromatography with ethyl acetate-hexane or methanol-dichloromethane as eluent.
CoZtsu TABLE 3.
.0% TF.~
N NH N ' _ NH ~ CF3COZH
23°C l hh Rz R2 Entry Rz MWt. MWt. Entry RZ MWt. MWt.
(Calc.) (Obs.) (Calc.) (Obs.) i 54 ~ 480 479 61 F w ~ * _*
HO=C
55 H * -* 62 8' I S 521 522 56 ~ 525 526 63 ~~487 488 NO N
NOZ
57 ' ~ 481 482 64 ~ N 533 534 MeO~C
F
58 M~o~ _* _* 65 ~ / _* _*
F
59 I No2 511 S 12 66 F ~ ~ -* _*
OMe F
O
60 ~ ~ _* _* 67 ~ * _*
F
F
- : aata not avallable.
WO 98127065 PCT/US96I20508_ TABLE 3. (continued) Entry RZ MWt. MWt. Entry RZ MWt. MWt.
(Calc.) (Obs.) (Calc.) (Obs.) 68 ~ -* * 79 P,,~ * -OH
69 M~° ~ ~ 482 483 80 ~ I 560 561 i s 70 ~ ~ 442 441 81 ~ I 536 537 I
° m \
71 ~°~ 494 495 82 ~ ~ -* -OMe Me0 72 I ~ 526 527 83 M.°~ * -F
OMe F ~ F
73 N~ I ~ * -* 84 F I ~ F 526 527 F
74 I ~ \ 489 490 85 ~ ~ 480 481 N
M
Mc 75 Ph 436 435 86 M~ '~I~~ 494 495 M.O
F
76 ~ ~ -* * 87 B~° I ~ 542 543 F
77 n-CSH " -* -* 88 I 561 562 F f 78 ~ ~ 454 455 89 ~ 476 477 * "-": data not available.
WO 98/27065 PCT/iTS96/20508 TABLE 3. (continued) Entry RZ MWt. MWt.
Calc. Obs.
90 ~ 493 494 AcHN
54 (400MHz, CDC13-CD30D 10:1 ) b 6.23 (d, 2H}, 7.3-7.48 (m, 1 OH), 7.88 (d, 2H), 8.02 (d, 2H).
55 {400MHz, CD30D) 86.5 (d, 2H), 7.52 (d, 4H), 7.7 (m, 6H), 9.1 (s,lH).
56 (400MHz, CD30D) 8 6.3 (s, 2H), 6.52 (d, 2H), 7.4-7.9 (m, 12H).
57 (400MHz, CD30D) 8 6.52 (d, 2H), 7.50-8.36 (m, 14H).
58 (400MHz, CDC13-CD30D 10:1 ) S 3.7 (s, 3H), 6.3 (d, 2H), 6.85 (d, 2H), 7.4 (m, 8H), 7.5 (d, 2H), 7.85 (d, 2H).
59 (400MHz, CD30D) 8 3.98 (s, 3H), 6.52 (d, 2H), 7.50-7.76 (m, 13H}.
60 (400MHz, CDC13-CD30D 10:1 ) 8 6.3 (d, 2H), 6.5 (br s, 1 H), 6.85 (d, 2H), 7.3-7.6 (m, 12H).
61 di-tert-butyl ester (400MHz, CDC13-CD30D 6:1 ) b 1.4 (s, 18H), 6.2 (d, 2H), 6.9 (t, 1 H), 7.2-7.42 (m, 11 H), 7. 5 8 (d, 1 H), 7.62 (d, 1 H).
62 (400MHz, CD30D} 8 6.50 (d, 2H}, 7.30-8.70 (m, 12H).
63 (400MHz, CD30D) 8 6.54 (d, 2H), 7.46-8.60 (m, 16H).
64 (400MHz, CD30D) 8 3.90 (s, 3H), 6.50 (d, 2H), 7.50-8.30 (m, 13H).
di-tert-butyl ester (400MHz, CDC13-CD30D 6:1 ) ~ 1.4 (s, 18H), 6.2 (d, 2H), 6.65 (t, 1 H), 7.3-7.5 (m, 12H).
66 di-tert-butyl ester (400MHz, CDC13-CD30D 6:1 ) 8 1.4 (s, 18H), 6.2 (dd, 2H), 7.1 (q, 1 H), 7.3-7.5 (m, 1 OH), 7.6 (br d, 1 H), 7.7 (dd, 1 H).
67 di-tert-butyl ester (400MHz, CDC13-CD30D 6:1) 8 1.4 (s, 18H), 6.2 (d, 2H), 10 7.1 (t, 2H), 7.3-7.5 (m, 1 OH), 7.75 (m, 1 H).
68 (400MHz, CD30D) 81.2 (t, 6H), 3.48 (q, 4H), 6.52 (d, 2H), 7.3-8.02 (m, 15H).
69 (400MHz, CD30D) b 3.96 (s, 3H), 6.52 (d, 2H), 7.04-7.70 (m, 13H).
70 (400MHz, CD30D) 8 6.46 (d, 2H), 7. I 4 (d, 1 H), 7.50-7.80 (m, 12H).
71 (400MHz, CD30D) 8 4.32 (m, 4H), 6.52 (d, 2H), 7.1-7.7 (m, 13H).
72 (400MHz, CD30D) 8 3.90-4.02 (3s, 9H), 6.50 (d, 2H), 6.90-7.80 (m, 12H).
73 (400MHz, CD30D) 8 6.5 (d, 2H), 7.55 (d, 4H), 7.65 (m, 6H), 7.95 (d, 2H), 8.15 (d, 2H).
74 (400MHz, CD30D) b 3.95 (s, 3H), 6.56 (d, 2H), 6.9-7.82 (m, 14H).
75 (400MHz, CDC13-CD30D 10: I ) 8 6.34 (d, 2H), 7.3-7.4 (m, 11 H), 7.52 (d, 2H), 8.92 (d,2H).
v~o 9sn~o6s rcr~s9snosos 76 di-tert-butyl ester (400MHz, CDC13-CD30D 6:1 ) b 1.4 (s, 18H), 6.2 (br d, 2H), 6.9 (m, 1 H), 7.05 (m, 1 H), 7.3-7.5 (m, 1 OH).
77 (400MHz, CDC13-CD30D 6:1 ) 8 0.9 (m, SH), I .3 (m, 2H), I .7 (m, 2H), 2.9 (t, 2H), 6.35 (d, 2H), 7.3-7.6 (m, lOH).
78 (400MHz, CD30D) 8 6.50 (d, 2H), 7.40-7.9 (m, 14H).
79 di-tert-butyl ester (400MHz, CDC13) 8 1.4 (s, 18H), 6.3 (d, 2H), 7.1 (d, 2H), 7.22 (d, 1 H), 7.34 (t, 2H), 7.4-7.7 (m, 14H), 7.9 (d, 2H}.
80 (400MHz, CD30D) 8 6.54 (d, 2H), 7.6-8.0 (m, 19H).
81 (400MHz, CD30D) 8 6.54 (d, 2H), 7.6-8.90 (m, 19H).
82 (400MHz, CD30D) 8 6.50 (d, 2H), 7.58-8.0 (m, 14H).
83 (400MHz, CD30D} 8 3.96 (s, 3H), 6.52 (d, 2H), 7.36-7.90 (m, 13H).
84 (400MHz, CD30D) 8 6.50 (d, 2H), 7.55-7.70 (m, l OH).
8s (400MHz, CD30D) 8 6.12 (s, 2H), 6.56 (d, 2H), 7.10-7.60 (m, I3H).
86 (400MHz, CD30D) S 2.20 (s, 3H), 2.40 (s, 3H), 3.90 (s, 3H), 6.52 (d, 2H), 7.10-7.70 (m, 12H).
_ 87 (400MHz, CD30D) S 5.20 (s, 2H), 6.56 (d, 2H), 7.22-7.98 (m, 19H).
wo 9sn7o6s rcr~s96noso8 88 (400MHz, CD30D) 81.52 (2s, 12H), 1.74 (s, 4H), 2.42 (s, 3H), 6.52 (d, 2H), 7.40-7.68 (m, 13H).
89 (400MHz, CD30D) 81.12 (t, 2H), 3.0 (m, 4H), 6.56 (d, 2H), 7.52-7.62 (m, 13H).
90 (400MHz, CD30D) 8 2.14 (s, 3H), 6.54 (d, 2H), 7.58-8.0 (m, 14H).
CO,tBu CO,H CO,,H
1 Me0 ~ ~ CHO
H' ~H NH40Ac AcOH 100°C H~ H
HN ~ N . CF3COZH
2. 50% TFA-CHZC12 ButOZC OMe Prepared according to Krieg et al (ZNaturforsch tell 1967, 22b, 132).
'H NMR of 91 (400 MHz, CD30D) 8 3.9 (s,3H), 6.2 (d, 2H), 6.95 (d, 2H), 7.2 (d, 2H), 7.4-7.6 (m, 6H), 7.9 (d, 2H).
ButOzC CO tBu ButO2C z RINHZ RZCHO
NH40Ac N ~ NRl AcOH 100°C
Rz COztBu Prepared according to Krieg et al (Z Naturforsch tell 1967, 22b, 132).
R~N~N g0% TFA-CH2Clz IY RiN"_N - CF3COZH
RZ 23°C l hh 92 R=
TABLE 4.
Entry R~ R= MWt MWt (Calc.)(Obs.) 94 n-C4H9 H 416 415 s 95 n-C4H9 ~ ~ 498 497 s 96 Ph ~ ~ 518 517 97 n-C4H9 ~ 522 521 Me0 98 Ph ~ 542 541 Me0 99 Ph H 436 435 100 ~ ~ 582 581 Me Me Me Me 94 (400MHz, CD30D) ~ 0.8 (t, 3H), 1.22 (m, 2H), 1.62 (m, 2H), 4.10 (t, 2H), 6.42 (d, 1 H), 6.58 (d, 1 H), 7.32-7.80 (m, 1 OH), 9.18 (s, 1 H).
95 (400MHz, CD30D) 8 0.64 (t, 3H), 1.04 (m, 2H), 1.58 (m, 2H), 4.20 (t, 2H), 6.42 (d, 1 H), 6.62 (d, 1 H), 7.42-8.0 (m, 13H).
96 (400MHz, CD30D) 8 6.42 (2d, 2H), 7.12-7.68 (m, 18H).
97 (400MHz, CD30D) b 0.6 (t, 3H), I.0 (m, 2H), 1.38 (m, 2H), 4.12 {t, 2H), 3.84 (s, 3H), 6.42 (d, 1H), 6.62 (d, 1H), 7.22-7.8 (m, 13H).
98 (400MHz, CD30D) 8 3.80 (s, 3H), 6.44 (2d, 2H), 6.94-7.68 (m, 19H).
99 (400MHz, CD30D) 8 6.44 (2d, 2H), 7.20-7.60 (m, I SH), 9.2 (s, 1 H).
100 (400MHz, CD30D) 81.22 (s, 9H), 2.40 (s, 3H), 6.36-6.44 (2d, 2H), 7.26-7.60 (m, 18H).
Method 2 O R4~R3 R3~R4 R +
R3 4 NHQOAc Rl~ N ' ' N Rl,. N_ ' N
Y IYO
(A5)-2 (A6)-3 (A6)-4 WO 98/27065 PCT/ITS96/2050~
By allowing a polymer bound compound of formula (AS)-2 to react with an aldehyde (R2CH0), a primary amine (R,NH2) and ammonium acetate wherein R~, R2, R3 and R4 are defined as above in formula (A6).
5 These reactions may be carried out on functionalized cross linked polystyrene polymers such as Merrifield resin, Wang resin, Rink resin, TentagelTM resin, in a solvent such as acetic acid (AcOH) at temperatures ranging from 23 °C
to 120°C, for 1 to 60 hours. The product maybe released from the polymer using conditions known to those skilled in the art.
Examples HO=C CO=H
O
1. RZCHO NH40Ac ~ / --v ~ ~ ° AcOH 100°C
2. 20% TFA-CH2C12 N ~ NH ~ cF,CO,H
O
17 ~ ~ co,ts° R= 101 To resin 17 were added excess NH40Ac and RZCHO and acetic acid and the mixture was heated at 100°C for 15 hours, cooled to 23 °C and washed with methanol and dichloromethane and dried under vacuum. The trifluoroacetate salts of imidazoles 101 were isolated following treatment of the resin with a solution of 20%
trifluoroacetic acid in dichloromethane for 20 minutes at 23°C.
HOiC COORS
O ~--O
1. RzCHO NH40Ac _ ° ACOH 100°C N NH . cg,CO,H
~ 2. 20% TFA-CH2C12 ° / / Rs COzR
Same procedure as imidazoles 101.
TABLE 5.
Entry Rl RZ MWt. MWt.
(Calc.) (Obs.) NOZ
103 Me ~ ~ 495 496 104 ~ I ~ N~Z 620 621 ~ OMe NOZ
105 ~ i ' ~ ~ 602 603 OMe 106 I i ' ~ ~ 586 587 Me 107 I ~ I ~ N~= 638 639 ~ OMe 108 F~ E~,N~ 634 635 109 2-propyl ~ / 496 497 F
NOZ
110 2-propyl ~ ~ 523 524 TABLE 5. (continued) Entry Rl RZ MWt. MWt.
(Calc.) (Obs.) 111 2-propyl I No= 553 554 OMe 112 2-indanyl I ~ N°Z 627 628 OMe 113 ~ M.o 626 627 Ph HOiC CON(R1)Ar O
o ~ \ /
1. R2CH0 NH90Ac _ O ACOH lOO°C N NH ~ CF~CO=H
/
\ 2. 20% TFA-CH2C12 O
CON(R~)Ar Same procedure as imidazoles 101.
HO=C CONRIRi O
O \
1. R3CH0 NHqOAc _ \ O ACOH lOO°C N NH ~ CF~COiH
/
\ 2. 20% TFA-CHZC12 O Rn CONR~R2 Same procedure as imidazoles 101.
WO 98/27065 PCT/US9612050$
HO=C CONHR=
O
O ~ -.-.
1. R2CH0 NH40Ac O AcOH 100°C ~ CF CO H
N ~ NH
\2. 20% TFA-CH2C12 R=
O
CONHR~
TABLE 6.
Entry Rl R2 MWt. MWt.
(Calc.) Obs.
116 ~ M~~~ 559 560 F
117 ~ M.o I ~ 562 563 N~ S
118 ~ e= \ ' 633 634 119 ~ ( ~ No2 642 643 Ph ~ OMe O
120 [y E4N~ 592 593 12I ~ I \ o/ 579 580 122 n-propyl M.o I ~ 508 509 s 123 n-propyl e= \ ~ 562,564 563, 565 124 n-butyl I ~ F 528 529 F
125 n-heptyl ~ 1 No2 579 580 wo 9sn7o6s rcT~s96nosoa TABLE 6. (continued) Entry Rl Rz MWt.
(Calc.) (Obs.
w 126 n-octyl F ~ i 566 567 ~
127 n-octyl Et,N 619 620 128 ~"~"" ~~ 612 613 Ph Method 3 O O
O O RiNI-Iz RzCHO R4 OR3 R4 OR3 R4 OR3 ~1 ~ N / N + N \ N ' R
Rz R2 129 (A6)-5 (A6)-6 By allowing a compound of formula ( 129) (J. Org. Chem., 1995, 60, 8231; J.
Org. Chem., 1993, 58, 4785) to react with an aldehyde (R2CH0), a primary amine (R,NH2) and ammonium acetate wherein R,, Rz, R3 and R4 are defined as above in formula (A6).
These reactions may be carried out in a solvent such as acetic acid (AcOH) at temperatures ranging from 23°C to 120°C, for 1 to 60 hours.
Examples COiH
O O O
EDCI DMAP
/ .f. O ~ CHZCI2 O
PhJ PPh3 PhJ PPh3 /
COZtBu COZtBu 130 131 Prepared according to Wasserman et aI (J. Org. Chem., 1995, 60, 8231; J.
Org. Chem., 1993, 58, 4785). Benzyl (triphenylphosphoranylidene) acetate (130) was purchased from Aldrich chemical company and used directly. 1 H NMR of 131 (400 MHz, CDCl3) 8 1.5 (s, 9H), 4.62 (s, 2H), 6.3 (d, 1 H), 6.62 (d, 2H), 7.05 (t, 2H), 7.1 (t, 1H), 7.38-7.8 (m, 20H). TLC: Rf-0.5 (30% ethyl acetate-hexane).
Oxone~
o ~ I \ THF-H20 0 ~ \
PPh3 / ~ J HO OH /
Ph C02tBu Ph COZtBu Prepared according to Wasserman et al (J Org. Chem., 1995, 60, 8231; J.
Org. Chem., 1993, 58, 4785). 'H NMR of I32 (400 MHz, CDC13) 8 1.5 (s, 9H), 5.1 (s, 2H), 5.15 (br s, 2H, 2 x H-O), 6.4 (d, 1 H), 6.95 (d, 2H), 7.1 (t, 2H), 7.18 (t, 1 H), 7.4 (d, 2H), 7.5 (d, 1 H), 7.9 (d, 2H). TLC: Rr0.7 (30% ethyl acetate-hexane).
o ~ 50%TFA-CH2C12 0 HO OH ~ ~ ~ J HO OH
Ph COZtBu Ph COZH
' H NMR of 133 (400 MHz, CDC13-CD30D, 8:1 ) 8 5 (s, 2H), 6.4 (d 1 H), 6.9-7.16 (m, 5H), 7.35 (d, 2H), 7.53 (d, 1H), 7.9 (d, 2H).
HoZc o 1. HCHO, NHqOAc PhCH20zC ~ 2. 30% TFA-CHZC12 COzCHiPh HO OH ~ ~ -COZtBu ~~N ~ CFgC02H
H
Prepared according to Brackeen et al (Tetrahedron Letters 1994, 35, 1635).
For other approaches to imidazole-4-carboxylates see: a) Nunami et al (J. Org.
Chem.
1994, 59, 7635). b) Heindel et al (Tetrahedron Letters 1971, 1439). ~H NMR of (400 MHz, 8:1 CDCI3-CD30D) S 5.2 (s, 2H), 6.4 (d, 1 H), 7.25 (br s, 5H), 7.5 (d, 2H), 7.6 (d, 1 H), 7.7 (d, 2H), 8.3 (s, 1 H).
Method 4 O o O O R~CHO R4 OR3 R4 OR
R4 OR3 RlNHz NH40Ac Rl ~ N / N + N ~ N. R
R2R2 y 129 (A6) 77 (A6) 8 By allowing a compound of formula ( 129) to react with a polymer bound aldehyde (Ri CHO), a primary amine (R2NH2) and ammonium acetate wherein R,, R2, R3 and R4 are defined as above in formula (A6).
This reaction may be carried out on functionalized cross linked polystyrene polymers such as Merrifield resin, Wang resin, Rink resin, TentagelTM resin, in a solvent such as acetic acid (AcOH) at temperatures ranging from 23 °C
to 120°C, for 1 to 60 hours. The product maybe released from the polymer using conditions known to those skilled in the art.
Examples Ho,c \ _ O
~ CHO
OH O / I
DIC DMAP
WANG Resin 23°C, 48 hrs 135 ~ CHO
For leading references see: a) Mathias (Synthesis, 1979, 561 ). b) Sarantakis et al (Biochem. Biophys. Res. Commun. 1976, 73, 336). c) Hudson et al {Peptide Chemistry 1985 (Kiso, Y., ed.),1986, Protein Research Foundation, Osaka.). d) Wang (J. Am. Chem. Soc. 1973, 95, 1328). e) Lu et al (J. Org. Chem. 1981, 46, 3433). To 6mmo1 (lequiv) of Wang resin in 130mL of dry dimethylformamide was added l8mmol (3equiv} of diisopropylcarbodiimide and the mixture was sonnicated for hours (final bath temperature was 37°C). 4-Formylcinnamic acid (l8mmol, 3equiv) and 4-dimethylaminopyridine (6mmol, 1 equiv) were added and the mixture was magnetically stirred for 48 hours at ambient temperature. The resin was filtered and thoroughly washed with dimethylforamide (SOOmL), methanol (SOOmL), dichloromethane (SOOmL) and methanol (500mL) and dried in vacuo (O.lmmHg) for 24 hours. A coupling yield of 80% was established by cleaving 100mg of the resin with a solution of 20% trifluoroacetic acid in dichloromethane for 20min at ambient temperature.
O HOZC
/ ~ ~ Ph O
135 ~ ~p 1. NH OAc 0 0 + AcOH 100°C
HN ~ N . CF3C02H
o ~ 2.50%TFA-CH2C12 HO OH
Ph ~ ~ / / COZtBu 132 ~ 136 To 60mg (0.048mmo1, l.Oequiv) of 135 was added 40mg (0.097mmo1, 2.Oequiv) of 132 followed by 37mg (0.481 mmol, 5 .Oequiv) of ammonium acetate and 0.2mL of acetic acid. The mixture was heated to 100°C for 15 hours, filtered, washed with dimethylformamide, dichloromethane, methanol and dichloromethane. The crude product was isolated by treatment of the polymer with a solution of 50%
trifluoroacetic acid in dichloromethane for 1 hour at 23°C. The solvent was removed and the residue was purified by preparative thin layer chromatography (20%
PCT/US96120508_ methanol-dichloromethane eluent). 1 H NMR of 136 (400 MHz, CD30D) 8 5.15 (s, 2H), 6.48 (d, 1 H), 6.55 (d, 1 H), 7.25 (br s, 4H), 7.5-7.8 (m, 9H), 8.1 (d, 1 H). MS
(ESI negative ion) [M-H]': 493;
Method 5 O R4 O ,Rs R1NH2 + R2COZH R3 Rl ~ O NH40Ac H
R4COCH0 N ~ ~ ~" N N
/~ HN
Rl 137 (A6)-9 By allowing a primary amine (R1NH2), a carboxylic acid (R2C02H) and a ketoaldehyde (R4COCH0) to react with a polymer bound isocyanide (R3NC) and by subsequently cyclizing compound 137 with ammonium acetate wherein R,, R2, R3 and R4 are defined as above in formula (A6).
The first step in this reaction may be carried out on functionalized cross linked polystyrene resins such as Merrifield resin, Wang resin, Rink resin, TentagelTM resin, in a solvent or a combination of solvents such as dichloromethane (CH2C12), chloroform (CHC13), methanol (MeOH), tetrahydrofuran (THF) or acetonitrile (CH3CN), in the presence or absence of a catalyst (e.g. ZnCl2, MgBr2) at temperatures ranging from -78°C to 80°C, for 1 to 60 hours. The second step in this reaction may be carried out in a solvent such as acetic acid (AcOH) at temperatures ranging from 23°C to 120°C, for 1 to 60 hours.
W9 98/27065 PCT/US96/2050$
0 o cHo sr ~ or O ~ Br EtzNH(OH) ~ ~ or O ~ CHO
/ Ar MeOH / Ar Ar = 2-naphthyl, 3,4-dichlorophenyl, R = CH3, CF3, N02, CH30, 2,5-dirnethoxyphenyl, and CF30, F, Cl, Br, Ph Prepared according to Gunn et al (J. Org. Chem. 1977, 42, 754).
HN
O 1. RSCOCHO, R2C02H, R1NH2 R5 O
NC 2~ NH40Ac AcOH 100°C -' O R ~ N ~ N ~ CF3 COZH
n 3. 20% TFA-CHZC12 ' Prepared according to Zhang et al (Tetrahedron Letters 1996, 37, 751).
Ph HoZc '~ NH
Me O ~ N
/ ~ COzH
'N
~ TFA
Me0 140 Prepared according to Zhang et al (Tetrahedron Letters 1996, 37, 751 ).
1H NMR of mono tert-butyl ester of 140 (400 MHz, CDC13) 8 1.1 (m,2H), 1.2 (d,3H), 1.3 (m,2H), 1.5 (s,9H), 1.56 (m,2H), 2.2 (m,2H), 2.9 (m, l H), 3.1 (m, l H), 3.2 (m, l H), 3.8 (s,3H), 4.6 (m,2H), 6.1 (d, I H), 6.9 (t,4H), 7.1 (m,SH), 7.4 (d, 2H), 7.6 (d,lH).
Method 6 Rs NHR2 R1C02H + RZCOCHO + R3NC -----~ O
O
N' _NH
O~ R ' i 141 (A6)-10 By allowing a carboxylic acid (R,C02H) to react with an isocyanide (R3NC) and a ketoaldehyde (R2COCH0) and by allowing compound 141 to cyclize in the presence of ammonium acetate, wherein R,, R2, and R3 are defined as above in formula (A6).
The first step in this reaction reaction may be carried out in a solvent or a combination of solvents such as dichloromethane (CH2C12), chloroform (CHCl3), methanol (MeOH), tetrahydrofuran (THF), acetonitrile (CH3CN), in the presence or absence of a catalyst (e.g. ZnCl2, MgBr2) at temperatures ranging from -78°C to 80°C, for 1 to 60 hours. The second step in this reaction may be carried out in a solvent such as acetic acid (AcOH) at temperatures ranging from 23°C to 120°C, for 1 to 60 hours.
Examples O
RZCOCHO O NH40Ac RiC02H O
R3NC AcOH N ~ NH
O' R NHR3 Prepared according to Bossio et al (Liebigs Ann. Chem. 1991, 1107).
VItU 98/27065 PCT/US96/20508 To an ethyl ether mixture of the carboxylic acid and ketoaldehyde at 0°C was added dropwise an ethyl ether solution of the isocyanide. The mixture was warmed to 25°C and stirred for 2 hours to 3 days. The solution was diluted with ethyl acetate, washed with saturated sodium bicarbonate and dried over sodium sulfate. The solvent was removed in vacuo and the residue was purified by silica gel chromatography to yield a-Acyloxy-(3-ketoamide 142.
A solution of the a-Acyloxy-(3-ketoamide 142 (1 equiv) and ammonium acetate (30 equiv) in acetic acid was heated at 100°C for 2 to 15 hours. The reaction was cooled to 23°C, diluted with ethyl acetate, washed with saturated sodium bicarbonate and dried over sodium sulfate. Solvent was removed in vacuo and the crude mixture was sepaprated by silica gel chromatography to provide imidazole 143.
F
O
COZtBu OHC O O N ~ C4H9 \ H
O O
~ 1. n-Butyl-NC
\ \ ~ 2.50%TFA-CH2C12 \ 144 coZH F
O OH
'H NMR of 144 (400 MHz, db-acetone) 8 0.85 (t, 3H), 1.2-1.6 (m, 4H), 3 .3 (m, 2H), 6.5 5 (s, 1 H), 6.62 (d, 1 H), 7.3 (t, 2H), 7.7 (d, 1 H), 7.82 (d, 2H), 8.1 (d, 2H), 8.25 (dd, 2H).
F
F
\ ~ ~ ~ O CdHy O N
H
O N . CeHy H . N ~ NH ~ TFA
O O
1. NH40Ac AcOH
\
\ 2.50%TFA-CHZC12 /
\ \
O OH
O OtBu ~H NMR of 146 (400 MHz, db-acetone) 8 0.9 (t, 3H}, 1.4 (m, 2H), 1.6 (m, 2H), 3.35 (m, 2H), 6.58 (d, 1 H), 7.12 (t, 2H), 7.65 (d, 1 H), 7.78 (d, 2H), 8.1 (s br, 1 H}, 8.05 (m, 1 H), 8.2 (d, 2H).
General method for the synthesis of compounds (A7) Rs NHR2 O
R1COZH + R2COCH0 + R3NC ~.~ - ..~ N ~ O
O
By allowing a carboxylic acid (R, COZH) to react with an isocyanide (R3NC) and a ketoaldehyde (R2COCH0) wherein R ~ , R2, and R3 are defined as above in formula (A7) and by allowing compound 141 to cyclize in the presence of ammonium acetate.
The first step in this reaction reaction may be carried out in a solvent or a combination of solvents such as dichloromethane (CH2C12), chloroform (CHCl3), methanol (MeOH), tetrahydrofuran (THF), acetonitrile (CH3CN), in the presence or absence of a catalyst (e.g. ZnCl2, MgBr2) at temperatures ranging from -78°C to 80°C, for 1 to 60 hours. The second step in this reaction may be carried out in a solvent such as acetic acid (AcOH) at temperatures ranging from 23 °C
to 120°C, for 1 to 60 hours.
Examples O
O NH40Ac O N~ O
NHR3 AcOH
O ~ R1 Prepared according to Bossio et al (Liebigs Ann. Chem. 1991, 1107).
A solution of the a-Acyloxy-(3-ketoamide 141 (1 equiv) and ammonium acetate (2 equiv) in acetic acid was heated at 100°C for 2 to 15 hours.
The reaction was cooled to 23 °C, diluted with ethyl acetate, washed with saturated sodium bicarbonate and dried over sodium sulfate. Solvent was removed in vacuo and the crude oxazole 147 was purified by silica gel chromatography.
F
F
O CW
O N
H
O N ~ C9H9 H N ~ O ~ TFA
O O
1. NH40Ac AcOH
2.50%TFA-CH2Clz ~ /
\ \
O OH
O OtBu ~H NMR of 148 (400 MHz, db-acetone) 8 0.9 (t, 3H), 1.4 (m, 2H), 1.6 (m, 2H), 3.42 (m, 2H), 6.63 {d, 1 H), 7.2 (t, 2H), 7.7 (d, 1 H), 7.9 (d, 2H), 8.18 (s br, 1 H), 8.25 (d, 2H), 8.6 (m, 1 H).
General methods for the synthesis of compounds (A8) and (A9) Method 1 NHz O
R2 Rl R3 ' NHz Rl zz N/ \N
(A5) O N N
R4 R6 +
149 ' ' R4 Rs R4 Rs (A8)-1 (A8)-2 By allowing a compound of formula (AS) to react with compound of formula (149) wherein R~, R2, R3, R4, R5, and R6 are defined as above in formula (A8).
These reactions may be carried out in a solvent or a combination of solvents such as dioxane or acetic acid (AcOH) at temperatures ranging from 23°C
to 120°C, for 1 to 60 hours.
Examples But02C HOZC COZH
NHz 1. AcOH 100°C
2. 50% TFA-CH2C12 N' ~ N ~ 'TFA
R
150 ~ '~ R
coZtBu A solution of O.lmmol of diamine 150 and O.lmmol of 6 in l.2mL of 1,4-dioxane-acetic acid (S:1 ) was heated at 100°C. Upon completion of the reaction as judged by thin layer chromatography, ethyl acetate was added and the organic layer was washed with water, O.SM citric acid, 10% sodium bicarbonate and dried over sodium sulfate. The compounds were purified using silica gel chromatography.
ButOZC HOZC C02H
NHz R~
1. AcOH 100°C
Rz / 2. 50% TFA-CHZC12 N~ ~N ~ TFA
R~ ~ ~ R4 Rz R3 COztBu TABLE 7.
Compound R, RZ R3 R4 153 H Cl C1 H
156 H H C02Me H
Wa 98/27065 PCT/US96/20508 152 (400MHz, CD30D) b 6.5 (d, 2H), 7.3 (s, 1 H), 7.4-7.8 (m, 1 OH), 7.9 (s, 1 H), 8.05 (d, 1 H). MS ESI (pos ion) for [M+H]+: 468 (calculated 467).
153 (400MHz, CD30D) S 6.48 (d, 2H), 7.5 (dd, 8H), 7.6 (d, 2H), 8.24 (s, 2H).
MS
- ESI (pos ion) for [M+H]+; 491, 492 (calculated 490, 491).
154 (400MHz, CD30D) 8 3.3 (s, 3H), 6.5 (d, 2H), 7.59 (s, 8H), 7.62 (d, 2H), 8.3 (d, 1 H), 8.55 (d, 1 H), 8.95 (s, 1 H). MS ESI (pos ion) for [M+H]+: 437 (calculated 436).
155 (400MHz, d6-DMSO) b 6.56 (d, 2H), 7.5 (m, 6H), 7.65 (d, 4H), 8.2 (d, 1H), 8.3 (d, 1 H), 8.6 (s, 1 H). MS ESI (neg ion) for [M-H]-: 465 (calculated 466).
156 (400MHz, CD30D) 8 6.56 (d, 2H), 7.5 (s br, 8H), 7.65 (d, 2H), 8.2 (d, 1 H), 8.3 (d, 1 H), 8.7 (s, 1 H). MS ESI (neg ion) for [M-H]-: 479 (calculated 480).
157 (400MHz, db-DMSO) 8 6.52 (d, 2H), 7.54-8.16 (m, 14H).
Method 2 NHz O
R Rl Rz Rz Ri R3 \ NHz R1 z (AS) O N N N N
N
R4 ~ +
s R R3 ~ / N R3 ~ / N
R4 Rs R4 Rs (A9)-1 (A9)-2 By allowing a compound of formula (AS) to react with compound of formula (158) wherein R~, R2, R3, R4, RS are defined as above in formula (A9).
These reactions may be carned out in a solvent or a combination of solvents such as dioxane or acetic acid (AcOH) at temperatures ranging from 23°C
to 120°C, for 1 to 60 hours.
Examples ButO ZC H02C
COZH
NHz 1. AcOH 100°C _ N
2. 50% TFA-CH2Clz N \ ~ N ~ 't~A
159 N ~
C02tBu 1H NMR of 160 (400MHz, CD30D) S 6.5 (d, 2H), 7.5-7.7 (m, 12H), 7.95 (m, 1 H), 8.65 (d, 1 H), 9.15 (s, 1 H).
MS ESI (pos ion) for [M+H)+: 424 (calculated 423).
General method for the synthesis of compounds (A10) OH OCORZ
Rl ---~ Rl (A10)-1 (A10)-3 By allowing a compound of formula (A10)-1 prepared as above to react with a carboxylic acid (R2C02H) wherein R, and R2 are defined as above in formula (A10).
These reactions may be carried out in a solvent such as tetrahydrofuran (THF), dichloromethane (CH2Cl2), in the presence of diisopropyl carbodiimide (DIC) and a - base (e.g. 4,4-dimethylaminopyridine) at temperatures ranging from 0°C to 23°C, for 1 to 60 hours.
Examples COZtBu H3C0 ~ C02tBu O
.O ~ ~ CO,H
DIC DMAP
o tBu02C tBuOZC 161 / OCH3 To SOmg of diol 22 in 1mL of dichloromethane was added diisopropyl carbodiimide (2.2 equiv) and the reaction was stirred for 1 hour at 23 °C. To the solution was added 4,4-dimethylaminopyridine (0.2 equiv) followed by para-methoxybenzoic acid (2.2 equiv) in SmL of tetrahydrofuran and the mixture was stirred for an additional 3 hours at 23 °C. The reaction was diluted with ethyl acetate and washed with 1N HCI, saturated sodium bicarbonate and the organic layer was dried over sodium sulfate. The crude mixture was purified using radial chromatography (ethyl acetate-hexane eluent). ~H NMR of 161 (400MHz, CDCl3) 8 1.5 (s, 18H), 3.8 (s, 6H), 6.25 (d, 2H), 6.32 {s, ZH), 6.85 (d, 4H), 7.18 (d, 4H), 7.31 (d, 4H), 7.45 (d, 2H), 7.95 (d, 4H).
WO 98127065 PG"T/US96I20508 H3C0 C02tBu H3Cp / CO=H
/
\ ~ O / ~ \ ~ O
OI
\ ~ SO% TFA-CHZC12 \
_O ~ w _o / o ~ / ~ / o ~ \
tBu02C 161 ~ OCH3 HOZC 162 /
'H NMR of 162 (400MHz, CD30D) 8 3.8 (s, 6H), 6.4 (m, 4H), 6.95 (d, 4H), 7.38 (d, 4H), 7.5 (d, 4H), 7.6 (d, 2H), 7.95 (d, 4H). MS ESI (neg ion) for [M-H)-: 621 (calculated 622).
General method for the synthesis of compounds (All) Rl Ri --~ R Ri ----Y R Ri ----s N \ S
OH OH O
~3 (A10)-1 163 164 (A11) By allowing a compound of formula (A10)-1 prepared as above to react with a sulfonyl chloride (RzSOZCI), and subsequently by oxidizing intermediate 163 and by allowing intermediate 164 to react with a thioamide (R3C(S)NH2) wherein R1, R2 and R3 are defined as above in formula (A 11 ).
The first step in this sequence of reactions may be carried out in a solvent such as tetrahydrofuran (THF), dichloromethane (CH~C12), in the presence of a base (e.g.
4,4-dimethylaminopyridine, triethylamine, triisopropylamine) and a sulfonyl chloride (e.g. tosyl chloride, mesyl chloride), at temperatures ranging from -20°C to 23°C, for 1 to 60 hours. The second step in this sequence of reactions may be carried out in a solvent such as dichloromethane (CHZCl2), in the presence of an oxidizing reagent (e.g. tetrapropylammonium perruthenate (VII) (TPAP)) and activated 4~
molecular sieves at temperatures ranging from 0°C to 23°C, for 1 to 60 hours. The third step in this sequence of reactions may be carned out in a solvent such as acetic acid, toluene, dioxane at temperatures ranging from 0°C to 120°C, for 1 to 60 hours.
' Examples COZtBu COZtBu ~ so,ct tosylated Et3N DMAP impound tBUOZC: ttiuOZC:
To SOmg of diol 22 in 1mL of dichloromethane was added Tosyl chloride (42.5 mg), 4,4-dimethylaminopyridine (6mg), triethylamine (951), and the reaction was stirred for 12 hours at 23°C. The volatiles were removed in vacuo and the crude mixture (containing 165, the bis-tosylated compound and the corresponding epoxide) was separated by flash chromatography (ethyl acetate-hexane eluent) to give a mixture of 165 and the corresponding bis-tosylated compound (27mg total).
COZtBu COZtBu bis-tosylated + TPAP NMC
compound OTs 4A Sieves CHZ
tBuOZC - tBu02C
The mixture consisting of 165 and the corresponding bis-tosylated compound was oxidized as described above for compound 24. The crude mixture was purified by flash chromatography (ethyl acetate-hexane eluent) to give3.9mg of 166 and l6mg of the corresponding bis-tosylate. ~ H NMR of 166 (400MHz, d6-acetone) b 1. 5 (d, 18H), 2.4 (s, 3H), 6.4 (d, 1 H), 6.5 (d, 1 H), 6.95 (s, I H), 7.35 (d, 2H), 7.42 (d, 2H), 7.5 (d, 1H), 7.6 (m, 3H), 7.7 (dd, 4H), 8 (d, 2H).
C02tBu _ r o ~ ~ r S
Toluene tBuozc OMe coZtBu To 3.9mg of 166 was added 3mg of para-methoxythiobenzamide and O.SmI of toluene and the reaction was heated at 65°C for I2 hours. The solvent was removed in vacuo and the crude mixture was purified by flash chromatography (ethyl acetate-hexane eluent) to givel .8mg of 167. 'H NMR of 167 (400MHz, CDC13) 8 1.5 (d, 18H), 3.8 (s, 3H), 6.3 (dd, 2H), 6.9 (d, 2H), 7.35 (d, 2H), 7.4 (m, 4H), 7.55 (m, 4H), 7.9 (d, 2H).
C02lBu 20% TFA-CH
N ~ S N ~ S ~ CF3COZH
OMe OMe ~H NMR of 168 (400MHz, CD30D) 8 3.8 (s, 3H), 6.45 (dd, 2H), 7.0 (d, 2H), 7.4 (d, 2H), 7.5-7.7 (m, 8H), 7.9 (d, 2H).
Biological Protocols PTP-1B Gene Cloning and Protein Purification The following procedure was conducted for recombinant production and purification of protein tyrosine phosphatase PTP-1 B, for use as a substrate in PTPase inhibition assays.
A. Production of a PTP-1B cDNA
A human placental cDNA library was synthesized in a 50 ul reaction containing 1 ug human placental poly(A)+ mRNA (Clontech, Palo Alto, CA), 4 ul random hexamer primers, 8 ul of 1 OmM dNTPs (Pharmacia, Piscataway NJ), 1 ul (200 U/ul) Moloney marine leukemia virus reverse transcriptase (Gibco-BRL, Canada), 0.5 ul (26 U/ul) RNAsin (Promega, Madison WI), and 12 ul Sx buffer (Gibco-BRL).
The synthesis reaction was incubated at 37~C for one hour and then heat inactivated at 95'C for five minutes.
A PTP-1B cDNA was amplified, using polymerase chain reaction (PCR), from the cDNAs synthesized as described above. More particularly, based on the published sequence of PTB-1 B, two PCR primers were synthesized to amplify a VSO 98/27065 PCT/US96/2050$
portion of the PTP-1 B coding sequence known to encode a 321 amino acid fragment containing the PTP-1B catalytic domain and having PTPase activity. See Hoppe et al., Eur. J. Biochem., 223:1069-77 (1994); Barford, D., et al., J. Molec.
Biol., 239:726-730 (1994); Chernoff et al., Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA, 87:2735-2739 ( 1990); Charbonneau et al. Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA, 86: 5252-5256 ( 1989).
The primers had the following respective sequences:
PTP-1B-A(S') (SEQ ID NO: 1) 5'CGCACTGGATCCTCATGGAGATGGAAAAGG3' PTP-1B-B(3') (SEQ ID NO: 2) 5' CTCCCTGAATTCCTAATTGTGTGGCTCCAGG 3' The first primer, which hybridizes to the non-coding strand, corresponds to the 5' portion of the PTP-1B coding sequence and encodes a BamH I restriction site upstream of the initiation codon, to facilitate cloning. The second primer, which hybridizes to the coding strand, corresponds to the 3' portion of the PTB-1 B
fragment of interest, and encodes a stop codon and an EcoR I restriction site downstream from the stop codon.
A 100 ~.1 PCR reaction mixture containing approx. 1 ug of the human placental cDNA library, 0.2 mM of each dNTP, 30 uM of each primer, 1 x Amplitaq DNA polymerase buffer (Perkin-Elmer, Norwalk CT), and 5 units Amplitaq DNA
polyrnerase (Perkin-Elmer} was denatured at 94~C for 5 minutes and then subjected to 25 cycles of amplification as follows: 1 ) 94~C denaturation for 1 minute; 2) 55'C
annealing for 1 minute; and 3) 72~C primer extension for 1 minute.
The PCR reaction product {992 bp) was digested with BamH I and EcoR I
(New England Biolabs, Beverly MA) to yield a 975 by product encoding the 321 amino acid PTP-1 B protein fragment, and having "sticky ends" to facilitate cloning.
B. Production of a PTP-1B expression vector.
The 975 by PTP-1B partial cDNA was purified by agarose gel electrophoresis and ligated into a BamH IlEcoR I-digested pGEX-3X plasmid vector (Pharmacia, _ Piscataway, NJ). The pGEX vector is designed to produce a fusion of glutathione-S-transferase (GST) to a protein encoded by another DNA fragment inserted into the vector's cloning site. Complete sequencing of the insert of the resultant plasmid, designated pGEX-3X-PTP-1 B, confirmed the identity of the PTP-1 B cDNA, and insertion in the proper orientation and reading frame.
C. Expression and Purification of GST/PTP1B fusion protein.
E. coli strain DHSa (Gibco-BRL) was transformed with plasmid pGEX-3X-PTP-IB following the supplier's transformation protocol and grown at 37~C with vigorous shaking in Luria-Bertani broth supplemented with 100 ug/ml ampicillin.
When the cultures reached an O.D.6oo of 0.7-1, production of the GST/PTP-IB
fusion protein was induced with 0.1 mM IPTG (Isopropyl b-D-Thiogalactoside). After 3 additional hours of culturing at 37~C, the bacteria were pelleted by centrifugation.
The bacterial pellet was resuspended in IOx (w/v) lysis buffer consisting of 1 ?.5 mM HEPES, 2 mM EDTA, pH 7.0, 15 mM b-mercaptoethanol (bME) and 1 mM
PMSF. The lysate was sonicated (on ice) until slight clearing was observed (approx.
three min.) and then centrifuged at 10,000 revolutions per minute (RPM) for 10 min.
The supernatant was diluted 1:4 with buffer A (25 mM HEPES, pH 7.0, and 15 mM
bME).
Primary purification was achieved using a S ml Hi-Trap pre-packed Q column (Pharmacia). After loading the diluted supernatant onto the column, the column was washed with 10 bed volumes of buffer A. The GST/PTP-1 B fusion protein was then eluted using a linear gradient of Buffer A and Buffer B (buffer A + 1 M NaCI).
Eluted fractions containing protein were identified by SDS-PAGE and Coomassie Blue staining (Pharmacia PhastSystem), and fractions containing PTP-1 B
activity were identified using the PTP-1 B activity assay described below. Elution of the fusion protein occurred at about 30% Buffer B.
Fractions containing PTPase activity were pooled, diluted 1:4 with NET buffer (20 mM Tris, pH 8.8, 100 mM NaCI, 1 mM EDTA and 15 mM bME), and loaded onto a 10 ml GST-Sepharose 4B column (Pharmacia). After loading, the column was washed first with 3 bed volumes of NET buffer + 1 % NP40 (Sigma Chemical Co., St.
Louis, MO), then with NET buffer until O.D. at 280 nm was basal. The GST/PTP-fusion protein was eluted from the column using 10 mM glutathione in 33 mM
Tris, pH 8Ø Elution of proteins was monitored at O.D.2go and fractions were assayed for activity and run on SDS-PAGE as described above. PTP-1B fusion protein eluted after approx. 4-5 minutes (flow rate lml/min.).
The GST/PTP-1B-containing fractions from the GST-Sepharose 4B
purification were pooled, concentrated into a final storage buffer (0.2 M
NaCI, 25 mM HEPES, 1 mM EDTA, and 5 mM DTT, pH 7.0) using a 1 ml Hi-Trap Q column (pre-packed, Pharmacia), and stored at -80~C (final concentration of 0.52 mg/ml).
The foregoing procedure yielded approximately Smg of PTP-1B fusion protein per 500 ml of cultured cells, purified to substantial homogeneity as assessed by SDS-PAGE.
Assay of PTP-1B Activity.
PTP-1B enzymatic activity of samples was assayed in microtiter plates as follows.
The protein concentration of the PTP-1 B enzyme preparation was determined using the Bio-Rad Protein Assay kit (Bio-Rad, Hercules CA). An aliquot from each sample was taken and diluted to 2 mg protein/ml using activity assay buffer ( 100 mM
Sodium Acetate, pH 6.0, 1 mM EDTA, 0.1 % TX-100 (International Biotechnologies, Inc.) and 15 mM bME) to form a PTP-1B stock solution.
A 100 ul reaction mixture was prepared containing 10 ul of the PTP-1B stock solution, 10 ul of 9 mM p-nitrophenylphosphate ((pNPP), Sigma Chemical Co., St.
Louis MO), and 80 ul of activity assay buffer ( 100 mM sodium acetate, pH 6.0, 1 mM
EDTA, 0.1% Triton X-100, 15 mM bME). Reactions were mixed gently and incubated at 3 TC for 60 minutes. Enzymatic cleavage of phosphate from pNPP (a tyrosine phosphate analog) is marked by a colorimetric change in this substrate. See, e.g., Imbert et al., Biochem J., 297:163-173 (1994); Ghosh and Miller, Biochem.
Biophys. Res. Comm. , 194: 36-44 ( 1993 }; Zanke et al. , Eur. J. Immunol., 22: 23 5-3 9 ( 1992).
Reactions were stopped by addition of 10 ul of a 0.5 M NaOH/50% EtOH
solution. To determine the enzymatic activity, absorbance readings of the reactions were measured at 405 nm using a Molecular Devices Thermomax Plate Reader (Memo Park CA).
CD45 Gene Cloning and Protein Purification The following procedure was conducted for recombinant production and purification of protein tyrosine phosphatase CD45, for use as a substrate in PTPase inhibition assays.
A. Production of aCD45 cDNA, and production of a CD45 expression vector.
A human cDNA library was synthesized from RNA isolated from the human Jurkat cell line, as described above for PTP-1B
CD45 cDNA was amplified, using polymerase chain reaction (PCR), from the cDNAs synthesized above. Two PCR primers were synthesized to amplify the coding sequence of CD45. The primers had the following respective sequences:
CD45 (5') (SEQ ID NO: 3) 5'CTACATCCCGGGATGTCCTGCAATTTAGATG3' CD45 (3') (SEQ ID NO: 4) 5'CATTTATGTCCCGGGCTATGAACCTTGAT3' The first primer corresponds to the 5' portion of the CD45 coding sequence and encodes a Sma I restriction site upstream of the initiation codon, to facilitate cloning.
The second primer corresponds to the 3' portion of the CD45 sequence, and encodes a stop codon and a Sma I restriction site downstream from the stop codon.
The PCR reaction product ( 2127 bp) was digested with Sma I (New England Biolabs, Beverly MA) to yield a 2110 by product. The pET24C plasmid vector (Novagen, Inc., Madison WI) was digested with the BamH I restriction enzyme, and the "sticky" ends were filled using T4 DNA polymerise according to the manufacturer's instructions (New England Biolabs, Beverly MA); the resulting plasmid DNA was ligated to Sma I-digested CD45 PCR product. The pET24C vector is designed to produce high levels of the protein encoded by cDNA inserted into the vector's cloning site (CD45), in bacterial hosts. Complete sequencing of the insert of the resultant plasmid, designated pET24C-CD45, confirmed the identity of the cDNA, and insertion in the proper orientation and reading frame.
C. Expression and Purification of CD45 protein.
E. toll strain DHSa (Gibco-BRL) was transformed with pET24C-CD45 following the supplier's transformation protocol, plated onto Luria-Bertani agar plates supplemented with 30 ug/ml kanamycin and grown overnight at 37~C. A single bacterial colony was transferred into 50 mls Luria-Bertani broth supplemented with 30 ug/ml kanamycin and grown overnight with vigorous shaking. This overnight culture was split into two equal parts, and added to 2L Luria-Bertani broth supplemented with SO ug/ml kanamycin. When the cultures reached an O.D.6oo of 1, production of the recombinant CD45 protein was induced with 0.1 mM IPTG
(Isopropyl b-D-Thiogalactoside). After 5 additional hours of culturing at 37~C, the bacteria were pelleted by centrifugation.
The bacterial pellet (approximately S grams) was resuspended in Z Ox (w/v) lysis buffer consisting of 12.5 mM HEPES, 2 mM EDTA, pH 7.0, 15 mM bME and 1 mM PMSF. The lysate was sonicated (on ice) until slight clearing was observed (approx. three min.) and then centrifuged at 10,000 revolutions per minute (RPM) for min. The supernatant was filtered through 1 mm Wattman filter paper, and 9.7 grams (i. e., 194 grams/L) of ammonium sulfate were added to the solution on ice to precipitate soluble proteins. After a 1 hour incubation on ice, the lysate was spun at 10,000 RPM for 30 min. at 4 C; supernatant was removed, and an additional 7.6 grams (i.e., 151 grams/L) of ammonium sulfate were added. The resulting pellet was resuspended in 3 mls of buffer B (33 mM imidazole-HCl pH 8.0, 2mM EDTA, 10 mM bME, 0.002% PMSF) and stored on ice. After another 1 hour incubation on ice, the spin supernatant with ammonium sulfate was spun again at 10,000 RPM for 30 mins at 4 C. The resulting pellet from the second centrifugation was resuspended in 2 mls of buffer B. The two pellet solutions were pooled and dialyzed overnight against buffer B.
Secondary purification was achieved using a Mono-Q column. (Pharmacia).
After loading the diluted supernatant onto the column, the column was washed with bed volumes of buffer B. The recombinant CD45 protein was then eluted using a linear gradient of Buffer B and Buffer C (buffer B + 1 M NaCI). Eluted fractions containing protein were identified by SDS-PAGE and Coomassie Blue staining (Pharmacia PhastSystem), and fractions containing CD45 activity were identified using the CD45 activity assay described below.
The CD45-containing fractions from the MonoQ column purification were pooled and stored at 4 C.
Assay of CD45 Activity.
CD45 enzymatic activity of samples was assayed in microtiter plates as follows.
A 100 ul reaction mixture was prepared containing 10 ul of the CD45 stock solution, 10 ul of 9.3 mM p-nitrophenylphosphate ((pNPP), Sigma Chemical Co., St.
Louis MO), and 80 ul of activity assay buffer ( 100 mM sodium acetate, pH 6.0, 1 mM
EDTA, 0.1% Triton X-100, 15 mM bME). Reactions were mixed gently and incubated at 37~C for 60 minutes. Reactions were stopped by addition of 10 ul of a 0.5 M NaOH/50% EtOH solution. To determine the enzymatic activity, absorbance readings of the reactions were measured at 405 nm using a Molecular Devices Thermomax Plate Reader (Menlo Park CA).
In vitro PTPase Inhibition Assay The ability of the compounds of the present invention, such as the cinnamic acid derivative compounds of Example 2, to inhibit the PTPase activity of PTP-1 B, CD45, PTP-1 C, and PTPa was determined using modifications of the PTP-1 B and CD45 activity assays described in Examples 3 and 4.
First, 0.001 mmol of the cinnamic acid derivative (or other PTPase inhibitor compound) was dissolved in 100 ul of DMSO to create a 10 mM stock solution.
The mM stock solution was used to add varying concentrations (100 uM, 33 uM, 10 uM, 3 uM, 1 uM, 0.3 uM, 0.1 uM, 0.03 uM, 0.01 uM or 0.003 uM) of the inhibitor compound to a series of otherwise identical PTPase activity assay reactions ( 100 ul final volume in microtiter wells). Thus, each 100 ul reaction contained 10 ul PTPase enzyme stock solution (final phosphatase concentration of approximately 20 ng/well), 70 ul activity assay buffer, 10 ul pNPP stock solution (final pNPP
concentration of .9 mM for PTP-1B assay, 0.93 mM for CD45 assay, 0.5 mM for PTPa assay, and 8 mM
for PTP-1 C assay), and I 0 ul of the diluted inhibitor compound in DMSO.
Assay buffers contained: for CD45 and PTP-IB assays, 100 mM sodium acetate at pH
6.0, 1 mM EDTA, 0.1 % Triton X-100, and 15 mM bME; for PTP-1 C assays, 100 mM
sodium acetate at pH 5.5, 0.1 % B SA, and 15 mM bME; for PTP a assays, 100 mM
sodium acetate at pH 5.25, 0.1% BSA, and 15 mM bME. Purified phosphatase was added to the reaction mixtures to begin the reactions; the reactions were incubated at 37C for 60 min. (for PTP-1 B and CD45 assays) or at 27 C for 60 min. (for PTP-and PTPa assays), stopped, and colorimetrically analyzed as described above.
As positive and negative controls, reactions were performed containing 10 ul DMSO
with no inhibitor compound or containing the known PTPase inhibitors vanadate (final concentration .5 mM; for PTP- I B and CD45 assays ) or ammonium molybdate (final concentration i mM; for PTP-1 C and PTPa assays) substituted for the inhibitor compound of the invention.
The concentration of inhibitor compound required to inhibit 50% of the PTPase activity (IC50) was determined as follows. First, absorbance readings from the negative control reactions were treated as a baseline and subtracted from the absorbance readings of the experimental reactions. Then, for each reaction, a percent inhibition was calculated using the following formula:
100 X [ 1 - ( O.D.4os reaction / O.D.4os DMSO) ]
For each inhibitor compound tested, an IC50 concentration was calculated from a best-fit computer analysis of the calculated percent inhibition for the vari ous dilutions of the compound.
Inhibitor compounds having an IC50 less than 10 uM (and optimally less than SuM) for a particular PTPase were scored as highly effective inhibitors of that PTPase enzyme, and are preferred inhibitors of the present invention.
As it will be apparent to those persons skilled in the art, the foregoing biological data is not absolute and will vary according to many factors such as assay conditions and the like.
TABLE 8.
%inhibition%inhibition%inhibition Compound of PTP1B of PTPa of PTP1C
at 1~,M at 100~.M at 100~tM
42 84 92 gg Wa 98127065 PCT/US96/20508 TAB LE 9. 0 valuesn p,M) PIB CD45 IC5 (i against and for PT given compounds -.
9 0.37 3.9 70 0.42 1.9 95 2 6 13 31 -* 71 0.43 0.53 96 0.4 2.4 23 0.27 -* 72 0.52 5.5 97 6 10 25 0.89 * 73 0.62 2.8 98 6 10 27 0.5 -* 74 0.64 4.2 99 1.5 7.4 29 0.8 -* 75 0.68 3.4 100 26 > 100 32 1.8 * 76 0.68 0.93 133 -54 0.072 0.73 77 0.78 7.5 134 3.4 20 55 0.1 0.56 78 0.79 1.15 136 0.7 8 56 0.135 0.94 79 4.8 8.2 140 1.2 20 57 0.25 1.0 80 10 20 144 3 -58 0.25 0.97 81 26 19 146 5.9 59 0.25 0.35 82 11.9 12.8 148 9 -60 0.29 1.0 83 1.3 1.5 152 0.85 1.2 61 0.97 0.955 84 1.2 2.7 153 2.65 1.91 62 1.5 0.985 85 1.5 1.8 154 3.83 2.45 63 1.7 2.4 86 1.8 7.1 155 1 1.3 64 3.0 6.4 87 1.0 1.1 156 1.7 1.3 65 1.3 1.4 88 2.65 7.8 157 5.5 1.5 66 1.7 2.5 89 13.7 > 100 160 0.98 1.52 67 1.0 1.25 90 0.86 1.12 162 1.8 -68 0.3 0.865 91 25.9 > 100 168 3 -69 0.41 1.9 94 0.7 7 *-: data not available TABLE 10.
%inhibition%inhibition Compound of PTP1B of CD45 at 1~,M at 1~,M
103 44% 14%
104 24% 14%
105 61% 18%
106 45% 21%
107 25% 51 108 30% 62%
109 -* 14%
110 * 22%
111 -* 18%
112 * 16%
113 -* 61 *-: data not available TABLE 11.
%inhibition %inhibition Compound of PTP1B Compound of PTP1B
at 1~.M at 1~,M
116 41% 123 85%
lI7 67% 124 83%
118 56% 125 93%
119 71 % 126 59%
120 67% 127 79%
121 73% 128 80%
122 87%
The compounds of the present invention have asymmetric centeis and may occur as racemates, racemic mixtures, and as individual enantiomers or diastereoisomers, with all isomeric forms being included in the present invention as well as mixtures thereof.
Pharmaceutically acceptable salts of the compounds of Formula (A 1 ) thru (A 11 ) where a basic or acidic group is present in the structure, are also included within the scope of this invention. When an acidic substituent is present, such as -COOH~ there can be formed the ammonium, sodium, potassium, calcium salt, and the like, for use as the dosage form. When a basic group is present, such as amino or a basic heteroaryl radical, such as pyridyl, an acidic salt, such as hydrochloride, hydrobromide, acetate, maleate, pamoate, methanesulfonate, p-toluenesulfonate, and the like, can be used as the dosage form.
Also, in the case of the -COOH being present, pharmaceutically acceptable esters can be employed, e.g., methyl, tert-butyl, pivaloyloxymethyl, and the like, and those esters known in the art for modifying solubility or hydrolysis characteristics for use as sustained release or prodrug formulations.
In addition, some of the compounds of the instant invention may form solvates with water or common organic solvents. Such solvates are encompassed within the scope of the invention.
The term "therapeutically effective amount" shall mean that amount of drug or pharmaceutical agent that will elicit the biological or medical response of a tissue, system, animal, or human that is being sought by a researcher, veterinarian, medical doctor or other clinician. Generally, a daily dose of about O.Smg/Kg to 100mg/Kg body weight in divided doses is suggested to treat PTPase related diseases.
Such dosage has to be individualized by the clinician.
The present invention also has the objective of providing suitable topical, oral, and parenteral pharmaceutical formulations for use in the novel methods of treatment of the present invention. The compounds of the present invention may be administered orally as tablets, aqueous or oily suspensions, lozenges, troches, WO 98/27065 PCT/tJS96/20508 powders, granules, emulsions, capsules, syrups or elixirs. The composition for oral use may contain one or more agents selected from the group of sweetening agents, flavouring agents, colouring agents and preserving agents in order to produce pharmaceutically elegant and palatable preparations. The tablets contain the acting ingredient in admixture with non-toxic pharmaceutically acceptable excipients which are suitable for the manufacture of tablets. These excipients may be, for example, ( 1 ) inert diluents , such as calcium carbonate, lactose, calcium phosphate or sodium phosphate; (2) granulating and disintegrating agents, such as corn starch or alginic acid; (3) binding agents, such as starch, gelatin or acacia; and (4) lubricating agents, such as magnesium stearate, stearic acid or talc. These tablets may be uncoated or coated by known techniques to delay disintegration and absorption in the gastrointestinal tract and thereby provide a sustained action over a longer period. For example, a time delay material such as glyceryl monostearate or glyceryl distearate may be employed. Coating may also be performed using techniques described in the U.S. Patent Nos. 4,256,108; 4,160,452; and 4,265,874 to form osmotic therapeutic tablets for control release.
Formulations for oral use may be in the form of hard gelatin capsules wherein the active ingredient is mixed with an inert solid diluent, for example, calcium carbonate, calcium phosphate or kaolin. They may also be in the form of soft gelatin capsules wherein the active ingredient is mixed with water or an oil medium, such as peanut oil, liquid paraffin or olive oil.
Aqueous suspensions normally contain the active materials in admixture with excipients suitable for the manufacture of aqueous suspension. Such expicients may be: ( 1 ) suspending agent such as sodium carboxymethyl cellulose, methyl cellulose, hydroxypropylmethylcellulose, sodium alginate, polyvinylpyrrolidone, gum tragacanth and gum acacia;
(2) dispersing or wetting agents which may be (a) naturally occurring phosphatide such as lecithin; (b) a condensation product of an alkylene oxide with a fatty acid, for example, polyoxyethylene stearate; (c) a condensation product of ethylene oxide with a long chain aliphatic alcohol, for example, heptadecaethylenoxycetanol; (d) a condensation product of ethylene oxide with a partial ester derived from a fatty acid and hexitol such as polyoxyethylene sorbitol monooleate, or (e) a condensation product of ethylene oxide with a partial ester derived from fatty acids and hexitol anhydrides, for example polyoxyethylene sorbitan monooleate.
The pharmaceutical compositions may be in the form of a sterile injectable aqueous or oleagenous suspension. This suspension may be formulated according to known methods using those suitable dispersing or wetting agents and suspending agents which have been mentioned above. The sterile injectable preparation may also a sterile injectable solution or suspension in a non-toxic parenterally-acceptable diluent or solvent, for example, as a solution in 1,3-butanediol. Among the acceptable vehicles and solvents that may be employed are water, Ringer's solution, and isotonic sodium chloride solution. In addition, sterile, fixed oils are conventionally employed as a solvent or suspending medium. For this purpose, any bland fixed oil may be employed including synthetic mono- or diglycerides. In addition, fatty acids such as oleic acid find use in the preparation of injectables.
Compounds of Formula (A 1 ) thru (A 11 ) may also be administered in the form of suppositories for rectal administration of the drug. These compositions can be prepared by mixing the drug with a suitable non-irritating excipient which is solid at ordinary temperature but liquid at the rectal temperature and will therefore melt in the rectum to release the drug. Such materials are cocoa butter and polyethylene glycols.
The compounds of the present invention may also be administered in the form of liposome delivery systems, such as small unilamellar vesicles, large unilamellar vesicles, and multilamellar vesicles. Liposomes can be formed from a variety of phospholipids, such as cholesterol, stearylamine, or phosphatidylcholines.
For topical use, creams, ointments, jellies, solutions or suspensions, etc., containing the compounds of Formula (A1) thru (A11) are employed.
REFERENCES
1) Tonks et al., J. Biol. Chem., 263(14):6722-30 (1988).
2) Hunter, Cell, 80:225-236 (1995).
3) Cohen, Trends Biochem. Sci., 17:408-413 (1992).
4) Shenolikar, Ann. Rev. Cell Biol., 10:55-86 (1994).
5) Bollen et al., Crit. Rev. Biochem. Mol. Biol., 27:227-81 (1992).
6) MacKintosh and MacKintosh, TIBS< 19:444-448 (1994).
7) Fisher et al., Science, 253:401-406 (1991).
8) Hunter and Cooper, Ann. Rev. Biochem., 54:897-930 (1985).
9) Tonks and Neel, Cell 87:365-368.
10) Brady-Kalnay and Tonks, Curr. Opin. Cell. Biol. 7:650-657 (1995).
Ri ,R2 N/~/'N
«3~m (A8) wo 9smo6s rcT~s96nos0s wherein at least one of R, and R2 substituents has the general structure depicted in Formula (B) X-C(R' )=C(R")COOR "
(B) wherein R', R ', R"' and X are defined as above in Formula (A 1 }, and wherein the remaining of Ri and R2 is defined as above in Formula (A2), and wherein m is an integer between 0 and 4 and each R3 is independently selected from the group consisting of halo, nitro, cyano, trihalomethyl, hydroxypyronyl, alkyl, arylalkyl, Co_ ~ ~ alkyloxyCo_1 ~ alkyl, arylC o_"alkyloxyCo_~ ~ alkyl, Co _, ~alkylthioCo_"alkyl, arylCo_ i,alkylthioCo_, lalkyl, Co _"alkylaminoCo_"alkyl, arylCo _"alkylaminoCo_"alkyl, di(aryICl_"alkyl)aminoCo_"a 1 k y 1, C,_"alkylcarbonylCo_"alkyl, a r y IC,_ ~ lalkylcarbonylCo_i ialkyl, C,_, ialkylcarboxyCo_, lalkyl, arylC,_~,alkylcarboxyCo_ "alkyl, C, _ 1 ~ alkylcarbonylaminoCo_"alkyl, arylC ~ _, t alkylcarbonylaminoCo_,1 alkyl, -Co_"alkylCOOR4, -Co_"alkylCONR5R6 wherein R4, RS and R6 are independently selected from hydrogen, C,-C ~ ~ alkyl, arylCo-C,1 alkyl, or RS and Rb are taken together with the nitrogen to which they are attached forming a cyclic system containing 3 to 8 carbon atoms with at least one C ~ -C, , alkyl, ary 1 Co-C, , alkyl substituent.
( 10) According to the invention, a class of preferred PTPase activity-modulating compounds have the general structural Formula depicted in (A8 ):
Rt .R2 N/~J\N
~R3~m (A8) wherein R ~ is selected from -CORS, -COOR6, -CONR~Rg wherein RS thru Rg are defined as above in (6) and wherein R2 has the general structure depicted in Formula (B) X-C(R' )=C(R ')COOR "
(B) wherein R', R", R"' and X are defined as above in Formula (A 1 ), and wherein m is an integer between 0 and 4 and each R3 is defined as above in (9).
I 0 ( 11 ) According to the invention, a class of preferred PTPase activity modulating compounds have the general structural Formula depicted in (A9):
Ri ,R2 N/~ f\N
N
(Rg)~"
(A9) wherein m is an integer between 0 and 3 and wherein R~, R2 each R3 is defined as above in (9).
( 12) According to the invention, a class of preferred PTPase activity-modulating compounds have the general structural Formula depicted in (A9):
Ri ,R2 N~~/\N
N
(R3),n (A9) wherein either R1 or R2 is selected from -CORS, -COOR6, -CONR7R8 wherein RS
thru R8 are defined as in (6) and wherein the remainder of R, and R2 is defined as above in (9), and wherein m is an integer between 0 and 3 and each R3 is defined as above in (9).
(13) According to th~ invention, a class of preferred PTPase activity-modulating compounds have the general structural Formula depicted in (A10):
Rz (A10) 10 wherein Z, and Z2 are independently selected from the group consisting of OR3, SR4, NRSR6 and wherein at least one of R,, R2 substituents has the general structure depicted in Formula (B) X-C(R')=C(R")COOR"' 15 (g) wherein R', R", R"' and X are defined as above in Formula (A 1 ), and wherein the remaining of R~, R2 is defined as above in Formula (A2), and wherein R3, R4, R5, R6 are independently selected from hydrogen, alkyl, substituted alkyl, alkylcarbonyl, substituted alkylcarbonyl, aryl, arylalkyl, arylcarbonyl, aryialkylcarbonyl.
( 14) According to the invention, a class of preferred PTPase activity-modulating compounds have the general structural Formula depicted in (A 11 ):
Rs R2 N' _S
(A11) wherein at least one of R~, R2, and R3 substituents has the general structure depicted in Formula (B) X-C(R' )=C(R")COOR"' (B) wherein R', R", R"' and X are defined as above in Formula (A 1 ), and wherein the remaining of R~, R2 and R3 are defined as above in Formula (A2).
Preferred compositions of the invention include compositions comprising compounds as defined above in structural formula (A 1 ), (A2), (A3), (A4), (AS), (A6), (A7), (A8), (A9), (A10), (A11) (or pharmaceutically acceptable salts, prodrugs, esters, or solvates of these compounds) in admixture with a pharmaceutically acceptable diluent, adjuvent, or carrier.
Provided according to the invention, therefore, are novel compounds which modulate the activity of PTPase or other molecules with pTyr recognition units) as well as previously known aryl acrylic acid compounds which modulate the activity of PTPase or other molecules with pTyr recognition unit(s).
Another aspect of the present invention provides compositions comprising PTPase modulating compounds of the invention suitable for administration to a mammalian host.
WO 98/27065 PCT/US96l20508 In a preferred embodiment the compounds of the invention act as inhibitors of PTPases, e.g. protein tyrosine phosphatases involved in the regulation of tyrosine kinase signaling pathways. Preferred embodiments include modulation of receptor-tyrosine kinase signaling pathways via interaction with regulatory PTPases, e.g. the S signaling pathways of the insulin receptor, the IGF-I receptor and other members of the insulin receptor family, the EGF-receptor family, the platelet-derived growth factor family, the nerve growth factor receptor family, the hepatocyte growth factor receptor family, the growth hormone receptor family and members of other receptor-type tyrosine kinase families. Further preferred embodiments of the invention is modulation of non-receptor tyrosine kinase signaling through modulation of regulatory PTPases, e.g. modulation of members of the Src kinase family. One type of preferred embodiments of the invention relates to modulation of the activity of PTPases that negatively regulate signal transduction pathways. Another type of preferred embodiments of the inventions relate to modulation of the activity of PTPases that positively regulate signale transduction pathways.
In a preferred embodiment compounds of the inventions act as modulators of the active site of PTPases. In another preferred embodiment the compounds of the invention modulate the activity of PTPases via interaction with structures positioned outside the active sites of the enzymes, preferably SH2 domains. Further preferred embodiments include modulation of signal transduction pathways via binding of the compounds of the invention to SH2 domains or PTB domains of non-PTPase signaling molecules.
Other preferred embodiments include use of the compounds of the invention for modulation of cell-cell interactions as well as cell-matrix interactions.
As a preferred embodiment, the compounds of the invention may be used as therapeutics to inhibit PTPases involved in the regulation of the insulin recptor tyrosine kinase signaling pathway in patients with type I diabetes, type II
diabetes, impaired glucose tolerance, insuline resistance and obesity. Further preferred embodiments include use of the compounds of the invention for treatment of disorders with general or specific dysfunction of PTPase activity, e.g.
proliferative disorders including neoplastic diseases and psoriosis. As another embodiment, the compounds of the invention may be used in pharmaceutical preparations for treatment of osteoporosis.
Preferred embodiments of the invention further include use of compounds of the invention in pharmaceutical preparations to increase the secretion or action of growth hormone and its analogs or somatomedins including IGf I and IGF-2 by modulating the activity of PTPases or other signal transduction molecules with affinity for phosphotyrosine involved controlling or inducing the action of these hormones or any regulating molecule.
To those skilled in the art, it is well known that the current and potential uses of growth hormone in humans are varied and muti-tudinous. Thus, compounds of the invention can be administered for purposes of stimulating the release of growth hormone from the pituitary or increase its action on target tissues thereby leading to similar effects or uses as growth hormone itself. The uses of growth hormone maybe summarized as follows: stimulation of growth hormone release in the elderly;
prevention of catabolic side effects of glucocorticoids; treatment of osteoporosis, stimulation of the immune system; treatment of retardation, accelaration of wound healing; accelerating bone fracture repair; treatment of growth retardation;
treating renal failure or insufficiency resulting in growth retardation; treatment of physiological short stature including growth hormone deficient children and short stature associated with chronic illness; treatment of obesity and growth retardation associated with obesity; treating growth retardation associated with the Pader-Willi syndrom and Turner's syndrom; accelerating the recovery and reducing PCTlUS96/205Q8 hospitalization of burn patients; treatment of intrauterine growth retardation, skeletal dysplasia, hypercortisolism and Cushings syndrome; induction of pulsatile growth hormone release; replacement of growth hormone in stressed patients; treatment of osteochondro-dysplasis, Noonans syndrome, schizophrenia, depressions, Alzheimer's disease, delayed wound healing and psychosocial deprivation; treatment of pulmonary dysfunction and ventilator dependency; attenuation of protein catabolic responses after major surgery; reducing cachexia and protein loss due to chronic illness such as cancer or AIDS; treatment of hyperinsulinemia including nesidio-blastosis;
adjuvant treatment for ovulation induction; stimulation of thymic development and prevention of age related decline or thymic function; treatment of immunosuppresed patients;
improvement in muscle strength, mobility, maintenance of skin thickness, metabolic homeostasis, renal homeostasis in the frail elderly; stimulation of osteoblasts, bone remodelling and cartilage growth; stimulation of the immune system in companion animals and treatment of disorder of aging in companion animals; growth promotant in livestock and stimulation of wool growth in sheep.
The compounds of the invention may be used in pharmaceutical preparations for treatment of various disorders of the immune system, either as stimulant or suppresor of normal or perturbed immune functions, including autoimmune reactions.
Further embodiments of the invention for treatment of allergic reactions, e.g.
asthma, dermal reactions, conjunctivitis.
In another embodiment, compounds ~ of the invention may be used in pharmaceutical preparations for prevention or induction of platelet aggregation.
In yet another embodiment, compounds of the invention may be used in pharmaceutical preparations for treatment of infectious disorders. In particular, the compounds of the invention may be used for treatment of infectious disorders caused VIfO 98/27065 PG"T/US96/20508 by Yersinia and other bacteria as well as disorders caused by viruses or other micro-organisms.
Compounds of the invention may additionally be used for treatment or 5 prevention of diseases in animals, including commercially important animals.
Also included in the present invention is a process for isolation of PTPases via affinity purification procedures based on the use of immobilized compounds of the invention using procedures well-known to those skilled in the art.
The invention is further directed to a method for detecting the presence of PTPases in cell or in a subject comprising (a) contacting said cell or an extract thereof with labeled compounds of the invention.
(b) detecting the binding of the compounds of the invention or measuring the quantity bound, thereby detecting the presence or measuring the quantity of certain PTPases.
The invention further relates to analysis and identification of the specific functions of certain PTPases by modulating their activity by using compounds of the invention in cellular assay systems or in whole animals.
The invention further provides methods for making compounds (A 1 ), (A2), (A3), (A4), (A5), (A6), (A7), (A8), (A9), (A10), (A11) of the present invention having PTPase-modulatory/inhibitory activity. In preferred methods, compounds of the invention are synthesized in a mufti-component combinatorial array, which permits rapid synthesis of numerous, structurally related compounds for subsequent evaluation. In preferred synthesis protocols, the acrylic acid moiety of a compound is protected during synthesis by, e. g. , esterification with a tert-buty i protecting group.
Thus, a preferred method of making compounds of the invention comprises use of a protected acrylic acid reagent and removal of the protective group by, e. g. , treatment of a precursor ester compound with acid. Optionally, such a method includes further esterifying or salifying the acrylic acid product thereby obtained.
The compounds of formula (Af ), {A2), (A3), (A4), (A5), (A6), (A7), (A8), (A9), (A 10), (A 1 I ) may be prepared by procedures known to those skilled in the art from known compounds or readily preparable intermediates. General synthetic procedures and examples are as follow:
General method for the removal of tent-butyl esters O 50% TFA-CHZC12 O
R~OtBu R"
OH
Unless otherwise stated, tert-butyl esters were converted to their corresponding carboxylic acids via treatment with a solution of 50%
trifluoroacetic acid in dichloromethane for 1 hour at 23°C. The solvent was removed in vacuo and the residue was azeotroped with toluene or acetonitrile to yield the corresponding carboxylic acid.
General method for the synthesis of compounds (A1) and (AS) Method 1 X - LG + Z-C(R')= C(R")C02R"' ----~ X-C(R')= C(R")C02R"' 1 2 (Al) or (A5) By allowing a compound of formula ( 1 ) wherein LG is a suitable leaving - group such as bromo, iodo, or triflate to react with compound of formula (2) wherein Z is hydrogen (Heck reaction: J. Org. Chem., 1977, 42, 3903), or trialkyltin (Stifle reaction: J. Am. Chem. Soc., 1991, 113, 9585), or B(OH)2 (Suzuki reaction: J.
Am.
W-p 98127065 PCT/US96I20508 Chem. Soc. , 1989, 111, 314) and wherein R', R', R"' and X are defined as above for formula (A1).
These reactions may be carried out neat or in a solvent such as dimethylformamide (DMF), tetrahydrofuran (THF), or toluene, in the presence of a catalyst (e.g. Pd(OAc)2, Pd(PPh3)4, Pd2dba3), a ligand (e.g. Ph3P, Ph3As, (o-tolyl)3P) and a base (e.g. K2C03, CsC03, Et3N) at temperatures ranging from 23 °C
to 130°C, for 1 to 60 hours.
Examples co2H
coZH Pd(OAc)Z (o-Tolyl)3P \
\ COZtBu Et3N DMF 100°C
/ + ~ /
/
Br COitBu Prepared according to Patel et al (J. Org. Chem., 1977, 42, 3903).
'H NMR of 3 (400 MHz, CDC13) b 1.5 (s, 9H), 6.4 (d, 1H), 7.6 (m, 3H), 8.05 (d, 2H).
cHo CHO Pd(OAc)Z (o-Tolyl)3P \
C02tBu Et3N DMF 100°C
\ +
Br C02tBu Prepared according to Patel et al (J. Org. Chem., 1977, 42, 3903).
~H NMR of 4 (400 MHz, CDC13) b 1.5 (s, 9H), 6.4 (d, 1H), 7.55 (d, 1H), 7.6 (d, 2H), 7.8 (d, 2H), 9.95 (s, 1 H).
WD 98/Z7065 PCT/US96/2050~
COZH
COZtBu COzH
Pd(OAc)2 (o-Tolyl)3P
i'\ Et3N DMF 100°C
S
Br COZtBu 5 Prepared according to Patel et al (J. Org. Chem., 1977, 42, 3903).
'H NMR of 5 (400 MHz, CDCl3) 8 1.44 (s, 9H), 6.26 (d, 1H), 7.18 (d, 1H), 7.56 (d, 1 H), 7.74 (d, 1 H).
ButO
co tBu Pd(oAc)Z (o-Talyl)3r °
Et3N DMF 100°C
O
Br C02tBu Prepared according to Patel et al (J. Org. Chem. 1977, 42, 3903).
'H NMR of 6 (400 MHz, CDC13) 8 1.5 (s, 18H), 6.42 (d, 2H), 7.6 (m, 6H), 7.9 (d, 4H).
co,tBu Br co2tBu Pd(OAc)2 (o-Tolyl)3P
Hi ~H Et3N DMF 100°C Hi ~H
Br Prepared according to Patel et al (J. Org. Chem. 1977, 42, 3903).
~H NMR of 7 (400 MHz, CDCI3) 8 1.5 (s, 18H), 6.2 (d, 2H), 7.1 (d, 2H), S 7.35 (d, 2H), 7.5 (s, 2H), 7.7 (d, 2H).
Br Br Br 1. Pd(OAc)2 (o-Tolyl)3P
COZtBu Et3N DMF 100°C
2. 20% TFA-CHZCIz To 11 g of 4,4'-dibromobenzil (30mmo1, 1.Oequiv), 67mg of palladium (II) acetate (0.3mmol, 0.01 equiv), 365mg of tri-o-tolylphosphine ( 1.2mmol, 0.04equiv) was added 200mL of dimethylformamide followed by 4.2mL (30mmo1, l.Oequiv) of triethylamine. The mixture was placed in a 100°C preheated bath and 4.4mL of tert-butylacrylate (30mmo1, l.Oequiv) in 30mL of dimethylforamide was added dropwise over 1 hour. The reaction mixture was heated at 100°C for 12 hours, cooled to 23 °C
1 S and the solvent was removed in vacuo. Ethyl acetate was added and the organic layer was washed with water and dried over sodium sulfate. The solvent was removed and the residue (mixture of dibromobenzil, mono and bis-tert-butylacrylate benzil) was recrystallized from hot 30% dichloromethane in hexane. The solid which crashed out COZtBu (mixture of dibromobenzil and mono-tert-butylacrylate benzil) was filtered off and treated with 20% trifluoroacetic acid in dichloromethane. After 20 minutes, the mono-tert-butylacrylate benzil 8 was filtered off and washed with 20%
trifluoroacetic acid in dichloromethane ( 1.4g isolated). The mother liquor (mixture of mono and bis-5 tent-butylacrylate benzil) was recovered and purified by flash chromatography (ethyl acetate-hexane eluant) to yield 2.4g of the mono-tert-butylacrylate dione which was treated with 20% trifluoroacetic acid in dichloromethane to give 2.2g of 8.
The combined total yield of 8 was 3.6g (34%). 'H NMR of 8 (400 MHz, d6-DMSO) 8 6.7 (d, 1 H), 7.6 (d, 1 H), 7.8 (s, 4H), 7.9 (s, 4H).
ButOZC
50%TFA-C
C02tBu C02H
'H NMR of 9 (400 MHz, d6-DMSO) 8 6.7 (d, 2H), 7.6 (d, 2H), 7.9 (s, 8H).
Hoxc Pd(OAc)Z (o-Tolyl)3P
O
Et3lV DMF 100°C
O
8-tert-butyl ester COztBu - 1 J COZtBu Prepared according to Patel et al (J. Org. Chem., 1977, 42, 3903).
' H NMR of 10 (400 MHz, CDC13-CD30D 9:1 ) 8 1.45 (s, 9H), 6.42 (d, 1 H), 6.5 (d, 1 H), 7.55 (d, 1 H), 7.6 (dd, 4H), 7.68 (d, I H), 7.92 (dd, 4H).
HoZc ceH"rrrr octyl amine EDCI DMAP
COztBu COztBu To a solution of 10 (1 equiv) in dichloromethane was added octylamine (1 equiv), EDCI (1.3 equiv) and 4-dimethylaminopyridine (0.5 equiv) at 23°C. The solution was stirred overnight, diluted with ethyl acetate, washed with 1N HCl and saturated sodium bicarbonate and dried over sodium sulfate. The residue was purified by flash chromatography (ethyl acetate-hexane eluant) and the solvent was removed in vacuo to yield compound 11. ' H NMR of 11 (400 MHz, CDC13) 8 0.9 (t, 3 H), 1.25 (s br, lOH), 1.5 (s, 9H), 1.55 (s br, 2H), 3.35 (dd, H), 5.6 (t br, 1H), 6.44 9d, 1H), 6.48 (d, 1H), 7.58 (m, 6H), 7.92 (d, 4H).
PhCH2CHzIVH
- PhCHZCHZNH2 EDCI DMAP
COZtBu COZtBu Same procedure as compound I1. ~H NMR of 12 (400 MHz, CDC13) 8 1.5 (s, 9H), 2.83 (t, 2H), 3.62 (dt, 2H), 5.82 (t br, 1 H), 6.4 (m, 2H), 7.18 (m, SH), 7.6 (m, 6H), 7.9 (m, 4H).
CBHI~NH CeHmNH
50%TFA-CH2 COztBu COZH
Method 2 O O
X- LG + Z-C(R')= R~ X-C(R')=
~ -~ O
1 14 (A1) or (A5) Functionaiized crosslinked polystyrene polymer By allowing a compound of formula ( 1 ) as defined above to react with polymer bound compound of formula ( 14) wherein Z, R and R" are defined as above in method 1.
These reactions may be carried out on functionalized cross linked polystyrene polymers such as Merrifield resin, Wang resin, Rink resin, TentagelTM resin, in a solvent such as dimethylformamide (DMF), tetrahydrofuran (THF), or toluene, in the presence of a catalyst (e.g. Pd(OAc)2, Pd{PPh3)4, Pd2dba3), a ligand (e.g.
Ph3P, Ph3As, (o-tolyl}3P) and a base (e.g. K2C03, CsC03, Et3N) at temperatures ranging from 23°C
to I30°C, for 1 to 60 hours.
Examples COZH
OH O
DIC DMAP
WANG Resin 23°C, 48 hrs 15 For leading references see: a) Mathias (Synthesis 1979, 561). b) Sarantakis et al (Biochem. Biophys. Res. Commun. 1976, 73, 336). c) Hudson et al (Peptide Chemistry 1985 (Kiso, Y., ed.),1986, Protein Research Foundation, Osaka.). d) Wang (J. Am. Chem. Soc. 1973, 95, 1328). e) Lu et al (J. Org. Chem. 1981, 46, 3433.) e) Morphy et al (Tetrahedron Letters 1996, 3 7, 3209). e) Yedidia et al (Can. J.
Chem.
1980, 58, 1144).
VlrO 98/27065 PCT/US96/20508 To 1 Og ( 11.2mmol, 1 equiv) of Wang resin in 80mL of dry dichloromethane was added 33.6mmo1 (3equiv) of diisopropylcarbodiimide and the mixture was sonnicated under N2 for 2 hours (final bath temperature was 40°C).
Freshly distilled - acrylic acid (33.6mmoI, 3 equiv) and 4-dimethylaminopyridine ( 11.2mmol, 1 equiv) were added and the mixture was magnetically stirred for 16 hours at ambient temperature. The resin was filtered and thoroughly washed with dichloromethane (SOOmL), methanol (SOOmL), dimethylformamide (SOOmL), dichloromethane (SOOmL) and methanol (SOOmL) and dried in vacuo (O.lmmHg) for 24 hours. The coupling was repeated and resin 15 was filtered, washed and dried as above, and used directly in the next step.
4,4'-dibromobenzil o Pd(OAc)2 PR3 EtgN
o /
Z5 nMF loo°C
Br To 8.2g of acrylate Wang resin 15 was added 10.4g (28.3mmol) of 4,4'-dibromobenzil, 437mg of palladium (II) acetate (1.95mmo1), 1.25g of tri-o-tolylphosphine (4.11 mmol), 95mL of dimethylformamide followed by 3.3mL
(23.7mmol) of triethylamine. The mixture was placed in a 100°C
preheated bath and stirred magnetically at 200rpm for 2 hours. The resin was filtered hot and washed thoroughly with hot dimethylformamide (SOOmL), hot acetic acid (SOOmL), methanol (SOOmL), dichloromethane (SOOmL), dimethylformamide (SOOmL), dichloromethane (SOOmL) and methanol {SOOmL) and dried in vacuo (O.lmmHg) for 24 hours. The linker was cleaved from the resin with a solution of 20% trifluoroacetic acid in dichloromethane for 20min at ambient temperature. ~ H NMR for monobromo-monoacid linker (400 MHz, d6-DMSO) 8 6.7 (d, 2H), 7.6 (d, 2H), 7.8 (s, 4H), 7.9 (s, 4H).
WO 98127065 PCTlUS96/205Q8 -o / ( \ o o / ~ \ o /
tent-Butyl acrylate \
/ \ Pd(OAc)2 PR3 Et3N
o / /
co,ea~
16 c I / g~ DMF I00°C 17 To 10.2g resin 16 was added 5.4ImL (37mmo1) of tent-butylacrylate, 132mg of palladium (II) acetate (0.592mmol), 0.360g of tri-o-tolylphosphine ( 1.18mmol), 5 31 mL of dimethylformamide followed by 1 mL {7.4mmol) of triethylamine. The mixture was placed in a 100°C preheated bath and stirred magnetically at 200rpm for 18 hours. The resin was filtered hot and washed thoroughly with hot dimethylformamide (SOOmL), hot acetic acid (SOOmL), methanol (SOOmL), dichloromethane (SOOmL), dimethylformamide (SOOmL), dichloromethane (SOOmL) 10 and methanol (SOOmL) and dried in vacuo (O.lmmHg) for 24 hours. The linker was cleaved from the resin with a solution of 20% trifluoroacetic acid in dichloromethane for 20min at ambient temperature. 1H NMR for diacid linker (400 MHz, db-DMSO) S
6.7 (d, 2H), 7.6 (d, 2H), 7.9 (s, 8H).
Br o ° Pd(OAc)2 Et3r 15 18 co,x 15 co,H
To 1 g of acrylate resin 15 was added 1.02g (2.8mmo1) of mono-bromo-mono-tert-butylacrylate benzil (8), 0.044g of palladium (II) acetate (0.19mmol), 0.130g of tri-o-tolylphosphine (0.41 mmol), 1 OmL of dimethylformamide followed by a solution 20 of 0.76mL (5.7mmo1) of triethylamine in lOmL of dimethylformamide. The mixture was placed in a 100°C preheated bath and stirred magnetically at 200rpm for 2 hours.
The resin was filtered hot and washed thoroughly with hot dimethylformamide (SOmL), water (SOmL), 10% sodium bicarbonate (SOmL), 10% aqueous acetic acid WO 98/Z7065 PCT/ITS96/2050$
(SOmL), water (SOmL), methanol (SOmL), dichloromethane (SOmL), methanol {SOmL), dichloromethane (SOmL) and dried in vacuo (0.1 mmHg} for 24 hours. The linker was cleaved from the resin with a solution of 20% trifluoroacetic acid in - dichloromethane for 20min at ambient temperature. ~H NMR for diacid linker (400 MHz, d6-DMSO) 8 6.7 (d, 2H), 7.6 {d, 2H), 7.9 (s, 8H).
1. oxalyl chlo . \ 2. ROH
corx i8 19 Resin 18 was treated with a 1.OM solution of oxalyl chloride in dichloromethane in the presence of a catalytic amount of dimethylformamide for hour and filtered. The resin was subsequently treated with a dichloromethane solution containing the alcohol (ROH), pyridine and 4-dimethylaminopyridine for 20 hours at 23°C to yield the monoester resin 19.
o ~ o 1. oxalyl chh o CHZCIz _ \ 2. ArN(P
1g 2o CONR,Ar Resin 18 was treated with a 1.OM solution of oxalyl chloride in dichloromethane in the presence of a catalytic amount of dimethylformamide for hour and filtered. The resin was subsequently treated with a dichloromethane solution containing the aromatic amine (ArN(R ~ )H), pyridine and 4-dimethylaminopyridine for 20 hours at 23°C to yield the monoamide resin 20.
WO 98127065 PCT/US96/20508_ o ~ o 1. EDCI, Dr CH2ClZ
2. Rl R~
~ i C~,.. CONR~ Rz Resin 18 was treated with a dichloromethane solution containing the amine (R, R2NH), EDCI and 4-dimethylaminopyridine for 20 hours at 23 °C to yield the monoamide resin 21.
General methods for the synthesis of compounds (A2) and (A10) Method 1 OH
RiCHO ---~ Rl OH
(A10)-1 By allowing an aldehyde (R, CHO) wherein R, is defined as above in formula (A 10) to react with itself.
These reactions may be carried out in a solvent or combination of solvents such as tetrahydrofuran (THF), dichloromethane (CH2C12), in the presence of a catalyst (e.g. TiCl3), and a base (e.g. pyridine) at temperatures ranging from -78°C to 23°C, for 1 to 60 hours.
Examples cHo / \ coZtBu - / TiCl3 OH
\ ~ THF-CH2CIz ~ \ \
tBuOZC ~ / OH
COitBu Prepared according to Araneo et al (Tetrahedron Lett. 1994, 35, 2213). The reaction was stirred for 4hrs at 23°C. 1H NMR of 22 (400MHz, CDCl3) 8 1.55 (s, 18H), 4.65 (s, 2H), 6.27 (d, 2H), 7.05 (d, 4H), 7.31 (d, 4H), 7.5 (d, 2H).
I 0 COZtBu COZH
' H NMR of 23 (400MHz, CD30D) 8 4.65 (s, 2H), 6.4 (d, 2H), 7.15 (d, 4H), 7.4 (d, 4H), 7.6 (d, 2H). MS ESI (neg ion) for [M-H]-: 353 (calculated 354).
Method 2 RZCOZH
. Rl 1 --~- R Rm---~ R Ri i i OH OH O
- (A10)-1 (A10)-2 (A2) Wp 98/Z7065 PCT/US96/20508 By allowing a compound of formula (A10)-1 prepared as above to react with a acid chloride (R2C02H) and by subsequently oxidizing (A10)-2 wherein R, and R2 are defined as in formula (A2).
The first step in this reaction may be carried out in a solvent such as tetrahydrofuran (THF), dichloromethane (CH2C12), in the presence of diisopropyl carbodiimide (DIC) and a base (e.g. 4-dimethylaminopyridine) at temperatures ranging from 0°C to 23 °C, for I to 60 hours. The second step in this reaction may be carried out in a solvent such as dichloromethane (CH2C12), in the presence of an oxidizing reagent (e.g. tetrapropylammonium perruthenate (VII) (TPAP)) and activated 4~ molecular sieves at temperatures ranging from 0°C to 23°C, for 1 to 60 hours.
Examples co=tBu COztBu COZH
)IC DMAP
tBuOZC tBuOZC~
OMe To SOmg of diol 22 ( 1 equiv) in 1 mL of dichloromethane was added diisopropyl carbodiimide (0.4 equiv} and the reaction was stirred for 1 hour at 23 °C.
To the solution was added 4-dimethylaminopyridine (0.1 equiv) followed by para-methoxybenzoic acid (0.4 equiv) in SmL of tetrahydrofuran and the mixture was stirred for an additional 3 hours at 23°C. The reaction was diluted with ethyl acetate 10 and washed with 1 N HCI, saturated sodium bicarbonate and the organic layer was dried over sodium sulfate. The crude mixture was separated using radial chromatography (ethyl acetate-hexane eluent). 'H NMR of 24 (400MHz, CDC13) b 1.55 (s, 18H), 3.8 (s, 3H), 5.05 (d, 1 H), 6.0 (d, 1 H), 6.25 (d, 1 H), 6.3 (d, 1 H), 6.9 (d, 2H}, 7.1 (d, 4H), 7.32 (m, 4H), 7.45 {d, 1H), 7.48 (d, 1H}, 8.0 (d, 1H).
\ coZtBu OH /
\ \ OH / ~ COzH
v / ~ 50%TFA-CHZCIz \
tBuOZC ~ v O~
HOZC ~ / O
/
OMe OMe 'H NMR of 25 (400MHz, CD30D) 8 3.82 (s, 3H), 5.08 (d, IH), 6.02 (d, IH), 6.4 (d, 2H), 6.9 (d, 2H), 7.22 (d, 4H}, 7.42 (d, 4H), 7.6 (d, 2H), 8.03 (d, 2H).
MS ESI (neg ion) for [M-H]-: 487 (calculated 488).
C02tBu OH / \ COxtBu O
\ \
\ \ I ~ o p TPAP tBuOZC \
tBuO2C ~ / O
CHzCl2 26 /
OMe OMe Hydroxyester 24 ( 1 equiv) was oxidized to ketoester 26 at 23 °C in CH2C12, in the presence of catalytic amount of TPAP (0.1 equiv), N-methylmorpholine oxide (2 equiv) and 4~ activated powdered molecular sieves (SOOmg/mol of substrate). ~H
NMR of 26 (400MHz, CDC13) 8 I .55 (s, 18H), 3.8 (s, 3H), 6.25 (d, 1 H), 6.29 (d, 1 H), 6.9 (d, 2H), 7.0 (s, 1 H), 7.5 (m, 1 OH), 7.95 (d, 1 H), 8.02 (d, 1 H).
~ coZtBu / ~ coZH
\ \ o p 50%TFA-CHZC12 ~ \ \
tBuO2C \ O
HOZC ~ ~ O O
\ ~ 2~
OMe OMe ~ H NMR of 27 (400MHz, CD30D) 8 3.82 (s, 3H), 6.45 (d, I H), 6.55 (d, 1 H), 6.95 (d, 2H), 7.18 (s, 1 H), 7.65 (m, I OH), 8.0 (d, 1 H), 8.08 (d, 1 H).
Method 3 OCORi OCORl R1COC1 + R2CH0 ----~ R2 ----~ R R2 R ~ 2 z ' OH O
(A10)-3 ( By allowing an acid chloride (R,COCI) to react with an aldehyde (R2CH0) wherein R,, R2 are defined as above in formula (A2) and by subsequently oxidizing (A 10)-3.
The first step in this reaction may be carried out in a solvent or a combination of solvents such as tetrahydrofuran (THF), dichloromethane (CH2CI2), in the presence of a catalyst (e.g. TiCl3), and a base (e.g. pyridine) at temperatures ranging from -78°C to 23°C, for 1 to 60 hours. The second step in this reaction may be carried out in a solvent such as dichloromethane (CHZCl2), in the presence of an oxidizing reagent (e.g. tetrapropylammonium perruthenate (VII) (TPAP)) and activated 4A
molecular sieves at temperatures ranging from 0°C to 23°C, for 1 to 60 hours.
Examples HO O- ' (CH214CO2CH3 CHO
CH302C(CH2)4COCI
TiCl3 THF-CHZCI2 COZtBu C02tBu C02tBu Prepared according to Araneo et al (Tetrahedron Lett. 1994, 35, 2213). The reaction was stirred for 4hrs at 23 °C, the crude mixture was separated by flash chromatography (ethyl acetate in hexane eluent) to yield hydroxyester 28. ~ H
NMR
of 28 (400MHz, CDC13) 8 1.55 (s, 18H), 1.6 (m, 4H), 2.2-2.4 (m, 4H), 3.6 (s, 3H), 4.9 (d, 1 H), 5 .8 5 (d, 1 H), 6.25 (d, 1 H), 6.3 (d, 1 H), 7.07 (m, 4H), 7.3 (m, 4H), 7.45 (m, 2H).
tBnO
(CHz)~CO2CH3 / \ (CHZ)4COZCH3 50% TFA-CHZC12 O-O O
HO HO
28 ~ ~ 29 COZtBu COzH
'H NMR of 29 (400MHz, CD30D) b 1.5 (m, 4H), 2.3 (m, 2H), 2.4 (m, 2H), 3.6 (s, 3H), 4.95 (d, 1H), 5.85 (d, 1H), 6.4 (d, 2H), 7.2 (m, 4H), 7.42 (d, 4H), 7.6 (d, 2H). MS ESI (neg ion) for [M-H]-: 495 (calculated 496).
HO O ~ (CHZ)4CO2CH3 ~ (CHZ)4COZCH3 TrAr COZtBu COqtBu COZtBu COZtBu Hydroxyester 28 was oxidized to ketoester 30 as above. ~ H NMR of 30 (400MHz, CDC13) b 1.55 (s, 18H), 1.65 (s br, 4H), 2.3 (m, 2H), 2.5 (m, 2H), 3.6 (s, 3H)) 6.3 (d, 1H), 6.35 (d, 1H), 6.78 (s, 1H), 7.4-7.6 (m, 8H), 7.9 (d, 2H).
General method for the synthesis of compounds (A3) Method 1 ' O
R1C02H + R2NC + R3CH0 -NHRZ
(A3)-1 By allowing a carboxylic acid (R, C02H) to react with an isocyanide (R2NC) and an aldehyde (R3CH0) wherein R~, R2, and R3 are defined as above in formula (A3).
These reactions may be carried out in a solvent or a combination of solvents such as dichloromethane (CH2C12), chloroform (CHC13}, methanol (MeOH), tetrahydrofuran (THF) or acetonitrile (CH3CN), in the presence or absence of a catalyst (e.g. ZnCl2, MgBr2) at temperatures ranging from -78°C to 80°C, for 1 to 60 hours.
Examples Rz O
R1C02H + RZCHO + R3NC O
/~ NHR3 O _ Rl Prepared according to Passerine (Gazz. Chim. Ital. 1926, 56, 826).
A solution of the carboxylic acid, aldehyde and isocyanide in a given solvent selected from tetrahydrofuran, acetonitrile, ethyl ether or chloroform was stirred between 0° and 25°C for 1 to 3 days. The solution was diluted with ethyl acetate, washed with saturated sodium bicarbonate and dried over sodium sulfate. The solvent was removed in vacuo and the residue was purified by silica gel chromatography.
WO 9817065 PCT/US96/20508_ O
/ HN ~ C02Et / ~ 1.C6H13CH0, THF O _ + EtOzC NC O
2. 50% TFA-CHZC12 C02tBu I H NMR of 32 (400 MHz, db-acetone) 8 0.8 (t, 3 H), I . l - I .6 (m, 9H), 1.97 (m, 5 I H), 3.9 (m, 2H), 4. I (m, 2H), 5.3 (t, 1 H), 6.62 (d, I H), 7.7 (d, I H), 7.8 (d, 2H), 8.05 {d, 2H).
Method 2 ~NC
Rz O
O
R1C02H + R3CH0 HN~
O ~ R1 R
z (A3)-2 Functionalized crosslinked polystyrene polymer By allowing a carboxylic acid (R,C02H) and an aldehyde (R3CH0) to react with a polymer bound isocyanide (R2NC) wherein R~, R2, and R3 are defined as above in formula (A3).
These reactions may be carried out on functionalized cross linked polystyrene polymers such as Merrifield resin, Wang resin, Rink resin, TentagelT"~ resin, in a solvent or a combination of solvents such as dichloromethane (CH2C12), chloroform (CHC13), methanol (MeOH), tetrahydrofuran (THF), acetonitrile (CH3CN), in the presence or absence of a catalyst (e.g. ZnCl2, MgBr2) at temperatures ranging from -WO 98/27065 PCT/US96/20508_ 78°C to 80°C, for 1 to 60 hours. The product maybe released from the polymer by conditions known to those skilled in the art.
- Examples HOZC ~ NHCHO O
1.
DIC DMAP ~ NC
OH O
2. Ph3P CCl4 Et3N n WANG Resin n = 2 to 10 Prepared according to Zhang et al (Tetrahedron Letters 1996, 3 7, 751 ).
Ri H ~ C02H
RzCHO O O
1.
O / \ ~ C02tBu HOzC
~NC
" n I \ 34 33 2.50%TFA-CHZC12 O~~OH
A solution of the carboxylic acid 3 in tetrahydrofuran was added to a mixture of the aldehyde and isocyanide resin 33 in tetrahydrofuran or acetonitrile.
The mixture was stirred at 25°C or 60°C for 1 to 3 days. The resin was filtered and washed with dichloromethane and methanol and dried. Compounds 34 were isolated after treatment of the resin with a solution of 50% trifluoroacetic acid in dichloromethane for 1 hour at 23°C and removal of the solvent in vacuo.
HO
1. R1C~H
o co,~su o OHC ~ ~ / - COZH
O N R
y N
33 n 2.50%TFA-CH2C12 A solution of the carboxylic acid in tetrahydrofuran was added to a mixture of the aldehyde 4 and isocyanide resin 33 in tetrahydrofuran or acetonitrile. The mixture was stirred at 25°C or 60°C for 1 to 3 days. The resin was filtered and washed with dichloromethane and methanol and dried. Compounds 35 were isolated after treatment of the resin with a solution of 50% trifluoroacetic acid in dichloromethane for 1 hour at 23°C and removal of the solvent in vacuo.
O RZ
N ~ COiH
O
n Ho2c TABLE I.
Compound R2 n MWt [M-H]' (Calculated)(Found) 36 \ / 2 475; 477 474; 476 Br 37 \ / 5 519 518 Br 38 C6H~4CH0 2 405 404 39 C6H,4CH0 5 447 446 40 C9H2oCH0 2 447 446 41 C9H2oCH0 5 489 488 WO 9$/27065 PCTIUS96120508 n HN
O
H02C ~ ~ p \ / O--~C
TABLE 2.
Compound Rl n MWt (M-H]' (Calculated)(Found) 42 ~ ~ 2 427 426 Me0 43 \ '" 5 469 468 Me0 44 ' ~ 2 442 441 45 ~ ~ 2 441 440 F ~%
46 ~ ~ ~ S 483 482 F
C3H~
47 H~~3 '-"~~2 419 418 C3H~
48 H~~3 ~~ 5 519 518 _ General method for the synthesis of compounds (A4}
O
R1COC1 + R2CH0 - ~ R2 OH
(A4) 5 By allowing an acid chloride (R, COC1) to react with an aldehyde (R2CH0) wherein R,, R2 are defined as above in formula (A4).
These reactions may be carried out in a solvent or combination of solvents such as tetrahydrofuran (THF), dichloromethane (CH2C12), in the presence of a 10 catalyst (e.g. TiCl3), and a base (e.g. pyridine) at temperatures ranging from -78°C to 23°C, for 1 to 60 hours.
Example H
CHO
/ CH3OZC(CHZ)4COC1 TiCl3 THF-CHzCIZ
COZtBu COZtBu Prepared according to Araneo et al (Tetrahedron Lett. 1994, 35, 2213). 'H
NMR of 51 (400MHz, CDC13) 8 1.45 (s, 9H), 1.5 (m, 4H), 2.1-2.3 (m, 4H), 3.6 (s, 3 H), 4.6 (s, 1 H), 6.25 (d, 1 H), 6.97 (d, 2H), 7.25 (d, 2H), 7.5 (d, 1 H).
General methods for the synthesis of compounds (A6) Method 1 O R4~Rs R3~R4 R +
R3 4 NH40Ac Rl' N ~ N Rl' N ~ N
O
(AS)-1 (A6)-1 (A6)-2 By allowing a compound of formula (AS) to react with an aldehyde (R2CH0), a primary amine (R~NH2) and ammonium acetate wherein R~, R2, R3 and R4 are defined as above in formula (A6).
These reactions may be carried out in a solvent such as acetic acid (AcOH) at temperatures ranging from 23°C to 120°C, for 1 to 60 hours.
Examples coZtBu NHQOAc N ' - NH
AcOH 100°C
Rz I S CoztBu Prepared according to Krieg et al (Z Naturforsch tell 1967, 22b, 132).
To 47mg of 6 (O.Immol, l.Oequiv), RZCHO (O.Immol, l.Oequiv) in 1mL of acetic acid was added 231mg of ammonium acetate (3.Ommol, 30equiv) in O.SmL of acetic acid and the mixture was placed in 100°C preheated oil bath for 1 hour. The solution was then poured into ether and washed with saturated sodium bicarbonate.
The organic layer was dried over sodium sulfate, filtered and concentrated in vacuo to yield the desired imidazoles 52 which were purified by preparative thin layer chromatography with ethyl acetate-hexane or methanol-dichloromethane as eluent.
CoZtsu TABLE 3.
.0% TF.~
N NH N ' _ NH ~ CF3COZH
23°C l hh Rz R2 Entry Rz MWt. MWt. Entry RZ MWt. MWt.
(Calc.) (Obs.) (Calc.) (Obs.) i 54 ~ 480 479 61 F w ~ * _*
HO=C
55 H * -* 62 8' I S 521 522 56 ~ 525 526 63 ~~487 488 NO N
NOZ
57 ' ~ 481 482 64 ~ N 533 534 MeO~C
F
58 M~o~ _* _* 65 ~ / _* _*
F
59 I No2 511 S 12 66 F ~ ~ -* _*
OMe F
O
60 ~ ~ _* _* 67 ~ * _*
F
F
- : aata not avallable.
WO 98127065 PCT/US96I20508_ TABLE 3. (continued) Entry RZ MWt. MWt. Entry RZ MWt. MWt.
(Calc.) (Obs.) (Calc.) (Obs.) 68 ~ -* * 79 P,,~ * -OH
69 M~° ~ ~ 482 483 80 ~ I 560 561 i s 70 ~ ~ 442 441 81 ~ I 536 537 I
° m \
71 ~°~ 494 495 82 ~ ~ -* -OMe Me0 72 I ~ 526 527 83 M.°~ * -F
OMe F ~ F
73 N~ I ~ * -* 84 F I ~ F 526 527 F
74 I ~ \ 489 490 85 ~ ~ 480 481 N
M
Mc 75 Ph 436 435 86 M~ '~I~~ 494 495 M.O
F
76 ~ ~ -* * 87 B~° I ~ 542 543 F
77 n-CSH " -* -* 88 I 561 562 F f 78 ~ ~ 454 455 89 ~ 476 477 * "-": data not available.
WO 98/27065 PCT/iTS96/20508 TABLE 3. (continued) Entry RZ MWt. MWt.
Calc. Obs.
90 ~ 493 494 AcHN
54 (400MHz, CDC13-CD30D 10:1 ) b 6.23 (d, 2H}, 7.3-7.48 (m, 1 OH), 7.88 (d, 2H), 8.02 (d, 2H).
55 {400MHz, CD30D) 86.5 (d, 2H), 7.52 (d, 4H), 7.7 (m, 6H), 9.1 (s,lH).
56 (400MHz, CD30D) 8 6.3 (s, 2H), 6.52 (d, 2H), 7.4-7.9 (m, 12H).
57 (400MHz, CD30D) 8 6.52 (d, 2H), 7.50-8.36 (m, 14H).
58 (400MHz, CDC13-CD30D 10:1 ) S 3.7 (s, 3H), 6.3 (d, 2H), 6.85 (d, 2H), 7.4 (m, 8H), 7.5 (d, 2H), 7.85 (d, 2H).
59 (400MHz, CD30D) 8 3.98 (s, 3H), 6.52 (d, 2H), 7.50-7.76 (m, 13H}.
60 (400MHz, CDC13-CD30D 10:1 ) 8 6.3 (d, 2H), 6.5 (br s, 1 H), 6.85 (d, 2H), 7.3-7.6 (m, 12H).
61 di-tert-butyl ester (400MHz, CDC13-CD30D 6:1 ) b 1.4 (s, 18H), 6.2 (d, 2H), 6.9 (t, 1 H), 7.2-7.42 (m, 11 H), 7. 5 8 (d, 1 H), 7.62 (d, 1 H).
62 (400MHz, CD30D} 8 6.50 (d, 2H}, 7.30-8.70 (m, 12H).
63 (400MHz, CD30D) 8 6.54 (d, 2H), 7.46-8.60 (m, 16H).
64 (400MHz, CD30D) 8 3.90 (s, 3H), 6.50 (d, 2H), 7.50-8.30 (m, 13H).
di-tert-butyl ester (400MHz, CDC13-CD30D 6:1 ) ~ 1.4 (s, 18H), 6.2 (d, 2H), 6.65 (t, 1 H), 7.3-7.5 (m, 12H).
66 di-tert-butyl ester (400MHz, CDC13-CD30D 6:1 ) 8 1.4 (s, 18H), 6.2 (dd, 2H), 7.1 (q, 1 H), 7.3-7.5 (m, 1 OH), 7.6 (br d, 1 H), 7.7 (dd, 1 H).
67 di-tert-butyl ester (400MHz, CDC13-CD30D 6:1) 8 1.4 (s, 18H), 6.2 (d, 2H), 10 7.1 (t, 2H), 7.3-7.5 (m, 1 OH), 7.75 (m, 1 H).
68 (400MHz, CD30D) 81.2 (t, 6H), 3.48 (q, 4H), 6.52 (d, 2H), 7.3-8.02 (m, 15H).
69 (400MHz, CD30D) b 3.96 (s, 3H), 6.52 (d, 2H), 7.04-7.70 (m, 13H).
70 (400MHz, CD30D) 8 6.46 (d, 2H), 7. I 4 (d, 1 H), 7.50-7.80 (m, 12H).
71 (400MHz, CD30D) 8 4.32 (m, 4H), 6.52 (d, 2H), 7.1-7.7 (m, 13H).
72 (400MHz, CD30D) 8 3.90-4.02 (3s, 9H), 6.50 (d, 2H), 6.90-7.80 (m, 12H).
73 (400MHz, CD30D) 8 6.5 (d, 2H), 7.55 (d, 4H), 7.65 (m, 6H), 7.95 (d, 2H), 8.15 (d, 2H).
74 (400MHz, CD30D) b 3.95 (s, 3H), 6.56 (d, 2H), 6.9-7.82 (m, 14H).
75 (400MHz, CDC13-CD30D 10: I ) 8 6.34 (d, 2H), 7.3-7.4 (m, 11 H), 7.52 (d, 2H), 8.92 (d,2H).
v~o 9sn~o6s rcr~s9snosos 76 di-tert-butyl ester (400MHz, CDC13-CD30D 6:1 ) b 1.4 (s, 18H), 6.2 (br d, 2H), 6.9 (m, 1 H), 7.05 (m, 1 H), 7.3-7.5 (m, 1 OH).
77 (400MHz, CDC13-CD30D 6:1 ) 8 0.9 (m, SH), I .3 (m, 2H), I .7 (m, 2H), 2.9 (t, 2H), 6.35 (d, 2H), 7.3-7.6 (m, lOH).
78 (400MHz, CD30D) 8 6.50 (d, 2H), 7.40-7.9 (m, 14H).
79 di-tert-butyl ester (400MHz, CDC13) 8 1.4 (s, 18H), 6.3 (d, 2H), 7.1 (d, 2H), 7.22 (d, 1 H), 7.34 (t, 2H), 7.4-7.7 (m, 14H), 7.9 (d, 2H}.
80 (400MHz, CD30D) 8 6.54 (d, 2H), 7.6-8.0 (m, 19H).
81 (400MHz, CD30D) 8 6.54 (d, 2H), 7.6-8.90 (m, 19H).
82 (400MHz, CD30D) 8 6.50 (d, 2H), 7.58-8.0 (m, 14H).
83 (400MHz, CD30D} 8 3.96 (s, 3H), 6.52 (d, 2H), 7.36-7.90 (m, 13H).
84 (400MHz, CD30D) 8 6.50 (d, 2H), 7.55-7.70 (m, l OH).
8s (400MHz, CD30D) 8 6.12 (s, 2H), 6.56 (d, 2H), 7.10-7.60 (m, I3H).
86 (400MHz, CD30D) S 2.20 (s, 3H), 2.40 (s, 3H), 3.90 (s, 3H), 6.52 (d, 2H), 7.10-7.70 (m, 12H).
_ 87 (400MHz, CD30D) S 5.20 (s, 2H), 6.56 (d, 2H), 7.22-7.98 (m, 19H).
wo 9sn7o6s rcr~s96noso8 88 (400MHz, CD30D) 81.52 (2s, 12H), 1.74 (s, 4H), 2.42 (s, 3H), 6.52 (d, 2H), 7.40-7.68 (m, 13H).
89 (400MHz, CD30D) 81.12 (t, 2H), 3.0 (m, 4H), 6.56 (d, 2H), 7.52-7.62 (m, 13H).
90 (400MHz, CD30D) 8 2.14 (s, 3H), 6.54 (d, 2H), 7.58-8.0 (m, 14H).
CO,tBu CO,H CO,,H
1 Me0 ~ ~ CHO
H' ~H NH40Ac AcOH 100°C H~ H
HN ~ N . CF3COZH
2. 50% TFA-CHZC12 ButOZC OMe Prepared according to Krieg et al (ZNaturforsch tell 1967, 22b, 132).
'H NMR of 91 (400 MHz, CD30D) 8 3.9 (s,3H), 6.2 (d, 2H), 6.95 (d, 2H), 7.2 (d, 2H), 7.4-7.6 (m, 6H), 7.9 (d, 2H).
ButOzC CO tBu ButO2C z RINHZ RZCHO
NH40Ac N ~ NRl AcOH 100°C
Rz COztBu Prepared according to Krieg et al (Z Naturforsch tell 1967, 22b, 132).
R~N~N g0% TFA-CH2Clz IY RiN"_N - CF3COZH
RZ 23°C l hh 92 R=
TABLE 4.
Entry R~ R= MWt MWt (Calc.)(Obs.) 94 n-C4H9 H 416 415 s 95 n-C4H9 ~ ~ 498 497 s 96 Ph ~ ~ 518 517 97 n-C4H9 ~ 522 521 Me0 98 Ph ~ 542 541 Me0 99 Ph H 436 435 100 ~ ~ 582 581 Me Me Me Me 94 (400MHz, CD30D) ~ 0.8 (t, 3H), 1.22 (m, 2H), 1.62 (m, 2H), 4.10 (t, 2H), 6.42 (d, 1 H), 6.58 (d, 1 H), 7.32-7.80 (m, 1 OH), 9.18 (s, 1 H).
95 (400MHz, CD30D) 8 0.64 (t, 3H), 1.04 (m, 2H), 1.58 (m, 2H), 4.20 (t, 2H), 6.42 (d, 1 H), 6.62 (d, 1 H), 7.42-8.0 (m, 13H).
96 (400MHz, CD30D) 8 6.42 (2d, 2H), 7.12-7.68 (m, 18H).
97 (400MHz, CD30D) b 0.6 (t, 3H), I.0 (m, 2H), 1.38 (m, 2H), 4.12 {t, 2H), 3.84 (s, 3H), 6.42 (d, 1H), 6.62 (d, 1H), 7.22-7.8 (m, 13H).
98 (400MHz, CD30D) 8 3.80 (s, 3H), 6.44 (2d, 2H), 6.94-7.68 (m, 19H).
99 (400MHz, CD30D) 8 6.44 (2d, 2H), 7.20-7.60 (m, I SH), 9.2 (s, 1 H).
100 (400MHz, CD30D) 81.22 (s, 9H), 2.40 (s, 3H), 6.36-6.44 (2d, 2H), 7.26-7.60 (m, 18H).
Method 2 O R4~R3 R3~R4 R +
R3 4 NHQOAc Rl~ N ' ' N Rl,. N_ ' N
Y IYO
(A5)-2 (A6)-3 (A6)-4 WO 98/27065 PCT/ITS96/2050~
By allowing a polymer bound compound of formula (AS)-2 to react with an aldehyde (R2CH0), a primary amine (R,NH2) and ammonium acetate wherein R~, R2, R3 and R4 are defined as above in formula (A6).
5 These reactions may be carried out on functionalized cross linked polystyrene polymers such as Merrifield resin, Wang resin, Rink resin, TentagelTM resin, in a solvent such as acetic acid (AcOH) at temperatures ranging from 23 °C
to 120°C, for 1 to 60 hours. The product maybe released from the polymer using conditions known to those skilled in the art.
Examples HO=C CO=H
O
1. RZCHO NH40Ac ~ / --v ~ ~ ° AcOH 100°C
2. 20% TFA-CH2C12 N ~ NH ~ cF,CO,H
O
17 ~ ~ co,ts° R= 101 To resin 17 were added excess NH40Ac and RZCHO and acetic acid and the mixture was heated at 100°C for 15 hours, cooled to 23 °C and washed with methanol and dichloromethane and dried under vacuum. The trifluoroacetate salts of imidazoles 101 were isolated following treatment of the resin with a solution of 20%
trifluoroacetic acid in dichloromethane for 20 minutes at 23°C.
HOiC COORS
O ~--O
1. RzCHO NH40Ac _ ° ACOH 100°C N NH . cg,CO,H
~ 2. 20% TFA-CH2C12 ° / / Rs COzR
Same procedure as imidazoles 101.
TABLE 5.
Entry Rl RZ MWt. MWt.
(Calc.) (Obs.) NOZ
103 Me ~ ~ 495 496 104 ~ I ~ N~Z 620 621 ~ OMe NOZ
105 ~ i ' ~ ~ 602 603 OMe 106 I i ' ~ ~ 586 587 Me 107 I ~ I ~ N~= 638 639 ~ OMe 108 F~ E~,N~ 634 635 109 2-propyl ~ / 496 497 F
NOZ
110 2-propyl ~ ~ 523 524 TABLE 5. (continued) Entry Rl RZ MWt. MWt.
(Calc.) (Obs.) 111 2-propyl I No= 553 554 OMe 112 2-indanyl I ~ N°Z 627 628 OMe 113 ~ M.o 626 627 Ph HOiC CON(R1)Ar O
o ~ \ /
1. R2CH0 NH90Ac _ O ACOH lOO°C N NH ~ CF~CO=H
/
\ 2. 20% TFA-CH2C12 O
CON(R~)Ar Same procedure as imidazoles 101.
HO=C CONRIRi O
O \
1. R3CH0 NHqOAc _ \ O ACOH lOO°C N NH ~ CF~COiH
/
\ 2. 20% TFA-CHZC12 O Rn CONR~R2 Same procedure as imidazoles 101.
WO 98/27065 PCT/US9612050$
HO=C CONHR=
O
O ~ -.-.
1. R2CH0 NH40Ac O AcOH 100°C ~ CF CO H
N ~ NH
\2. 20% TFA-CH2C12 R=
O
CONHR~
TABLE 6.
Entry Rl R2 MWt. MWt.
(Calc.) Obs.
116 ~ M~~~ 559 560 F
117 ~ M.o I ~ 562 563 N~ S
118 ~ e= \ ' 633 634 119 ~ ( ~ No2 642 643 Ph ~ OMe O
120 [y E4N~ 592 593 12I ~ I \ o/ 579 580 122 n-propyl M.o I ~ 508 509 s 123 n-propyl e= \ ~ 562,564 563, 565 124 n-butyl I ~ F 528 529 F
125 n-heptyl ~ 1 No2 579 580 wo 9sn7o6s rcT~s96nosoa TABLE 6. (continued) Entry Rl Rz MWt.
(Calc.) (Obs.
w 126 n-octyl F ~ i 566 567 ~
127 n-octyl Et,N 619 620 128 ~"~"" ~~ 612 613 Ph Method 3 O O
O O RiNI-Iz RzCHO R4 OR3 R4 OR3 R4 OR3 ~1 ~ N / N + N \ N ' R
Rz R2 129 (A6)-5 (A6)-6 By allowing a compound of formula ( 129) (J. Org. Chem., 1995, 60, 8231; J.
Org. Chem., 1993, 58, 4785) to react with an aldehyde (R2CH0), a primary amine (R,NH2) and ammonium acetate wherein R,, Rz, R3 and R4 are defined as above in formula (A6).
These reactions may be carried out in a solvent such as acetic acid (AcOH) at temperatures ranging from 23°C to 120°C, for 1 to 60 hours.
Examples COiH
O O O
EDCI DMAP
/ .f. O ~ CHZCI2 O
PhJ PPh3 PhJ PPh3 /
COZtBu COZtBu 130 131 Prepared according to Wasserman et aI (J. Org. Chem., 1995, 60, 8231; J.
Org. Chem., 1993, 58, 4785). Benzyl (triphenylphosphoranylidene) acetate (130) was purchased from Aldrich chemical company and used directly. 1 H NMR of 131 (400 MHz, CDCl3) 8 1.5 (s, 9H), 4.62 (s, 2H), 6.3 (d, 1 H), 6.62 (d, 2H), 7.05 (t, 2H), 7.1 (t, 1H), 7.38-7.8 (m, 20H). TLC: Rf-0.5 (30% ethyl acetate-hexane).
Oxone~
o ~ I \ THF-H20 0 ~ \
PPh3 / ~ J HO OH /
Ph C02tBu Ph COZtBu Prepared according to Wasserman et al (J Org. Chem., 1995, 60, 8231; J.
Org. Chem., 1993, 58, 4785). 'H NMR of I32 (400 MHz, CDC13) 8 1.5 (s, 9H), 5.1 (s, 2H), 5.15 (br s, 2H, 2 x H-O), 6.4 (d, 1 H), 6.95 (d, 2H), 7.1 (t, 2H), 7.18 (t, 1 H), 7.4 (d, 2H), 7.5 (d, 1 H), 7.9 (d, 2H). TLC: Rr0.7 (30% ethyl acetate-hexane).
o ~ 50%TFA-CH2C12 0 HO OH ~ ~ ~ J HO OH
Ph COZtBu Ph COZH
' H NMR of 133 (400 MHz, CDC13-CD30D, 8:1 ) 8 5 (s, 2H), 6.4 (d 1 H), 6.9-7.16 (m, 5H), 7.35 (d, 2H), 7.53 (d, 1H), 7.9 (d, 2H).
HoZc o 1. HCHO, NHqOAc PhCH20zC ~ 2. 30% TFA-CHZC12 COzCHiPh HO OH ~ ~ -COZtBu ~~N ~ CFgC02H
H
Prepared according to Brackeen et al (Tetrahedron Letters 1994, 35, 1635).
For other approaches to imidazole-4-carboxylates see: a) Nunami et al (J. Org.
Chem.
1994, 59, 7635). b) Heindel et al (Tetrahedron Letters 1971, 1439). ~H NMR of (400 MHz, 8:1 CDCI3-CD30D) S 5.2 (s, 2H), 6.4 (d, 1 H), 7.25 (br s, 5H), 7.5 (d, 2H), 7.6 (d, 1 H), 7.7 (d, 2H), 8.3 (s, 1 H).
Method 4 O o O O R~CHO R4 OR3 R4 OR
R4 OR3 RlNHz NH40Ac Rl ~ N / N + N ~ N. R
R2R2 y 129 (A6) 77 (A6) 8 By allowing a compound of formula ( 129) to react with a polymer bound aldehyde (Ri CHO), a primary amine (R2NH2) and ammonium acetate wherein R,, R2, R3 and R4 are defined as above in formula (A6).
This reaction may be carried out on functionalized cross linked polystyrene polymers such as Merrifield resin, Wang resin, Rink resin, TentagelTM resin, in a solvent such as acetic acid (AcOH) at temperatures ranging from 23 °C
to 120°C, for 1 to 60 hours. The product maybe released from the polymer using conditions known to those skilled in the art.
Examples Ho,c \ _ O
~ CHO
OH O / I
DIC DMAP
WANG Resin 23°C, 48 hrs 135 ~ CHO
For leading references see: a) Mathias (Synthesis, 1979, 561 ). b) Sarantakis et al (Biochem. Biophys. Res. Commun. 1976, 73, 336). c) Hudson et al {Peptide Chemistry 1985 (Kiso, Y., ed.),1986, Protein Research Foundation, Osaka.). d) Wang (J. Am. Chem. Soc. 1973, 95, 1328). e) Lu et al (J. Org. Chem. 1981, 46, 3433). To 6mmo1 (lequiv) of Wang resin in 130mL of dry dimethylformamide was added l8mmol (3equiv} of diisopropylcarbodiimide and the mixture was sonnicated for hours (final bath temperature was 37°C). 4-Formylcinnamic acid (l8mmol, 3equiv) and 4-dimethylaminopyridine (6mmol, 1 equiv) were added and the mixture was magnetically stirred for 48 hours at ambient temperature. The resin was filtered and thoroughly washed with dimethylforamide (SOOmL), methanol (SOOmL), dichloromethane (SOOmL) and methanol (500mL) and dried in vacuo (O.lmmHg) for 24 hours. A coupling yield of 80% was established by cleaving 100mg of the resin with a solution of 20% trifluoroacetic acid in dichloromethane for 20min at ambient temperature.
O HOZC
/ ~ ~ Ph O
135 ~ ~p 1. NH OAc 0 0 + AcOH 100°C
HN ~ N . CF3C02H
o ~ 2.50%TFA-CH2C12 HO OH
Ph ~ ~ / / COZtBu 132 ~ 136 To 60mg (0.048mmo1, l.Oequiv) of 135 was added 40mg (0.097mmo1, 2.Oequiv) of 132 followed by 37mg (0.481 mmol, 5 .Oequiv) of ammonium acetate and 0.2mL of acetic acid. The mixture was heated to 100°C for 15 hours, filtered, washed with dimethylformamide, dichloromethane, methanol and dichloromethane. The crude product was isolated by treatment of the polymer with a solution of 50%
trifluoroacetic acid in dichloromethane for 1 hour at 23°C. The solvent was removed and the residue was purified by preparative thin layer chromatography (20%
PCT/US96120508_ methanol-dichloromethane eluent). 1 H NMR of 136 (400 MHz, CD30D) 8 5.15 (s, 2H), 6.48 (d, 1 H), 6.55 (d, 1 H), 7.25 (br s, 4H), 7.5-7.8 (m, 9H), 8.1 (d, 1 H). MS
(ESI negative ion) [M-H]': 493;
Method 5 O R4 O ,Rs R1NH2 + R2COZH R3 Rl ~ O NH40Ac H
R4COCH0 N ~ ~ ~" N N
/~ HN
Rl 137 (A6)-9 By allowing a primary amine (R1NH2), a carboxylic acid (R2C02H) and a ketoaldehyde (R4COCH0) to react with a polymer bound isocyanide (R3NC) and by subsequently cyclizing compound 137 with ammonium acetate wherein R,, R2, R3 and R4 are defined as above in formula (A6).
The first step in this reaction may be carried out on functionalized cross linked polystyrene resins such as Merrifield resin, Wang resin, Rink resin, TentagelTM resin, in a solvent or a combination of solvents such as dichloromethane (CH2C12), chloroform (CHC13), methanol (MeOH), tetrahydrofuran (THF) or acetonitrile (CH3CN), in the presence or absence of a catalyst (e.g. ZnCl2, MgBr2) at temperatures ranging from -78°C to 80°C, for 1 to 60 hours. The second step in this reaction may be carried out in a solvent such as acetic acid (AcOH) at temperatures ranging from 23°C to 120°C, for 1 to 60 hours.
W9 98/27065 PCT/US96/2050$
0 o cHo sr ~ or O ~ Br EtzNH(OH) ~ ~ or O ~ CHO
/ Ar MeOH / Ar Ar = 2-naphthyl, 3,4-dichlorophenyl, R = CH3, CF3, N02, CH30, 2,5-dirnethoxyphenyl, and CF30, F, Cl, Br, Ph Prepared according to Gunn et al (J. Org. Chem. 1977, 42, 754).
HN
O 1. RSCOCHO, R2C02H, R1NH2 R5 O
NC 2~ NH40Ac AcOH 100°C -' O R ~ N ~ N ~ CF3 COZH
n 3. 20% TFA-CHZC12 ' Prepared according to Zhang et al (Tetrahedron Letters 1996, 37, 751).
Ph HoZc '~ NH
Me O ~ N
/ ~ COzH
'N
~ TFA
Me0 140 Prepared according to Zhang et al (Tetrahedron Letters 1996, 37, 751 ).
1H NMR of mono tert-butyl ester of 140 (400 MHz, CDC13) 8 1.1 (m,2H), 1.2 (d,3H), 1.3 (m,2H), 1.5 (s,9H), 1.56 (m,2H), 2.2 (m,2H), 2.9 (m, l H), 3.1 (m, l H), 3.2 (m, l H), 3.8 (s,3H), 4.6 (m,2H), 6.1 (d, I H), 6.9 (t,4H), 7.1 (m,SH), 7.4 (d, 2H), 7.6 (d,lH).
Method 6 Rs NHR2 R1C02H + RZCOCHO + R3NC -----~ O
O
N' _NH
O~ R ' i 141 (A6)-10 By allowing a carboxylic acid (R,C02H) to react with an isocyanide (R3NC) and a ketoaldehyde (R2COCH0) and by allowing compound 141 to cyclize in the presence of ammonium acetate, wherein R,, R2, and R3 are defined as above in formula (A6).
The first step in this reaction reaction may be carried out in a solvent or a combination of solvents such as dichloromethane (CH2C12), chloroform (CHCl3), methanol (MeOH), tetrahydrofuran (THF), acetonitrile (CH3CN), in the presence or absence of a catalyst (e.g. ZnCl2, MgBr2) at temperatures ranging from -78°C to 80°C, for 1 to 60 hours. The second step in this reaction may be carried out in a solvent such as acetic acid (AcOH) at temperatures ranging from 23°C to 120°C, for 1 to 60 hours.
Examples O
RZCOCHO O NH40Ac RiC02H O
R3NC AcOH N ~ NH
O' R NHR3 Prepared according to Bossio et al (Liebigs Ann. Chem. 1991, 1107).
VItU 98/27065 PCT/US96/20508 To an ethyl ether mixture of the carboxylic acid and ketoaldehyde at 0°C was added dropwise an ethyl ether solution of the isocyanide. The mixture was warmed to 25°C and stirred for 2 hours to 3 days. The solution was diluted with ethyl acetate, washed with saturated sodium bicarbonate and dried over sodium sulfate. The solvent was removed in vacuo and the residue was purified by silica gel chromatography to yield a-Acyloxy-(3-ketoamide 142.
A solution of the a-Acyloxy-(3-ketoamide 142 (1 equiv) and ammonium acetate (30 equiv) in acetic acid was heated at 100°C for 2 to 15 hours. The reaction was cooled to 23°C, diluted with ethyl acetate, washed with saturated sodium bicarbonate and dried over sodium sulfate. Solvent was removed in vacuo and the crude mixture was sepaprated by silica gel chromatography to provide imidazole 143.
F
O
COZtBu OHC O O N ~ C4H9 \ H
O O
~ 1. n-Butyl-NC
\ \ ~ 2.50%TFA-CH2C12 \ 144 coZH F
O OH
'H NMR of 144 (400 MHz, db-acetone) 8 0.85 (t, 3H), 1.2-1.6 (m, 4H), 3 .3 (m, 2H), 6.5 5 (s, 1 H), 6.62 (d, 1 H), 7.3 (t, 2H), 7.7 (d, 1 H), 7.82 (d, 2H), 8.1 (d, 2H), 8.25 (dd, 2H).
F
F
\ ~ ~ ~ O CdHy O N
H
O N . CeHy H . N ~ NH ~ TFA
O O
1. NH40Ac AcOH
\
\ 2.50%TFA-CHZC12 /
\ \
O OH
O OtBu ~H NMR of 146 (400 MHz, db-acetone) 8 0.9 (t, 3H}, 1.4 (m, 2H), 1.6 (m, 2H), 3.35 (m, 2H), 6.58 (d, 1 H), 7.12 (t, 2H), 7.65 (d, 1 H), 7.78 (d, 2H), 8.1 (s br, 1 H}, 8.05 (m, 1 H), 8.2 (d, 2H).
General method for the synthesis of compounds (A7) Rs NHR2 O
R1COZH + R2COCH0 + R3NC ~.~ - ..~ N ~ O
O
By allowing a carboxylic acid (R, COZH) to react with an isocyanide (R3NC) and a ketoaldehyde (R2COCH0) wherein R ~ , R2, and R3 are defined as above in formula (A7) and by allowing compound 141 to cyclize in the presence of ammonium acetate.
The first step in this reaction reaction may be carried out in a solvent or a combination of solvents such as dichloromethane (CH2C12), chloroform (CHCl3), methanol (MeOH), tetrahydrofuran (THF), acetonitrile (CH3CN), in the presence or absence of a catalyst (e.g. ZnCl2, MgBr2) at temperatures ranging from -78°C to 80°C, for 1 to 60 hours. The second step in this reaction may be carried out in a solvent such as acetic acid (AcOH) at temperatures ranging from 23 °C
to 120°C, for 1 to 60 hours.
Examples O
O NH40Ac O N~ O
NHR3 AcOH
O ~ R1 Prepared according to Bossio et al (Liebigs Ann. Chem. 1991, 1107).
A solution of the a-Acyloxy-(3-ketoamide 141 (1 equiv) and ammonium acetate (2 equiv) in acetic acid was heated at 100°C for 2 to 15 hours.
The reaction was cooled to 23 °C, diluted with ethyl acetate, washed with saturated sodium bicarbonate and dried over sodium sulfate. Solvent was removed in vacuo and the crude oxazole 147 was purified by silica gel chromatography.
F
F
O CW
O N
H
O N ~ C9H9 H N ~ O ~ TFA
O O
1. NH40Ac AcOH
2.50%TFA-CH2Clz ~ /
\ \
O OH
O OtBu ~H NMR of 148 (400 MHz, db-acetone) 8 0.9 (t, 3H), 1.4 (m, 2H), 1.6 (m, 2H), 3.42 (m, 2H), 6.63 {d, 1 H), 7.2 (t, 2H), 7.7 (d, 1 H), 7.9 (d, 2H), 8.18 (s br, 1 H), 8.25 (d, 2H), 8.6 (m, 1 H).
General methods for the synthesis of compounds (A8) and (A9) Method 1 NHz O
R2 Rl R3 ' NHz Rl zz N/ \N
(A5) O N N
R4 R6 +
149 ' ' R4 Rs R4 Rs (A8)-1 (A8)-2 By allowing a compound of formula (AS) to react with compound of formula (149) wherein R~, R2, R3, R4, R5, and R6 are defined as above in formula (A8).
These reactions may be carried out in a solvent or a combination of solvents such as dioxane or acetic acid (AcOH) at temperatures ranging from 23°C
to 120°C, for 1 to 60 hours.
Examples But02C HOZC COZH
NHz 1. AcOH 100°C
2. 50% TFA-CH2C12 N' ~ N ~ 'TFA
R
150 ~ '~ R
coZtBu A solution of O.lmmol of diamine 150 and O.lmmol of 6 in l.2mL of 1,4-dioxane-acetic acid (S:1 ) was heated at 100°C. Upon completion of the reaction as judged by thin layer chromatography, ethyl acetate was added and the organic layer was washed with water, O.SM citric acid, 10% sodium bicarbonate and dried over sodium sulfate. The compounds were purified using silica gel chromatography.
ButOZC HOZC C02H
NHz R~
1. AcOH 100°C
Rz / 2. 50% TFA-CHZC12 N~ ~N ~ TFA
R~ ~ ~ R4 Rz R3 COztBu TABLE 7.
Compound R, RZ R3 R4 153 H Cl C1 H
156 H H C02Me H
Wa 98/27065 PCT/US96/20508 152 (400MHz, CD30D) b 6.5 (d, 2H), 7.3 (s, 1 H), 7.4-7.8 (m, 1 OH), 7.9 (s, 1 H), 8.05 (d, 1 H). MS ESI (pos ion) for [M+H]+: 468 (calculated 467).
153 (400MHz, CD30D) S 6.48 (d, 2H), 7.5 (dd, 8H), 7.6 (d, 2H), 8.24 (s, 2H).
MS
- ESI (pos ion) for [M+H]+; 491, 492 (calculated 490, 491).
154 (400MHz, CD30D) 8 3.3 (s, 3H), 6.5 (d, 2H), 7.59 (s, 8H), 7.62 (d, 2H), 8.3 (d, 1 H), 8.55 (d, 1 H), 8.95 (s, 1 H). MS ESI (pos ion) for [M+H]+: 437 (calculated 436).
155 (400MHz, d6-DMSO) b 6.56 (d, 2H), 7.5 (m, 6H), 7.65 (d, 4H), 8.2 (d, 1H), 8.3 (d, 1 H), 8.6 (s, 1 H). MS ESI (neg ion) for [M-H]-: 465 (calculated 466).
156 (400MHz, CD30D) 8 6.56 (d, 2H), 7.5 (s br, 8H), 7.65 (d, 2H), 8.2 (d, 1 H), 8.3 (d, 1 H), 8.7 (s, 1 H). MS ESI (neg ion) for [M-H]-: 479 (calculated 480).
157 (400MHz, db-DMSO) 8 6.52 (d, 2H), 7.54-8.16 (m, 14H).
Method 2 NHz O
R Rl Rz Rz Ri R3 \ NHz R1 z (AS) O N N N N
N
R4 ~ +
s R R3 ~ / N R3 ~ / N
R4 Rs R4 Rs (A9)-1 (A9)-2 By allowing a compound of formula (AS) to react with compound of formula (158) wherein R~, R2, R3, R4, RS are defined as above in formula (A9).
These reactions may be carned out in a solvent or a combination of solvents such as dioxane or acetic acid (AcOH) at temperatures ranging from 23°C
to 120°C, for 1 to 60 hours.
Examples ButO ZC H02C
COZH
NHz 1. AcOH 100°C _ N
2. 50% TFA-CH2Clz N \ ~ N ~ 't~A
159 N ~
C02tBu 1H NMR of 160 (400MHz, CD30D) S 6.5 (d, 2H), 7.5-7.7 (m, 12H), 7.95 (m, 1 H), 8.65 (d, 1 H), 9.15 (s, 1 H).
MS ESI (pos ion) for [M+H)+: 424 (calculated 423).
General method for the synthesis of compounds (A10) OH OCORZ
Rl ---~ Rl (A10)-1 (A10)-3 By allowing a compound of formula (A10)-1 prepared as above to react with a carboxylic acid (R2C02H) wherein R, and R2 are defined as above in formula (A10).
These reactions may be carried out in a solvent such as tetrahydrofuran (THF), dichloromethane (CH2Cl2), in the presence of diisopropyl carbodiimide (DIC) and a - base (e.g. 4,4-dimethylaminopyridine) at temperatures ranging from 0°C to 23°C, for 1 to 60 hours.
Examples COZtBu H3C0 ~ C02tBu O
.O ~ ~ CO,H
DIC DMAP
o tBu02C tBuOZC 161 / OCH3 To SOmg of diol 22 in 1mL of dichloromethane was added diisopropyl carbodiimide (2.2 equiv) and the reaction was stirred for 1 hour at 23 °C. To the solution was added 4,4-dimethylaminopyridine (0.2 equiv) followed by para-methoxybenzoic acid (2.2 equiv) in SmL of tetrahydrofuran and the mixture was stirred for an additional 3 hours at 23 °C. The reaction was diluted with ethyl acetate and washed with 1N HCI, saturated sodium bicarbonate and the organic layer was dried over sodium sulfate. The crude mixture was purified using radial chromatography (ethyl acetate-hexane eluent). ~H NMR of 161 (400MHz, CDCl3) 8 1.5 (s, 18H), 3.8 (s, 6H), 6.25 (d, 2H), 6.32 {s, ZH), 6.85 (d, 4H), 7.18 (d, 4H), 7.31 (d, 4H), 7.45 (d, 2H), 7.95 (d, 4H).
WO 98127065 PG"T/US96I20508 H3C0 C02tBu H3Cp / CO=H
/
\ ~ O / ~ \ ~ O
OI
\ ~ SO% TFA-CHZC12 \
_O ~ w _o / o ~ / ~ / o ~ \
tBu02C 161 ~ OCH3 HOZC 162 /
'H NMR of 162 (400MHz, CD30D) 8 3.8 (s, 6H), 6.4 (m, 4H), 6.95 (d, 4H), 7.38 (d, 4H), 7.5 (d, 4H), 7.6 (d, 2H), 7.95 (d, 4H). MS ESI (neg ion) for [M-H)-: 621 (calculated 622).
General method for the synthesis of compounds (All) Rl Ri --~ R Ri ----Y R Ri ----s N \ S
OH OH O
~3 (A10)-1 163 164 (A11) By allowing a compound of formula (A10)-1 prepared as above to react with a sulfonyl chloride (RzSOZCI), and subsequently by oxidizing intermediate 163 and by allowing intermediate 164 to react with a thioamide (R3C(S)NH2) wherein R1, R2 and R3 are defined as above in formula (A 11 ).
The first step in this sequence of reactions may be carried out in a solvent such as tetrahydrofuran (THF), dichloromethane (CH~C12), in the presence of a base (e.g.
4,4-dimethylaminopyridine, triethylamine, triisopropylamine) and a sulfonyl chloride (e.g. tosyl chloride, mesyl chloride), at temperatures ranging from -20°C to 23°C, for 1 to 60 hours. The second step in this sequence of reactions may be carried out in a solvent such as dichloromethane (CHZCl2), in the presence of an oxidizing reagent (e.g. tetrapropylammonium perruthenate (VII) (TPAP)) and activated 4~
molecular sieves at temperatures ranging from 0°C to 23°C, for 1 to 60 hours. The third step in this sequence of reactions may be carned out in a solvent such as acetic acid, toluene, dioxane at temperatures ranging from 0°C to 120°C, for 1 to 60 hours.
' Examples COZtBu COZtBu ~ so,ct tosylated Et3N DMAP impound tBUOZC: ttiuOZC:
To SOmg of diol 22 in 1mL of dichloromethane was added Tosyl chloride (42.5 mg), 4,4-dimethylaminopyridine (6mg), triethylamine (951), and the reaction was stirred for 12 hours at 23°C. The volatiles were removed in vacuo and the crude mixture (containing 165, the bis-tosylated compound and the corresponding epoxide) was separated by flash chromatography (ethyl acetate-hexane eluent) to give a mixture of 165 and the corresponding bis-tosylated compound (27mg total).
COZtBu COZtBu bis-tosylated + TPAP NMC
compound OTs 4A Sieves CHZ
tBuOZC - tBu02C
The mixture consisting of 165 and the corresponding bis-tosylated compound was oxidized as described above for compound 24. The crude mixture was purified by flash chromatography (ethyl acetate-hexane eluent) to give3.9mg of 166 and l6mg of the corresponding bis-tosylate. ~ H NMR of 166 (400MHz, d6-acetone) b 1. 5 (d, 18H), 2.4 (s, 3H), 6.4 (d, 1 H), 6.5 (d, 1 H), 6.95 (s, I H), 7.35 (d, 2H), 7.42 (d, 2H), 7.5 (d, 1H), 7.6 (m, 3H), 7.7 (dd, 4H), 8 (d, 2H).
C02tBu _ r o ~ ~ r S
Toluene tBuozc OMe coZtBu To 3.9mg of 166 was added 3mg of para-methoxythiobenzamide and O.SmI of toluene and the reaction was heated at 65°C for I2 hours. The solvent was removed in vacuo and the crude mixture was purified by flash chromatography (ethyl acetate-hexane eluent) to givel .8mg of 167. 'H NMR of 167 (400MHz, CDC13) 8 1.5 (d, 18H), 3.8 (s, 3H), 6.3 (dd, 2H), 6.9 (d, 2H), 7.35 (d, 2H), 7.4 (m, 4H), 7.55 (m, 4H), 7.9 (d, 2H).
C02lBu 20% TFA-CH
N ~ S N ~ S ~ CF3COZH
OMe OMe ~H NMR of 168 (400MHz, CD30D) 8 3.8 (s, 3H), 6.45 (dd, 2H), 7.0 (d, 2H), 7.4 (d, 2H), 7.5-7.7 (m, 8H), 7.9 (d, 2H).
Biological Protocols PTP-1B Gene Cloning and Protein Purification The following procedure was conducted for recombinant production and purification of protein tyrosine phosphatase PTP-1 B, for use as a substrate in PTPase inhibition assays.
A. Production of a PTP-1B cDNA
A human placental cDNA library was synthesized in a 50 ul reaction containing 1 ug human placental poly(A)+ mRNA (Clontech, Palo Alto, CA), 4 ul random hexamer primers, 8 ul of 1 OmM dNTPs (Pharmacia, Piscataway NJ), 1 ul (200 U/ul) Moloney marine leukemia virus reverse transcriptase (Gibco-BRL, Canada), 0.5 ul (26 U/ul) RNAsin (Promega, Madison WI), and 12 ul Sx buffer (Gibco-BRL).
The synthesis reaction was incubated at 37~C for one hour and then heat inactivated at 95'C for five minutes.
A PTP-1B cDNA was amplified, using polymerase chain reaction (PCR), from the cDNAs synthesized as described above. More particularly, based on the published sequence of PTB-1 B, two PCR primers were synthesized to amplify a VSO 98/27065 PCT/US96/2050$
portion of the PTP-1 B coding sequence known to encode a 321 amino acid fragment containing the PTP-1B catalytic domain and having PTPase activity. See Hoppe et al., Eur. J. Biochem., 223:1069-77 (1994); Barford, D., et al., J. Molec.
Biol., 239:726-730 (1994); Chernoff et al., Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA, 87:2735-2739 ( 1990); Charbonneau et al. Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA, 86: 5252-5256 ( 1989).
The primers had the following respective sequences:
PTP-1B-A(S') (SEQ ID NO: 1) 5'CGCACTGGATCCTCATGGAGATGGAAAAGG3' PTP-1B-B(3') (SEQ ID NO: 2) 5' CTCCCTGAATTCCTAATTGTGTGGCTCCAGG 3' The first primer, which hybridizes to the non-coding strand, corresponds to the 5' portion of the PTP-1B coding sequence and encodes a BamH I restriction site upstream of the initiation codon, to facilitate cloning. The second primer, which hybridizes to the coding strand, corresponds to the 3' portion of the PTB-1 B
fragment of interest, and encodes a stop codon and an EcoR I restriction site downstream from the stop codon.
A 100 ~.1 PCR reaction mixture containing approx. 1 ug of the human placental cDNA library, 0.2 mM of each dNTP, 30 uM of each primer, 1 x Amplitaq DNA polymerase buffer (Perkin-Elmer, Norwalk CT), and 5 units Amplitaq DNA
polyrnerase (Perkin-Elmer} was denatured at 94~C for 5 minutes and then subjected to 25 cycles of amplification as follows: 1 ) 94~C denaturation for 1 minute; 2) 55'C
annealing for 1 minute; and 3) 72~C primer extension for 1 minute.
The PCR reaction product {992 bp) was digested with BamH I and EcoR I
(New England Biolabs, Beverly MA) to yield a 975 by product encoding the 321 amino acid PTP-1 B protein fragment, and having "sticky ends" to facilitate cloning.
B. Production of a PTP-1B expression vector.
The 975 by PTP-1B partial cDNA was purified by agarose gel electrophoresis and ligated into a BamH IlEcoR I-digested pGEX-3X plasmid vector (Pharmacia, _ Piscataway, NJ). The pGEX vector is designed to produce a fusion of glutathione-S-transferase (GST) to a protein encoded by another DNA fragment inserted into the vector's cloning site. Complete sequencing of the insert of the resultant plasmid, designated pGEX-3X-PTP-1 B, confirmed the identity of the PTP-1 B cDNA, and insertion in the proper orientation and reading frame.
C. Expression and Purification of GST/PTP1B fusion protein.
E. coli strain DHSa (Gibco-BRL) was transformed with plasmid pGEX-3X-PTP-IB following the supplier's transformation protocol and grown at 37~C with vigorous shaking in Luria-Bertani broth supplemented with 100 ug/ml ampicillin.
When the cultures reached an O.D.6oo of 0.7-1, production of the GST/PTP-IB
fusion protein was induced with 0.1 mM IPTG (Isopropyl b-D-Thiogalactoside). After 3 additional hours of culturing at 37~C, the bacteria were pelleted by centrifugation.
The bacterial pellet was resuspended in IOx (w/v) lysis buffer consisting of 1 ?.5 mM HEPES, 2 mM EDTA, pH 7.0, 15 mM b-mercaptoethanol (bME) and 1 mM
PMSF. The lysate was sonicated (on ice) until slight clearing was observed (approx.
three min.) and then centrifuged at 10,000 revolutions per minute (RPM) for 10 min.
The supernatant was diluted 1:4 with buffer A (25 mM HEPES, pH 7.0, and 15 mM
bME).
Primary purification was achieved using a S ml Hi-Trap pre-packed Q column (Pharmacia). After loading the diluted supernatant onto the column, the column was washed with 10 bed volumes of buffer A. The GST/PTP-1 B fusion protein was then eluted using a linear gradient of Buffer A and Buffer B (buffer A + 1 M NaCI).
Eluted fractions containing protein were identified by SDS-PAGE and Coomassie Blue staining (Pharmacia PhastSystem), and fractions containing PTP-1 B
activity were identified using the PTP-1 B activity assay described below. Elution of the fusion protein occurred at about 30% Buffer B.
Fractions containing PTPase activity were pooled, diluted 1:4 with NET buffer (20 mM Tris, pH 8.8, 100 mM NaCI, 1 mM EDTA and 15 mM bME), and loaded onto a 10 ml GST-Sepharose 4B column (Pharmacia). After loading, the column was washed first with 3 bed volumes of NET buffer + 1 % NP40 (Sigma Chemical Co., St.
Louis, MO), then with NET buffer until O.D. at 280 nm was basal. The GST/PTP-fusion protein was eluted from the column using 10 mM glutathione in 33 mM
Tris, pH 8Ø Elution of proteins was monitored at O.D.2go and fractions were assayed for activity and run on SDS-PAGE as described above. PTP-1B fusion protein eluted after approx. 4-5 minutes (flow rate lml/min.).
The GST/PTP-1B-containing fractions from the GST-Sepharose 4B
purification were pooled, concentrated into a final storage buffer (0.2 M
NaCI, 25 mM HEPES, 1 mM EDTA, and 5 mM DTT, pH 7.0) using a 1 ml Hi-Trap Q column (pre-packed, Pharmacia), and stored at -80~C (final concentration of 0.52 mg/ml).
The foregoing procedure yielded approximately Smg of PTP-1B fusion protein per 500 ml of cultured cells, purified to substantial homogeneity as assessed by SDS-PAGE.
Assay of PTP-1B Activity.
PTP-1B enzymatic activity of samples was assayed in microtiter plates as follows.
The protein concentration of the PTP-1 B enzyme preparation was determined using the Bio-Rad Protein Assay kit (Bio-Rad, Hercules CA). An aliquot from each sample was taken and diluted to 2 mg protein/ml using activity assay buffer ( 100 mM
Sodium Acetate, pH 6.0, 1 mM EDTA, 0.1 % TX-100 (International Biotechnologies, Inc.) and 15 mM bME) to form a PTP-1B stock solution.
A 100 ul reaction mixture was prepared containing 10 ul of the PTP-1B stock solution, 10 ul of 9 mM p-nitrophenylphosphate ((pNPP), Sigma Chemical Co., St.
Louis MO), and 80 ul of activity assay buffer ( 100 mM sodium acetate, pH 6.0, 1 mM
EDTA, 0.1% Triton X-100, 15 mM bME). Reactions were mixed gently and incubated at 3 TC for 60 minutes. Enzymatic cleavage of phosphate from pNPP (a tyrosine phosphate analog) is marked by a colorimetric change in this substrate. See, e.g., Imbert et al., Biochem J., 297:163-173 (1994); Ghosh and Miller, Biochem.
Biophys. Res. Comm. , 194: 36-44 ( 1993 }; Zanke et al. , Eur. J. Immunol., 22: 23 5-3 9 ( 1992).
Reactions were stopped by addition of 10 ul of a 0.5 M NaOH/50% EtOH
solution. To determine the enzymatic activity, absorbance readings of the reactions were measured at 405 nm using a Molecular Devices Thermomax Plate Reader (Memo Park CA).
CD45 Gene Cloning and Protein Purification The following procedure was conducted for recombinant production and purification of protein tyrosine phosphatase CD45, for use as a substrate in PTPase inhibition assays.
A. Production of aCD45 cDNA, and production of a CD45 expression vector.
A human cDNA library was synthesized from RNA isolated from the human Jurkat cell line, as described above for PTP-1B
CD45 cDNA was amplified, using polymerase chain reaction (PCR), from the cDNAs synthesized above. Two PCR primers were synthesized to amplify the coding sequence of CD45. The primers had the following respective sequences:
CD45 (5') (SEQ ID NO: 3) 5'CTACATCCCGGGATGTCCTGCAATTTAGATG3' CD45 (3') (SEQ ID NO: 4) 5'CATTTATGTCCCGGGCTATGAACCTTGAT3' The first primer corresponds to the 5' portion of the CD45 coding sequence and encodes a Sma I restriction site upstream of the initiation codon, to facilitate cloning.
The second primer corresponds to the 3' portion of the CD45 sequence, and encodes a stop codon and a Sma I restriction site downstream from the stop codon.
The PCR reaction product ( 2127 bp) was digested with Sma I (New England Biolabs, Beverly MA) to yield a 2110 by product. The pET24C plasmid vector (Novagen, Inc., Madison WI) was digested with the BamH I restriction enzyme, and the "sticky" ends were filled using T4 DNA polymerise according to the manufacturer's instructions (New England Biolabs, Beverly MA); the resulting plasmid DNA was ligated to Sma I-digested CD45 PCR product. The pET24C vector is designed to produce high levels of the protein encoded by cDNA inserted into the vector's cloning site (CD45), in bacterial hosts. Complete sequencing of the insert of the resultant plasmid, designated pET24C-CD45, confirmed the identity of the cDNA, and insertion in the proper orientation and reading frame.
C. Expression and Purification of CD45 protein.
E. toll strain DHSa (Gibco-BRL) was transformed with pET24C-CD45 following the supplier's transformation protocol, plated onto Luria-Bertani agar plates supplemented with 30 ug/ml kanamycin and grown overnight at 37~C. A single bacterial colony was transferred into 50 mls Luria-Bertani broth supplemented with 30 ug/ml kanamycin and grown overnight with vigorous shaking. This overnight culture was split into two equal parts, and added to 2L Luria-Bertani broth supplemented with SO ug/ml kanamycin. When the cultures reached an O.D.6oo of 1, production of the recombinant CD45 protein was induced with 0.1 mM IPTG
(Isopropyl b-D-Thiogalactoside). After 5 additional hours of culturing at 37~C, the bacteria were pelleted by centrifugation.
The bacterial pellet (approximately S grams) was resuspended in Z Ox (w/v) lysis buffer consisting of 12.5 mM HEPES, 2 mM EDTA, pH 7.0, 15 mM bME and 1 mM PMSF. The lysate was sonicated (on ice) until slight clearing was observed (approx. three min.) and then centrifuged at 10,000 revolutions per minute (RPM) for min. The supernatant was filtered through 1 mm Wattman filter paper, and 9.7 grams (i. e., 194 grams/L) of ammonium sulfate were added to the solution on ice to precipitate soluble proteins. After a 1 hour incubation on ice, the lysate was spun at 10,000 RPM for 30 min. at 4 C; supernatant was removed, and an additional 7.6 grams (i.e., 151 grams/L) of ammonium sulfate were added. The resulting pellet was resuspended in 3 mls of buffer B (33 mM imidazole-HCl pH 8.0, 2mM EDTA, 10 mM bME, 0.002% PMSF) and stored on ice. After another 1 hour incubation on ice, the spin supernatant with ammonium sulfate was spun again at 10,000 RPM for 30 mins at 4 C. The resulting pellet from the second centrifugation was resuspended in 2 mls of buffer B. The two pellet solutions were pooled and dialyzed overnight against buffer B.
Secondary purification was achieved using a Mono-Q column. (Pharmacia).
After loading the diluted supernatant onto the column, the column was washed with bed volumes of buffer B. The recombinant CD45 protein was then eluted using a linear gradient of Buffer B and Buffer C (buffer B + 1 M NaCI). Eluted fractions containing protein were identified by SDS-PAGE and Coomassie Blue staining (Pharmacia PhastSystem), and fractions containing CD45 activity were identified using the CD45 activity assay described below.
The CD45-containing fractions from the MonoQ column purification were pooled and stored at 4 C.
Assay of CD45 Activity.
CD45 enzymatic activity of samples was assayed in microtiter plates as follows.
A 100 ul reaction mixture was prepared containing 10 ul of the CD45 stock solution, 10 ul of 9.3 mM p-nitrophenylphosphate ((pNPP), Sigma Chemical Co., St.
Louis MO), and 80 ul of activity assay buffer ( 100 mM sodium acetate, pH 6.0, 1 mM
EDTA, 0.1% Triton X-100, 15 mM bME). Reactions were mixed gently and incubated at 37~C for 60 minutes. Reactions were stopped by addition of 10 ul of a 0.5 M NaOH/50% EtOH solution. To determine the enzymatic activity, absorbance readings of the reactions were measured at 405 nm using a Molecular Devices Thermomax Plate Reader (Menlo Park CA).
In vitro PTPase Inhibition Assay The ability of the compounds of the present invention, such as the cinnamic acid derivative compounds of Example 2, to inhibit the PTPase activity of PTP-1 B, CD45, PTP-1 C, and PTPa was determined using modifications of the PTP-1 B and CD45 activity assays described in Examples 3 and 4.
First, 0.001 mmol of the cinnamic acid derivative (or other PTPase inhibitor compound) was dissolved in 100 ul of DMSO to create a 10 mM stock solution.
The mM stock solution was used to add varying concentrations (100 uM, 33 uM, 10 uM, 3 uM, 1 uM, 0.3 uM, 0.1 uM, 0.03 uM, 0.01 uM or 0.003 uM) of the inhibitor compound to a series of otherwise identical PTPase activity assay reactions ( 100 ul final volume in microtiter wells). Thus, each 100 ul reaction contained 10 ul PTPase enzyme stock solution (final phosphatase concentration of approximately 20 ng/well), 70 ul activity assay buffer, 10 ul pNPP stock solution (final pNPP
concentration of .9 mM for PTP-1B assay, 0.93 mM for CD45 assay, 0.5 mM for PTPa assay, and 8 mM
for PTP-1 C assay), and I 0 ul of the diluted inhibitor compound in DMSO.
Assay buffers contained: for CD45 and PTP-IB assays, 100 mM sodium acetate at pH
6.0, 1 mM EDTA, 0.1 % Triton X-100, and 15 mM bME; for PTP-1 C assays, 100 mM
sodium acetate at pH 5.5, 0.1 % B SA, and 15 mM bME; for PTP a assays, 100 mM
sodium acetate at pH 5.25, 0.1% BSA, and 15 mM bME. Purified phosphatase was added to the reaction mixtures to begin the reactions; the reactions were incubated at 37C for 60 min. (for PTP-1 B and CD45 assays) or at 27 C for 60 min. (for PTP-and PTPa assays), stopped, and colorimetrically analyzed as described above.
As positive and negative controls, reactions were performed containing 10 ul DMSO
with no inhibitor compound or containing the known PTPase inhibitors vanadate (final concentration .5 mM; for PTP- I B and CD45 assays ) or ammonium molybdate (final concentration i mM; for PTP-1 C and PTPa assays) substituted for the inhibitor compound of the invention.
The concentration of inhibitor compound required to inhibit 50% of the PTPase activity (IC50) was determined as follows. First, absorbance readings from the negative control reactions were treated as a baseline and subtracted from the absorbance readings of the experimental reactions. Then, for each reaction, a percent inhibition was calculated using the following formula:
100 X [ 1 - ( O.D.4os reaction / O.D.4os DMSO) ]
For each inhibitor compound tested, an IC50 concentration was calculated from a best-fit computer analysis of the calculated percent inhibition for the vari ous dilutions of the compound.
Inhibitor compounds having an IC50 less than 10 uM (and optimally less than SuM) for a particular PTPase were scored as highly effective inhibitors of that PTPase enzyme, and are preferred inhibitors of the present invention.
As it will be apparent to those persons skilled in the art, the foregoing biological data is not absolute and will vary according to many factors such as assay conditions and the like.
TABLE 8.
%inhibition%inhibition%inhibition Compound of PTP1B of PTPa of PTP1C
at 1~,M at 100~.M at 100~tM
42 84 92 gg Wa 98127065 PCT/US96/20508 TAB LE 9. 0 valuesn p,M) PIB CD45 IC5 (i against and for PT given compounds -.
9 0.37 3.9 70 0.42 1.9 95 2 6 13 31 -* 71 0.43 0.53 96 0.4 2.4 23 0.27 -* 72 0.52 5.5 97 6 10 25 0.89 * 73 0.62 2.8 98 6 10 27 0.5 -* 74 0.64 4.2 99 1.5 7.4 29 0.8 -* 75 0.68 3.4 100 26 > 100 32 1.8 * 76 0.68 0.93 133 -54 0.072 0.73 77 0.78 7.5 134 3.4 20 55 0.1 0.56 78 0.79 1.15 136 0.7 8 56 0.135 0.94 79 4.8 8.2 140 1.2 20 57 0.25 1.0 80 10 20 144 3 -58 0.25 0.97 81 26 19 146 5.9 59 0.25 0.35 82 11.9 12.8 148 9 -60 0.29 1.0 83 1.3 1.5 152 0.85 1.2 61 0.97 0.955 84 1.2 2.7 153 2.65 1.91 62 1.5 0.985 85 1.5 1.8 154 3.83 2.45 63 1.7 2.4 86 1.8 7.1 155 1 1.3 64 3.0 6.4 87 1.0 1.1 156 1.7 1.3 65 1.3 1.4 88 2.65 7.8 157 5.5 1.5 66 1.7 2.5 89 13.7 > 100 160 0.98 1.52 67 1.0 1.25 90 0.86 1.12 162 1.8 -68 0.3 0.865 91 25.9 > 100 168 3 -69 0.41 1.9 94 0.7 7 *-: data not available TABLE 10.
%inhibition%inhibition Compound of PTP1B of CD45 at 1~,M at 1~,M
103 44% 14%
104 24% 14%
105 61% 18%
106 45% 21%
107 25% 51 108 30% 62%
109 -* 14%
110 * 22%
111 -* 18%
112 * 16%
113 -* 61 *-: data not available TABLE 11.
%inhibition %inhibition Compound of PTP1B Compound of PTP1B
at 1~.M at 1~,M
116 41% 123 85%
lI7 67% 124 83%
118 56% 125 93%
119 71 % 126 59%
120 67% 127 79%
121 73% 128 80%
122 87%
The compounds of the present invention have asymmetric centeis and may occur as racemates, racemic mixtures, and as individual enantiomers or diastereoisomers, with all isomeric forms being included in the present invention as well as mixtures thereof.
Pharmaceutically acceptable salts of the compounds of Formula (A 1 ) thru (A 11 ) where a basic or acidic group is present in the structure, are also included within the scope of this invention. When an acidic substituent is present, such as -COOH~ there can be formed the ammonium, sodium, potassium, calcium salt, and the like, for use as the dosage form. When a basic group is present, such as amino or a basic heteroaryl radical, such as pyridyl, an acidic salt, such as hydrochloride, hydrobromide, acetate, maleate, pamoate, methanesulfonate, p-toluenesulfonate, and the like, can be used as the dosage form.
Also, in the case of the -COOH being present, pharmaceutically acceptable esters can be employed, e.g., methyl, tert-butyl, pivaloyloxymethyl, and the like, and those esters known in the art for modifying solubility or hydrolysis characteristics for use as sustained release or prodrug formulations.
In addition, some of the compounds of the instant invention may form solvates with water or common organic solvents. Such solvates are encompassed within the scope of the invention.
The term "therapeutically effective amount" shall mean that amount of drug or pharmaceutical agent that will elicit the biological or medical response of a tissue, system, animal, or human that is being sought by a researcher, veterinarian, medical doctor or other clinician. Generally, a daily dose of about O.Smg/Kg to 100mg/Kg body weight in divided doses is suggested to treat PTPase related diseases.
Such dosage has to be individualized by the clinician.
The present invention also has the objective of providing suitable topical, oral, and parenteral pharmaceutical formulations for use in the novel methods of treatment of the present invention. The compounds of the present invention may be administered orally as tablets, aqueous or oily suspensions, lozenges, troches, WO 98/27065 PCT/tJS96/20508 powders, granules, emulsions, capsules, syrups or elixirs. The composition for oral use may contain one or more agents selected from the group of sweetening agents, flavouring agents, colouring agents and preserving agents in order to produce pharmaceutically elegant and palatable preparations. The tablets contain the acting ingredient in admixture with non-toxic pharmaceutically acceptable excipients which are suitable for the manufacture of tablets. These excipients may be, for example, ( 1 ) inert diluents , such as calcium carbonate, lactose, calcium phosphate or sodium phosphate; (2) granulating and disintegrating agents, such as corn starch or alginic acid; (3) binding agents, such as starch, gelatin or acacia; and (4) lubricating agents, such as magnesium stearate, stearic acid or talc. These tablets may be uncoated or coated by known techniques to delay disintegration and absorption in the gastrointestinal tract and thereby provide a sustained action over a longer period. For example, a time delay material such as glyceryl monostearate or glyceryl distearate may be employed. Coating may also be performed using techniques described in the U.S. Patent Nos. 4,256,108; 4,160,452; and 4,265,874 to form osmotic therapeutic tablets for control release.
Formulations for oral use may be in the form of hard gelatin capsules wherein the active ingredient is mixed with an inert solid diluent, for example, calcium carbonate, calcium phosphate or kaolin. They may also be in the form of soft gelatin capsules wherein the active ingredient is mixed with water or an oil medium, such as peanut oil, liquid paraffin or olive oil.
Aqueous suspensions normally contain the active materials in admixture with excipients suitable for the manufacture of aqueous suspension. Such expicients may be: ( 1 ) suspending agent such as sodium carboxymethyl cellulose, methyl cellulose, hydroxypropylmethylcellulose, sodium alginate, polyvinylpyrrolidone, gum tragacanth and gum acacia;
(2) dispersing or wetting agents which may be (a) naturally occurring phosphatide such as lecithin; (b) a condensation product of an alkylene oxide with a fatty acid, for example, polyoxyethylene stearate; (c) a condensation product of ethylene oxide with a long chain aliphatic alcohol, for example, heptadecaethylenoxycetanol; (d) a condensation product of ethylene oxide with a partial ester derived from a fatty acid and hexitol such as polyoxyethylene sorbitol monooleate, or (e) a condensation product of ethylene oxide with a partial ester derived from fatty acids and hexitol anhydrides, for example polyoxyethylene sorbitan monooleate.
The pharmaceutical compositions may be in the form of a sterile injectable aqueous or oleagenous suspension. This suspension may be formulated according to known methods using those suitable dispersing or wetting agents and suspending agents which have been mentioned above. The sterile injectable preparation may also a sterile injectable solution or suspension in a non-toxic parenterally-acceptable diluent or solvent, for example, as a solution in 1,3-butanediol. Among the acceptable vehicles and solvents that may be employed are water, Ringer's solution, and isotonic sodium chloride solution. In addition, sterile, fixed oils are conventionally employed as a solvent or suspending medium. For this purpose, any bland fixed oil may be employed including synthetic mono- or diglycerides. In addition, fatty acids such as oleic acid find use in the preparation of injectables.
Compounds of Formula (A 1 ) thru (A 11 ) may also be administered in the form of suppositories for rectal administration of the drug. These compositions can be prepared by mixing the drug with a suitable non-irritating excipient which is solid at ordinary temperature but liquid at the rectal temperature and will therefore melt in the rectum to release the drug. Such materials are cocoa butter and polyethylene glycols.
The compounds of the present invention may also be administered in the form of liposome delivery systems, such as small unilamellar vesicles, large unilamellar vesicles, and multilamellar vesicles. Liposomes can be formed from a variety of phospholipids, such as cholesterol, stearylamine, or phosphatidylcholines.
For topical use, creams, ointments, jellies, solutions or suspensions, etc., containing the compounds of Formula (A1) thru (A11) are employed.
REFERENCES
1) Tonks et al., J. Biol. Chem., 263(14):6722-30 (1988).
2) Hunter, Cell, 80:225-236 (1995).
3) Cohen, Trends Biochem. Sci., 17:408-413 (1992).
4) Shenolikar, Ann. Rev. Cell Biol., 10:55-86 (1994).
5) Bollen et al., Crit. Rev. Biochem. Mol. Biol., 27:227-81 (1992).
6) MacKintosh and MacKintosh, TIBS< 19:444-448 (1994).
7) Fisher et al., Science, 253:401-406 (1991).
8) Hunter and Cooper, Ann. Rev. Biochem., 54:897-930 (1985).
9) Tonks and Neel, Cell 87:365-368.
10) Brady-Kalnay and Tonks, Curr. Opin. Cell. Biol. 7:650-657 (1995).
11) Streuli, Curr. Opin. Cell. Biol. 8:182-188 (1996).
12) Volberg et al., The EMBO J. 11:1733-1742 (1992).
13) Bennett et al., J. Cell Sci. 106:891:901 (1993).
14) Serra-Pages et al., The EMBO J. 14:2827-2838 (1995).
15) Pulido et al., Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. 92:11686-11690 (1995).
16) Cowin, Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. 91:10759-10761 (1994).
17) Kinch et al., J. Cell. Biol. 130:461-471 (1995).
18) Behrens et al., J. Cell. Biol. 120:757-766 (1993).
19) Matsuyoshin et al., J. Cell. Biol. 118:703-714 (1992).
20) Brady-Kalnay et al., J. Cell. Biol. 130:977-986 (1995).
21) Fuchs et al., J. Biol. Chem. 271:16712-16719 (1996).
22) Brady-Kalnay et al., J. Cell. Biol. 122:961-972 (1993).
23) Gebbink et al., J. Biol. Chem. 268:16101-16104 (1993).
24) Sap et al., Mol. Cell. Biol. 14:1-9 (1994).
25) Peles et al., Cell 82:251-260 (1995).
26) Barnea et al., J. Biol. Chem. 269:14349-14352 (1994).
27) Maurel et al., Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. 91:2512-2516 (1994).
28) Krueger et al. Cell 84:611-622 (1996).
29) Adachi et al., Cell 85:15 (1996).
30) Klingmuller et al., Cell 80:729-738 (1995).
31) de la Chapelle et al., Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. 90:4495-4499 (1993).
32) Yi et al., Mol. Cell. Biol. 13:7577-7586 (1993) 33) Shisheva and Shechter, Endocrinology 133:1562-1568 (1993).
34) Fantus, et al., Biochemistry 28:8864-8871 (1989).
35) Kadota, et al., Biochem. Biophys. Res. Comm. 147:259-266 (1987).
36) Kadota, et al., J. Biol. Chem. 262:8252-8256 (1987).
37) Kulas, et al., J. Biol. Chem. 270:2435-2438 (1995).
38) Ahmad et al., J. Biol. Chem. 270:20503-20508 (1995).
39) Moller, et al., J. Biol. Chem. 271:23126-23131 (1995).
40) Kulas et al., J. Biol. Chem. 271:755-760 (1996).
41 ) Ahmad, et al., J. Clin. Invest. 95:2806-2812 ( 1995).
42) Trowbridge, Annu. Rev. Immunol. 12:85-116 (1994).
43) Saltiel, Am. J. Physiol. 270:E375-385 (1996).
44) Draznin, Endocrinology 137:2647-2648.
45) Bennett, et al., Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. 91:7335-7339 (1994).
46) Case, et al., J. Biol. Chem. 269:10467-10474 (1994).
47) Kharitonenkov, et al., J. Biol. Chem. 270:29189-29193 (1995).
48) Kuhne, et al., J. Biol. Chem. 268:11479-11481 ( 1993).
49) Milarski and Saltiel, J. Biol. Chem. 269:21239-21243 ( 1994).
50) Xiao et al., J. Biol. Chem. 269:21244-21248 (1994).
51 ) Yamauchi et al., Proc. Natl. Acad Sci. 92:664-668 (1995).
52) MacKintosh and MacKintosh, TIBS,19:444-448 (1994).
53) Weiner et al., J. Natl. Cancer Inst., 86:372-8 (1994).
54) Weiner et al., Am J. Obstet. Gynecol., 170:1177-883 (1994).
55) Ghosh and Miller, Biochem. Biophys. Res. Comm. 194:36-44 (1993).
56) Bliska et al., Proc. Natl. Acad Sci. USA, 88:1187-91 (1991).
57) Posner et al., J. Biol. Chem., 269:4596-4604 (1994).
58) Chatterjee et al., "Phosphopeptide substrates and phosphonopeptide inhibitors of protein tyrosine phosphatases," in Peptides: Chemistry and Biology (Rivier and Smith, Eds.), 1992, Escom Science Publishers: Leiden, Netherlands, pp. 553-S5.
59) Burke et al., Biochemistry, 33: 6490-94 ( 1994).
60) Burke et al., Biochem. Biophys. Res. Comm. 204(1):129-134 (1994).
61 ) Patel et al J. Org. Chem. , 1977, 42, 3903.
62) J. Am. Chem. Soc.,1991, 113, 9585.
63) J. Am. Chem. Soc., 1989, lll, 314.
64) Mathias Synthesis 1979, 561.
65) Sarantakis et al Biochem. Biophys. Res. Commun. 1976, 73, 336.
66) Hudson et al Peptide Chemistry 1985 (Kilo, Y., ed.), 1986, Protein Research Foundation, Osaka.
67) Wang J. Am. Chem. Soc. 1973, 95, 1328.
68) Lu et al J. Org. Chem. 1981, 46, 3433.
69) Morphy et al Tetrahedron Letters 1996, 37, 3209.
70) Yedidia et al Can. J. Chem. 1980, 58, 1144.
71 ) Araneo et al Tetrahedron Lett. 1994, 35, 2213.
72) Passerini Gazz. Chim. Ital. 1926, 56, 826.
73) Zhang et al Tetrahedron Letters 1996, 37, 751.
74) Krieg et al Z Naturforsch tell 1967, 22b, 132.
75) Wasserman et al J. Org. Chem., 1995, 60, 8231.
76) Wasserman et al J. Org. Chem., 1993, 58, 4785.
77) Brackeen et al Tetrahedron Letters 1994, 35, 1635.
78) Gunn et aI J. Org. Chem. 1977, 42, 754.
79) Bossio et al Liebigs Ann. Chem. 1991, 1107.
80) Hoppe et al., Eur. J. Biochem., 223:1069-77 (1994).
81) Barford, D., et al., .I. Molec. Biol., 239:726-730 (1994).
82) Chernoff et al., Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA) 87:2735-2739 (1990).
83) Charbonneau et al. Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA, 86.5252-5256 (1989).
84) Imbert et al., Biochem J., 297:163-173 (1994).
85) Ghosh and Miller, Biochem. Biophys. Res. Comm., 194: 36-44 (1993).
86) Zanke et al., Eur. J. Immunol., 22:235-39 {1992).
Claims
What is claimed is:
1. A protein tyrosine phosphatase activity-modulating compound with the structure depicted in Formula (B):
X-C(R')=C(R")COOR"' (B) wherein (i) R' and R'' are independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, halo, cyano, nitro, trihalomethyl, C1-11alkyl, optionally substituted arylC1-11 alkyl wherein the aryl substituents are independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, halo, vitro, cyano, trihalomethyl, hydroxypyronyl, C1-11alkyl, arylC1-11alkyl, C0-11alkyloxyC0-11alkyl, arylC0-11alkyloxyC0-11alkyl, C0-11alkylthioC0-11alkyl, arylC0-11,alkylthioC0-11alkyl, C0-11alkylaminoC0-11alkyl, arylC0-11alkylaminoC0-11alkyl, di(arylC1-11alkyl)aminoC0-11alkyl, C1-11alkylcarbonylC0-11alkyl, arylC1-11alkylcarbonylC0-11alkyl, C1-11alkylcarboxyC0-11alkyl, arylC1-11alkylcarboxyC0-11alkyl, C1-11alkylcarbonylaminoC0-11alkyl, arylC1-11alkylcarbonylaminoC0-11alkyl,-C0-11alkylCOOR1, -C0-11alkylCONR2R3 wherein R1, R2 and R3 are independently selected from hydrogen, C1-C11alkyl, arylC0-C11alkyl, or R2 and R3 are taken together with the nitrogen to which they are attached forming a cyclic system containing 3 to 8 carbon atoms with at least one C1-C11 alkyl, arylC0-C11 alkyl substituent.
(ii) R''' is selected from the group consisting of (a) hydrogen, (b) C1-11alkyl, substituted C1-11alkyl wherein the substituents are independently selected from halo, cyano, nitro, trihalomethyl, carbamoyl, tetrahydrofuryl, pyrrolidinyl, piperidinyl, morpholinyl, piperazinyl, hydroxypyronyl, C0-11alkyloxy, arylC0-11alkyloxy, C0-11alkylthio, arylC0-11alkylthio, C0-11alkylamino, arylC0-11alkylamino, di(arylC0-11alkyl)amino, C1 -11alkylcarbonyl, arylC1-11alkylcarbonyl, C1-11alkylcarboxy, arylC1-11alkylcarboxy, C1-11alkylcarbonylamino, aryl C1-11alkylcarbonylamino, -C0-11alkylCOOR4, -C0-11alkylCONR5R6 wherein R4, R5 and R6 are independently selected from hydrogen, C1-C11alkyl, arylC0-C11alkyl, or R5 and R6 are taken together with the nitrogen to which they are attached forming a cyclic system containing 3 to 8 carbon atoms with at least one C1-C11alkyl, arylC0-C11alkyl substituent, (c) mono-, di- and tri-substituted arylC0-C11alkyl wherein the aryl substituents are defined as above for R' and R", (iii) X is a mono-, di- or trisubstituted aryl wherein the aryl substituents are defined as above for R' and R'', and aryl is selected from phenyl, biphenyl, naphthyl, dihydronaphthyl, tetrahydronaphthyl, indenyl, indanyl, azulenyl, anthryl, phenanthryl, fluorenyl, pyrenyl, thienyl, benzothienyl, isobenzothienyl, 2,3-dihydrobenzothienyl, furyl, pyranyl, benzofuranyl, isobenzofuranyl, 2,3-dihydrobenzofuranyl, pyrrolyl, indolyl, isoindolyl, indolizinyl, indazolyl, imidazolyl, benzimidazolyl, pyridyl, pyrazinyl, pyradazinyl, pyrimidinyl, triazinyl, quinolyl, isoquinolyl, 4H-quinolizinyl, cinnolinyl, phthalazinyl, quinazolinyl, quinoxalinyl, 1,8-naphthyridinyl, pteridinyl, carbazolyl, acridinyl, phenazinyl, phenothiazinyl, phenoxazinyl, chromanyl, benzodioxolyl, piperonyl, purinyl, hydroxypyronyl, pyrazolyl, triazolyl, tetrazolyl, thiazolyl, isothiazolyl, benzthiazolyl, oxazolyl, isoxazolyl, benzoxazolyl, oxadiazolyl, or thiadiazolyl, or its pharmaceutically acceptable salts, prodrugs, esters, or solvates thereof.
2. A compound as defined in claim 1 wherein aryl is selected from phenyl, biphenyl, naphthyl, dihydronaphthyl, tetrahydronaphthyl, indenyl, indanyl, azulenyl, anthryl, phenanthryl, fluorenyl, pyrenyl, or its pharmaceutically acceptable salts, prodrugs, esters, or solvates thereof.
3. A compound as defined in claim 1 wherein aryl is selected from thienyl, benzothienyl, isobenzothienyl, 2,3-dihydrobenzothienyl, furyl, pyranyl, benzofuranyl, isobenzofuranyl, 2,3-dihydrobenzofuranyl, pyrrolyl, indolyl, isoindolyl, indolizinyl, indazolyl, imidazolyl, benzimidazolyl, pyridyl, pyrazinyl, pyradazinyl, pyrimidinyl, triazinyl, quinolyl, isoquinolyl, 4H-quinolizinyl, cinnolinyl, phthalazinyl, quinazolinyl, quinoxalinyl, 1,8-naphthyridinyl, pteridinyl, carbazolyl, acridinyl, phenazinyl, phenothiazinyl, phenoxazinyl, chromanyl, benzodioxolyl, piperonyl, purinyl, hydroxypyronyl, pyrazolyl, triazolyl, tetrazolyl, thiazolyl, isothiazolyl, benzthiazolyl, oxazolyl, isoxazolyl, benzoxazolyl, oxadiazolyl, thiadiazolyl, or its pharmaceutically acceptable salts, prodrugs, esters, or solvates thereof.
4. A compound as defined in claim 1 wherein aryl is selected from thienyl, benzothienyl, isobenzothienyl, 2,3-dihydrobenzothienyl, phenothiazinyl, thiazolyl, isothiazolyl, benzthiazolyl, thiadiazolyl, or its pharmaceutically acceptable salts, prodrugs, esters, or solvates thereof.
5. A compound as defined in claim 1 wherein aryl is selected from furyl, pyranyl, benzofuranyl, isobenzofuranyl, 2,3-dihydrobenzofuranyl, phenoxazinyl, chromanyl, benzodioxolyl, hydroxypyronyl, oxazolyl, isoxazolyl, benzoxazolyl, oxadiazolyl, or its pharmaceutically acceptable salts, prodrugs, esters, or solvates thereof.
6. A compound as defined in claim 1 wherein aryl is selected from pyrrolyl, indolyl, isoindolyl, indolizinyl, indazolyl, imidazolyl, benzimidazolyl, pyridyl, pyrazinyl, pyradazinyl, pyrimidinyl, triazinyl, quinolyl, isoquinolyl, 4H-quinolizinyl, cinnolinyl, phthalazinyl, quinazolinyl, quinoxalinyl, 1,8-naphthyridinyl, pteridinyl, carbazolyl, acridinyl, phenazinyl, phenothiazinyl, phenoxazinyl, purinyl, pyrazolyl, triazolyl, tetrazolyl, thiazolyl, isothiazolyl, benzthiazolyl, oxazolyl, isoxazolyl, benzoxazolyl, oxadiazolyl, thiadiazolyl, or its pharmaceutically acceptable salts, prodrugs, esters, or solvates thereof.
7. A compound as defined in claim 1 wherein aryl is selected from phenyl, naphthyl, biphenyl, thienyl, benzothienyl, isobenzothienyl, furyl, benzofuranyl, isobenzofuranyl, pyrrolyl, indolyl, isoindolyl, imidazolyl, benzimidazolyl, pyridyl, pyrazinyl, pyradazinyl, pyrimidinyl, quinolyl, isoquinolyl, phthalazinyl, quinazolinyl, quinoxalinyl, hydroxypyronyl, pyrazolyl, triazolyl, tetrazolyl, thiazolyl, isothiazolyl, benzthiazolyl, oxazolyl, isoxazolyl, benzoxazolyl, oxadiazolyl, thiadiazolyl, or its pharmaceutically acceptable salts, prodrugs, esters, or solvates thereof.
8. A compound as defined in claim 1 wherein aryl is selected from phenyl, naphthyl, biphenyl, thienyl, benzothienyl, furyl, benzofuranyl, pyrrolyl, indolyl, imidazolyl, benzimidazolyl, pyridyl, quinolyl, thiazolyl, benzthiazolyl, oxazolyl, benzoxazolyl, or its pharmaceutically acceptable salts, prodrugs, esters, or solvates thereof.
9. A compound as defined in claim 1 wherein aryl is selected from phenyl, naphthyl, biphenyl, thienyl, fiuyl, pyridyl, or its pharmaceutically acceptable salts, prodrugs, esters, or solvates thereof.
10. A compound as defined in claim 1 wherein aryl is phenyl, or its pharmaceutically acceptable salts, prodrugs, esters, or solvates thereof.
11. A compound as defined in claim 1 wherein aryl is naphthyl, or its pharmaceutically acceptable salts, prodrugs, esters, or solvates thereof.
12. A compound as defined in claim 1 wherein aryl is biphenyl, or its pharmaceutically acceptable salts, prodrugs, esters, or solvates thereof.
13. A compound as defined in claim 1 wherein aryl is thienyl, or its pharmaceutically acceptable salts, prodrugs, esters, or solvates thereof.
14. A compound as defined in claim 1 wherein aryl is furyl, or its pharmaceutically acceptable salts, prodrugs, esters, or solvates thereof.
15. A compound as defined in claim 1 wherein aryl is pyridyl, or its pharmaceutically acceptable salts, prodrugs, esters, or solvates thereof.
16. A compound with the structure depicted in Formula (A2):
wherein at least one of R1, R2 and R3 substituents has the general structure depicted in Formula (B) X-C(R')=C(R")COOR''' (B) wherein (i) R' and R'' are independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, halo, cyano, vitro, trihalomethyl, C1-11alkyl, optionally substituted arylC1-11 alkyl wherein the aryl substituents are independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, halo, nitro, cyano, trihalomethyl, hydroxypyronyl, C1-11alkyl, arylC1-11alkyl, C0-11alkyloxyC0-11alkyl, arylC0-11alkyloxyC0-11alkyl, C0-11alkylthioC0-11alkyl, arylC0-11alkylthio C0-11alkyl, C0-11alkylaminoC0-11alkyl, arylC0-11alky laminoC0-11alkyl, di(arylC1-11alkyl)aminoC0-11alkyl, C1-11alkylcarbonylC0-11alkyl, arylC1-11alkylcarbonylC0-11alkyl, C1-11alkylcarboxyC0-11alkyl, arylC1-11alkylcarboxyC0-11alkyl, C1-11alkylcarbonylaminoC0-11alkyl, arylC1-11alkylcarbonylaminoC0-11alkyl, -C0-11alkylCOOR4, -C0-11alkylCONR5R6 wherein R4, R5 and R6 are independently selected from hydrogen, C1-C11alkyl, arylC0-C11alkyl, or R5 and R6 are taken together with the nitrogen to which they are attached forming a cyclic system containing 3 to 8 carbon atoms with at least one C1-C11alkyl, arylC0-C11alkyl substituent.
(ii) R''' is selected from the group consisting of (a) hydrogen, (b) C1-11alkyl, substituted C1-11alkyl wherein the substituents are independently selected from halo, cyano, nitro, trihalomethyl, carbamoyl, tetrahydrofuryl, pyrrolidinyl, piperidinyl, morpholinyl, piperazinyl, hydroxypyronyl, C0-11alkyloxy, arylC0-11alkyloxy, C0-11alkylthio, arylC0-11alkylthio, C0-11alkylamino, arylC0-11alkylamino, di(arylC0-11alkyl)amino, C1-11alkylcarbonyl, arylC1-11alkylcarbonyl, C1-11alkylcarboxy, aryl C1-11alkylcarboxy, C1-11alkylcarbonylamino, aryl C1-11alkylcarbonylamino, -C0-11alkylCOOR7, -C0-11alkylCONR8R9 wherein R7, R8 and R9 are independently selected from hydrogen, C1-C11alkyl, arylC0-C11alkyl, or R8 and R9 are taken together with the nitrogen to which they are attached forming a cyclic system containing 3 to 8 carbon atoms with at least one C1-C11alkyl, arylC0-C11alkyl substituent, (c) mono-, di- and tri-substituted arylC0-C11alkyl wherein the aryl substituents are defined as above for R' and R", (iii) X is a mono-, di- or trisubstituted aryl wherein the aryl substituents are defined as above for R' and R'', and aryl is selected from phenyl, biphenyl, naphthyl, dihydronaphthyl, tetrahydronaphthyl, indenyl, indanyl, azulenyl, anthryl, phenanthryl, fluorenyl, pyrenyl, thienyl, benzothienyl, isobenzothienyl, 2,3-dihydrobenzothienyl, furyl, pyranyl, benzofuranyl, isobenzofuranyl, 2,3-dihydrobenzofuranyl, pyrrolyl, indolyl, isoindolyl, indolizinyl, indazolyl, imidazolyl, benzimidazolyl, pyridyl, pyrazinyl, pyradazinyl, pyrimidinyl, triazinyl, quinolyl, isoquinolyl, 4H-quinolizinyl, cinnolinyl, phthalazinyl, quinazolinyl, quinoxalinyl, 1,8-naphthyridinyl, pteridinyl, carbazolyl, acridinyl, phenazinyl, phenothiazinyl, phenoxazinyl, chromanyl, benzodioxolyl, piperonyl, purinyl, hydroxypyronyl, pyrazoiyl, triazolyl, tetrazolyl, thiazolyl, isothiazoiyl, benzthiazolyl, oxazolyl, isoxazolyl, benzoxazolyl, oxadiazolyl, or thiadiazolyl, and wherein the remaining of R1, R2 and R3 are independently selected from the group consisting of:
(i) hydrogen;
(ii) C1-11 alkyl, substituted C1-11 alkyl wherein the alkyl substituents are defined as above, (iii) aryl C0-11 alkyl, (iv) mono-, di- and tri-substituted aryl C0-C11 alkyl wherein the aryl substituents are defined as above, or its pharmaceutically acceptable salts, prodrugs, esters, or solvates thereof.
17. A compound as defined in claim 16 wherein aryl is selected from phenyl, naphthyl, biphenyl, thienyl, furyl, pyridyl, or its pharmaceutically acceptable salts, prodrugs, esters, or solvates thereof.
18. A compound as defined in claim 16 wherein aryl is phenyl, or its pharmaceutically acceptable salts, prodrugs, esters, or solvates thereof.
19. A compound as defined in claim 16 wherein aryl is naphthyl, or its pharmaceutically acceptable salts, prodrugs, esters, or solvates thereof.
20. A compound as defined in claim 16 wherein aryl is biphenyl, or its pharmaceutically acceptable salts, prodrugs, esters, or solvates thereof.
21. A compound as defined in claim 16 wherein aryl is thienyl, or its pharmaceutically acceptable salts, prodrugs, esters, or solvates thereof.
22. A compound as defined in claim 16 wherein aryl is furyl, or its pharmaceutically acceptable salts, prodrugs, esters, or solvates thereof.
23. A compound as defined in claim 16 wherein aryl is pyridyl, or its pharmaceutically acceptable salts, prodrugs, esters, or solvates thereof.
24. A compound with the structure depicted in Formula (A3):
wherein at least one of R1, R2 and R3 substituents has the general structure depicted in Formula (B) X-C(R')=C(R")COOR"' (B) wherein (i) R' and R" are independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, halo, cyano, nitro, trihalomethyl, C1-11 alkyl, optionally substituted aryl C1-11 alkyl wherein the aryl substituents are independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, halo, nitro, cyano, trihalomethyl, hydroxypyronyl, C1-11 alkyl, aryl C1-11 alkyl, C0-11 alkyloxy C0-11 alkyl, aryl C0-11 alkyloxy C0-11 alkyl, C0-11 alkylthio C0-11 alkyl, aryl C0-11 alkylthio C0-11 alkyl, C1-11 alkylamino C0-11 alkyl, aryl C0-11 alkylamino C0-11 alkyl, di(aryl C1-11 alkyl)amino C0-11 alkyl, C1-11 alkylcarbonyl C0-11 alkyl, aryl C1-11 alkylcarbonyl C0-11 alkyl, C1-11 alkylcarboxy C0-11 alkyl, aryl C1-11 alkylcarboxy C0-11 alkyl, C1-11 alkylcarbonylamino C0-11 alkyl, aryl C0-11 alkylcarbonylamino C0-11, alkyl, -C0-11 alkyl COOR4, -C0-11 alkyl CONR5R6 wherein R4, R5 and R6 are independently selected from hydrogen, C1-11 alkyl, aryl C0-C11 alkyl, or R5 and R6 are taken together with the nitrogen to which they are attached forming a cyclic system containing 3 to 8 carbon atoms with at least one C1-C11 alkyl, aryl C0-C11 alkyl substituent.
(ii) R"' is selected from the group consisting of (a) hydrogen, (b) C1-11 alkyl, substituted C1-11 alkyl wherein the substituents are independently selected from halo, cyano, nitro, trihalomethyl, carbamoyl, tetrahydrofuryl, pyrrolidinyl, piperidinyl, morpholinyl, piperazinyl, hydroxypyronyl, C0-11 alkyloxy, aryl C0-11 alkyloxy, C0-11 alkylthio, aryl C0-11 alkylthio, C0-11 alkylamino, aryl C0-11 alkylamino, di(aryl C0-11 alkyl)amino, C1-11 alkylcarbonyl, aryl C1-11 alkylcarbonyl, C1-11 alkylcarboxy, aryl C1-11 alkylcarboxy, C1-11 alkylcarbonylamino, aryl C1-11 alkylcarbonylamino, -C0-11 alkyl COOR7, -C0-11 alkyl CONR8R9 wherein R7, R8 and R9 are independently selected from hydrogen, C1-C11 alkyl, aryl C0-C11 alkyl, or R8 and R9 are taken together with the nitrogen to which they are attached forming a cyclic system containing 3 to 8 carbon atoms with at least one C1-C11 alkyl, aryl C0-C11 alkyl substituent, (c) mono-, di- and tri-substituted aryl C0-C11 alkyl wherein the aryl substituents are defined as above for R' and R", (iii) X is a mono-, di- or trisubstituted aryl wherein the aryl substituents are defined as above for R' and R", and aryl is selected from phenyl, biphenyl, naphthyl, dihydronaphthyl, tetrahydronaphthyl, indenyl, indanyl, azulenyl, anthryl, phenanthryl, fluorenyl, pyrenyl, thienyl, benzothienyl, isobenzothienyl, 2,3-dihydrobenzothienyl, furyl, pyranyl, benzofuranyl, isobenzofuranyl, 2,3-dihydrobenzofuranyl, pyrrolyl, indolyl, isoindolyl, indolizinyl, indazolyl, imidazolyl, benzimidazolyl, pyridyl, pyrazinyl, pyradazinyl, pyrimidinyl, triazinyl, quinolyl, isoquinolyl, 4H-quinolizinyl, cinnolinyl, phthalazinyl, quinazolinyl, quinoxalinyl, 1,8-naphthyridinyl, pteridinyl, carbazolyl, acridinyl, phenazinyl, phenothiazinyl, phenoxazinyl, chromanyl, benzodioxolyl, piperonyl, purinyl, hydroxypyronyl, pyrazolyl, triazolyl, tetrazolyl, thiazolyl, isothiazolyl, benzthiazolyl, oxazolyl, isoxazolyl, benzoxazolyl, oxadiazolyl, or thiadiazolyl, and wherein the remaining of R1, R2 and R3 are independently selected from the group consisting of:
(i) hydrogen;
(ii) C1-11 alkyl, substituted C1-11 alkyl, C1-11 alkylcarbonyl, substituted C1-11 alkylcarbonyl wherein the alkyl substituents are defined as above, (iii) aryl C0-11 alkyl, aryl C0-11 alkylcarbonyl, (iv) mono-, di- and tri-substituted aryl C0-C11 alkyl, mono-, di- and tri-substituted aryl C0-C11 alkylcarbonyl wherein the aryl substituents are defined as above, or its pharmaceutically acceptable salts, prodrugs, esters, or solvates thereof.
25. A compound as defined in claim 24 wherein aryl is selected from phenyl, naphthyl, biphenyl, thienyl, furyl, pyridyl, or its pharmaceutically acceptable salts, prodrugs, esters, or solvates thereof.
26. A compound as defined in claim 24 wherein aryl is phenyl, or its pharmaceutically acceptable salts, prodrugs, esters, or solvates thereof.
27. A compound as defined in claim 24 wherein aryl is naphthyl, or its pharmaceutically acceptable salts, prodrugs, esters, or solvates thereof.
28. A compound as defined in claim 24 wherein aryl is thienyl, or its pharmaceutically acceptable salts, prodrugs, esters, or solvates thereof.
29. A compound as defined in claim 24 wherein aryl is furyl, or its pharmaceutically acceptable salts, prodrugs, esters, or solvates thereof.
30. A compound as defined in claim 24 wherein aryl is pyridyl, or its pharmaceutically acceptable salts, prodrugs, esters, or solvates thereof.
31. A compound with the structure depicted in Formula (A4):
wherein at least one of R1, R2 substituents has the general structure depicted in Formula (B) X-C(R')=C(R")COOR"' (B) wherein (i) R' and R" are independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, halo, cyano, nitro, trihalomethyl, C1-11 alkyl, optionally substituted aryl C1-11 alkyl wherein the aryl substituents are independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, halo, nitro, cyano, trihalomethyl, hydroxypyronyl, C1-11alkyl, aryl C1-11alkyl, C0-11alkyloxyC0-11alkyl, arylC0-11alkyloxyC0-11alkyl, C0-11alkylthio C0-11alkyl, arylC0-11alkylthioC0-11alkyl, C0-11alkylaminoC0-11alkyl, arylC0-11alkylamino C0-11alkyl, di(arylC1-11alkyl)aminoC0-11alkyl, C1-11alkylcarbonylC0-11alkyl, aryl C1-11alkylcarbonylC0-11alkyl, C1-11alkylcarboxyC0-11alkyl, arylC1-11alkylcarboxy C0-11alkyl, C1-11alkylcarbonylaminoC0-11alkyl, arylC1-11alkylcarbonylaminoC0-11 alkyl, -C0-11alkylCOOR3, -C0-11alkylCONR4R5 wherein R3, R4 and R5 are independently selected from hydrogen, C1-C11alkyl, arylC0-C11alkyl, or R4 and R5 are taken together with the nitrogen to which they are attached forming a cyclic system containing 3 to 8 carbon atoms with at least one C1-C11alkyl, arylC0-C11alkyl substituent.
(ii) R"' is selected from the group consisting of (a) hydrogen, (b) C1-11alkyl, substituted C1-11alkyl wherein the substituents are independently selected from halo, cyano, nitro, trihalomethyl, carbamoyl, tetrahydrofuryl, pyrrolidinyl, piperidinyl, morpholinyl, piperazinyl, hydroxypyronyl, C0-11alkyloxy, arylC0-11alkyloxy, C0-11alkylthio, arylC0-11alkylthio, C0-11alkylamino, arylC0-11alkylamino, di(aryl C0-11alkyl)amino, C1-11alkylcarbonyl, aryl C1-11 alkylcarbonyl, C1-11 alkylcarboxy, aryl C1-11 alkylcarboxy, C1-11 alkylcarbonylamino, aryl C1-11 alkylcarbonylamino, -C0-11 alkyl COOR6, -C0-11 alkyl CONR7R8 wherein R6, R7 and R8 are independently selected from hydrogen, C1-C11 alkyl, aryl C0-C11 alkyl, or R7 and R8 are taken together with the nitrogen to which they are attached forming a cyclic system containing 3 to 8 carbon atoms with at least one C1-C11 alkyl, aryl C0-C11 alkyl substituent, (c) mono-, di- and tri-substituted aryl C0-C11 alkyl wherein the aryl substituents are defined as above for R' and R", (iii) X is a mono-, di- or trisubstituted aryl wherein the aryl substituents are defined as above for R' and R", and aryl is selected from phenyl, biphenyl, naphthyl, dihydronaphthyl, tetrahydronaphthyl, indenyl, indanyl, azulenyl, anthryl, phenanthryl, fluorenyl, pyrenyl, thienyl, benzothienyl, isobenzothienyl, 2,3-dihydrobenzothienyl, furyl, pyranyl, benzofuranyl, isobenzofuranyl, 2,3-dihydrobenzofuranyl, pyrrolyl, indolyl, isoindolyl, indolizinyl, indazoiyl, imidazolyl, benzimidazolyl, pyridyl, pyrazinyl, pyradazinyl, pyrimidinyl, triazinyl, quinolyl, isoquinolyl, 4H-quinolizinyl, cinnolinyl, phthalazinyl, quinazolinyl, quinoxalinyl, 1,8-naphthyridinyl, pteridinyl, carbazolyl, acridinyl, phenazinyl, phenothiazinyl, phenoxazinyl, chromanyl, benzodioxolyl, piperonyl, purinyl, hydroxypyronyl, pyrazolyl, triazolyl, tetrazolyl, thiazolyl, isothiazolyl, benzthiazolyl, oxazolyl, isoxazolyl, benzoxazolyl, oxadiazolyl, or thiadiazolyl, and wherein the remaining of R1, R2 is selected from the group consisting of:
(i) hydrogen;
(ii) C1-11 alkyl, substituted C1-11 alkyl wherein the alkyl substituents are defined as above, (iii) aryl C-11 alkyl, (iv) mono-, di- and tri-substituted aryl C0-C11 alkyl wherein the aryl substituents are defined as above, or its pharmaceutically acceptable salts, prodrugs, esters, or solvates thereof.
32. A compound as defined in claim 31 wherein aryl is selected from phenyl, naphthyl, biphenyl, thienyl, furyl, pyridyl, or its pharmaceutically acceptable salts, prodrugs, esters, or solvates thereof.
33. A compound as defined in claim 31 wherein aryl is phenyl, or its pharmaceutically acceptable salts, prodrugs, esters, or solvates thereof.
34. A compound as defined in claim 31 wherein aryl is naphthyl, or its pharmaceutically acceptable salts, prodrugs, esters, or solvates thereof.
35. A compound as defined in claim 31 wherein aryl is biphenyl, or its pharmaceutically acceptable salts, prodrugs, esters, or solvates thereof.
36. A compound as defined in claim 31 wherein aryl is thienyl, or its pharmaceutically acceptable salts, prodrugs, esters, or solvates thereof.
37. A compound as defined in claim 31 wherein aryl is furyl, or its pharmaceutically acceptable salts, prodrugs, esters, or solvates thereof.
38. A compound as defined in claim 31 wherein aryl is pyridyl, or its pharmaceutically acceptable salts, prodrugs, esters, or solvates thereof.
39. A compound with the structure depicted in Formula (A5):
wherein at least one of R1, R2 substituents has the general structure depicted in Formula (B) X-C(R')=C(R")COOR"' (B) wherein (i) R' and R' are independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, halo, cyano, nitro, trihalomethyl, C1-11 alkyl, optionally substituted aryl C1-11 alkyl wherein the aryl substituents are independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, halo, nitro, cyano, trihalomethyl, hydroxypyronyl, C1-11 alkyl, aryl C1-11 alkyl, C0-11 alkyloxy C0-11 alkyl, aryl C0-11 alkyloxy C0-11 alkyl, C0-11 alkylthio C0-11 alkyl, aryl C0-11 alkylthio C0-11 alkyl, C0-11 alkylamino C0-11 alkyl, aryl C0-11 alkylamino C0-11 alkyl, di(aryl C1-11 alkyl)amino C0-11 alkyl, C1-11 alkylcarbonyl C0-11 alkyl, aryl C1-11 alkylcarbonyl C0-11 alkyl, C1-11 alkylcarboxy C0-11 alkyl, aryl C1-11 alkylcarboxy C0-11 alkyl, C1-11 alkylcarbonylamino C0-11 alkyl, aryl C1-11 alkylcarbonylamino C0-11 alkyl, -C0-11 alkyl COOR3, -C0-11 alkyl CONR4R5 wherein R3, R4 and R5 are independently selected from hydrogen, C1-C11 alkyl, aryl C0-C11 alkyl, or R4 and R5 are taken together with the nitrogen to which they are attached forming a cyclic system containing 3 to 8 carbon atoms with at least one C1-C11 alkyl, aryl C0-C11 alkyl substituent.
(ii) R"' is selected from the group consisting of (a) hydrogen, (b) C1-11 alkyl, substituted C1-11 alkyl wherein the substituents are independently selected from halo, cyano, nitro, trihalomethyl, carbamoyl, tetrahydrofuryl, pyrrolidinyl, piperidinyl, morpholinyl, piperazinyl, hydroxypyronyl, C0-11 alkyloxy, aryl C0-11 alkyloxy, C0-11 alkylthio, aryl C0-11 alkylthio, C0-11 alkylamino, aryl C0-11 alkylamino, di(aryl C0-11 alkyl)amino, C1-11 alkylcarbonyl, aryl C1-11 alkylcarbonyl, C1-11 alkylcarboxy, aryl C1-11 alkylcarboxy, C1-11 alkylcarbonylamino, aryl C1-11 alkylcarbonylamino, -C0-11 alkyl COOR6, -C0-11 alkyl CONR7R8 wherein R6, R7 and R8 are independently selected from hydrogen, C1-C11 alkyl, aryl C0-C11 alkyl, or R7 and R8 are taken together with the nitrogen to which they are attached forming a cyclic system containing 3 to 8 carbon atoms with at least one C1-C11alkyl, arylC0-C11alkyl substituent, (c) mono-, di- and tri-substituted arylC0-C11alkyl wherein the aryl substituents are defined as above for R' and R", (iii) X is a mono-, di- or trisubstituted aryl wherein the aryl substituents are defined as above for R' and R", and aryl is selected from phenyl, biphenyl, naphthyl, dihydronaphthyl, tetrahydronaphthyl, indenyl, indanyl, azulenyl, anthryl, phenanthryl, fluorenyl, pyrenyl, thienyl, benzothienyl, isobenzothienyl, 2,3-dihydrobenzothienyl, furyl, pyranyl, benzofuranyl, isobenzofuranyl, 2,3-dihydrobenzofuranyl, pyrrolyl, indolyl, isoindolyl, indolizinyl, indazolyl, imidazolyl, benzimidazolyl, pyridyl, pyrazinyl, pyradazinyl, pyrimidinyl, triazinyl, quinolyl, isoquinolyl, 4H-quinolizinyl, cinnolinyl, phthalazinyl, quinazolinyl, quinoxalinyl, 1,8-naphthyridinyl, pteridinyl, carbazolyl, acridinyl, phenazinyl, phenothiazinyl, phenoxazinyl, chromanyl, benzodioxolyl, piperonyl, purinyl, hydroxypyronyl, pyrazolyl, triazolyl, tetrazolyl, thiazolyl, isothiazolyl, benzthiazolyl, oxazolyl, isoxazolyl, benzoxazolyl, oxadiazolyl, or thiadiazolyl, and wherein the remaining of R1, R2 is selected from the group consisting of:
(i) hydrogen;
(ii) C1-11alkyl, substituted C1-11alkyl wherein the alkyl substituents are defined as above, (iii) arylC0-11alkyl, (iv) mono-, di- and tri-substituted arylC0-C11alkyl wherein the aryl substituents are defined as above, or its pharmaceutically acceptable salts, prodrugs, esters, or solvates thereof.
40. A compound as defined in claim 39 wherein aryl is selected from phenyl, naphthyl, biphenyl, thienyl, furyl, pyridyl, or its pharmaceutically acceptable salts, prodrugs, esters, or solvates thereof.
41. A compound as defined in claim 39 wherein aryl is phenyl, or its pharmaceutically acceptable salts, prodrugs, esters, or solvates thereof.
42. A compound as defined in claim 39 wherein aryl is naphthyl, or its pharmaceutically acceptable salts, prodrugs, esters, or solvates thereof.
43. A compound as defined in claim 39 wherein aryl is biphenyl, or its pharmaceutically acceptable salts, prodrugs, esters, or solvates thereof.
44. A compound as defined in claim 39 wherein aryl is thienyl, or its pharmaceutically acceptable salts, prodrugs, esters, or solvates thereof.
45. A compound as defined in claim 39 wherein aryl is furyl, or its pharmaceutically acceptable salts, prodrugs, esters, or solvates thereof.
46. A compound as defined in claim 39 wherein aryl is pyridyl, or its pharmaceutically acceptable salts, prodrugs, esters, or solvates thereof.
47. A compound with the structure depicted in Formula (A6):
wherein at least one of R1, R2, R3 and R4 substituents has the general structure depicted in Formula (B) X-C(R')=C(R")COOR"' wherein (i) R' and R" are independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, halo, cyano, nitro, trihalomethyl, C1-11 alkyl, optionally substituted aryl C1-11 alkyl wherein the aryl substituents are independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, halo, nitro, cyano, trihalomethyl, hydroxypyronyl, C1-11 alkyl, aryl C1-11 alkyl, C0-11 alkyloxy C0-11 alkyl, aryl C0-11 alkyloxy C0-11 alkyl, C0-11 alkylthio C0-11 alkyl, aryl C0-11 alkylthio C0-11 alkyl, C0-11 alkylamino C0-11 alkyl, aryl C0-11 alkylamino C0-11 alkyl, di(aryl C1-11 alkyl)amino C0-11 alkyl, C1-11 alkylcarbonyl C0-11 alkyl, aryl C1-11 alkylcarbonyl C0-11 alkyl, C1-11 alkylcarboxy C0-11 alkyl, aryl C1-11 alkylcarboxy C0-11 alkyl, C1-11 alkylcarbonylamino C0-11 alkyl, aryl C1-11 alkylcarbonylamino C0-11 alkyl, -C0-11 alkyl COOR5, -C0-11 alkyl CONR6R7 wherein R5, R6 and R7 are independently selected from hydrogen, C1-C11 alkyl, aryl C0-C11 alkyl, or R6 and R7 are taken together with the nitrogen to which they are attached forming a cyclic system containing 3 to 8 carbon atoms with at least one C1-C11 alkyl, aryl C0-C11 alkyl substituent.
(ii) R"' is selected from the group consisting of (a) hydrogen, (b) C1-11 alkyl, substituted C1-11 alkyl wherein the substituents are independently selected from halo, cyano, nitro, trihalomethyl, carbamoyl, tetrahydrofuryl, pyrrolidinyl, piperidinyl, morpholinyl, piperazinyl, hydroxypyronyl, C0-11 alkyloxy, aryl C0-11 alkyloxy, C0-11 alkylthio, aryl C0-11 alkylthio, C0-11 alkylamino, aryl C0-11 alkylamino, di(aryl C0-11 alkyl)amino, C1-11 alkylcarbonyl, aryl C1-11 alkylcarbonyl, C1-11 alkylcarboxy, aryl C1-11 alkylcarboxy, C1-11 alkylcarbonylamino, aryl C1-11 alkylcarbonylamino, -C0-11 alkyl COOR8, -C0-11 alkyl CONR9R10 wherein R8, R9 and R10 are independently selected from hydrogen, C1-C11 alkyl, aryl C0-C11 alkyl, or R9 and R10 are taken together with the nitrogen to which they are attached forming a cyclic system containing 3 to 8 carbon atoms with at least one C1-C11 alkyl, aryl C0-C11 alkyl substituent, (c) mono-, di- and tri-substituted aryl C0-C11 alkyl wherein the aryl substituents are defined as above for R' and R", (iii) X is a mono-, di- or trisubstituted aryl wherein the aryl substituents are defined as above for R' and R", and aryl is selected from phenyl, biphenyl, naphthyl, dihydronaphthyl, tetrahydronaphthyl, indenyl, indanyl, azulenyl, anthryl, phenanthryl, fluorenyl, pyrenyl, thienyl, benzothienyl, isobenzothienyl, 2,3-dihydrobenzothienyl, furyl, pyranyl, benzofuranyl, isobenzofuranyl, 2,3-dihydrobenzofuranyl, pyrrolyl, indolyl, isoindolyl, indolizinyl, indazolyl, imidazolyl, benzimidazolyl, pyridyl, pyrazinyl, pyradazinyl, pyrimidinyl, triazinyl, quinolyl, isoquinolyl, 4H-quinolizinyl, cinnolinyl, phthalazinyl, quinazolinyl, quinoxalinyl, 1,8-naphthyridinyl, pteridinyl, carbazolyl, acridinyl, phenazinyl, phenothiazinyl, phenoxazinyl, chromanyl, benzodioxolyl, piperonyl, purinyl, hydroxypyronyl, pyrazolyl, triazolyl, tetrazolyl, thiazolyl, isothiazolyl, benzthiazolyl, oxazolyl, isoxazolyl, benzoxazolyl, oxadiazolyl, or thiadiazolyl, and wherein the remaining of R1, R2, R3 and R4 are independently selected from the group consisting of:
(i) hydrogen;
(ii) C1-11 alkyl, substituted C1-11 alkyl wherein the alkyl substituents are defined as above, (iii) aryl C0-11 alkyl, (iv) mono-, di- and tri-substituted aryl C0-C11 alkyl wherein the aryl substituents are defined as above, with the proviso that when R3 and R4 are selected from substituted phenyl or substituted furyl then the phenyl and furyl substituents exclude hydroxy, halo, trifluoromethyl, C1-6 alkyl, C1-6 alkyloxy, C1-6 alkylthio, amino, C1-6 alkylamino, di(C1-6 alkyl)amino, phenyl C1-6 alkylamino and di(phenyl C1-6 alkyl)amino, or its pharmaceutically acceptable salts, prodrugs, esters, or solvates thereof.
48. A compound as defined in claim 47 wherein aryl is selected from phenyl, naphthyl, biphenyl, thienyl, furyl, pyridyl, or its pharmaceutically acceptable salts, prodrugs, esters, or solvates thereof.
49. A compound as defined in claim 47 wherein aryl is phenyl, or its pharmaceutically acceptable salts, prodrugs, esters, or solvates thereof.
50. A compound as defined in claim 47 wherein aryl is naphthyl, or its pharmaceutically acceptable salts, prodrugs, esters, or solvates thereof.
51. A compound as defined in claim 47 wherein aryl is biphenyl, or its pharmaceutically acceptable salts, prodrugs, esters, or solvates thereof.
52. A compound as defined in claim 47 wherein aryl is thienyl, or its pharmaceutically acceptable salts, prodrugs, esters, or solvates thereof.
53. A compound as defined in claim 47 wherein aryl is furyl, or its pharmaceutically acceptable salts, prodrugs, esters, or solvates thereof.
54. A compound as defined in claim 47 wherein aryl is pyridyl, or its pharmaceutically acceptable salts, prodrugs, esters, or solvates thereof.
55. A compound with the structure depicted in Formula (A6):
wherein R4 is selected from -COR5, -COOR6, -CONR7R8 wherein R5 thru R8 are independently selected from hydrogen, C1-C11 alkyl, substituted C1-11 alkyl where the alkyl substituents are as defined below, optionally substituted aryl C0-C11 alkyl where the aryl substituents are as defined below, or R7 and R8 are taken together with the nitrogen to which they are attached forming a cyclic system containing 3 to 8 carbon atoms with at least one C1-C11 alkyl, aryl C0-C11 alkyl substituent, and wherein at least one of R1, R2, and R3 substituents has the general structure depicted in Formula (B) X-C(R')=C(R")COOR"' (B) wherein (i) R' and R" are independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, halo, cyano, nitro, trihalomethyl, C1-11 alkyl, optionally substituted aryl C1-11 alkyl wherein the aryl substituents are independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, halo, nitro, cyano, trihalomethyl, hydroxypyronyl, C1-11 alkyl, aryl C1-11 alkyl, C0-11 alkyloxy C0-11 alkyl, aryl C0-11 alkyloxy C0-11 alkyl, C0-11 alkylthio C0-11 alkyl, aryl C0-11 alkylthio C0-11 alkyl, C0-11 alkylamino C0-11 alkyl, aryl C0-11 alkylamino C0-11 alkyl, di(aryl C1_11 alkyl)amino C0-11 alkyl, C1-11 alkylcarbonyl C0-11 alkyl, aryl C1-11 alkylcarbonyl C0-11 alkyl, C1-11 alkylcarboxy C0-11 alkyl, aryl C1-11 alkylcarboxy C0-11 alkyl, C1-11 alkylcarbonylamino C0-11 alkyl, aryl C1-11 alkylcarbonylamino C0-11 alkyl, -C0-11 alkyl COOR9, -C0-11 alkyl CONR10R11 wherein R9, R10 and R11 are independently selected from hydrogen, C1-C11 alkyl, aryl C0-C11, alkyl, or R10 and R11 are taken together with the nitrogen to which they are attached forming a cyclic system containing 3 to 8 carbon atoms with at least one C1-C11 alkyl, aryl C0-C11 alkyl substituent.
(ii) R"' is selected from the group consisting of (a) hydrogen, (b) C1-11 alkyl, substituted C1-11 alkyl wherein the substituents are independently selected from halo, cyano, nitro, trihalomethyl, carbamoyl, tetrahydrofuryl, pyrrolidinyl, piperidinyl, morpholinyl, piperazinyl, hydroxypyronyl, C0-11 alkyloxy, aryl C0-11 alkyloxy, C0-11 alkylthio, aryl C0-11 alkylthio, C0-11 alkylamino, aryl C0-11 alkylamino, di(aryl C0-11 alkyl)amino, C1-11 alkylcarbonyl, aryl C1-11 alkylcarbonyl, C1-11 alkylcarboxy, aryl C1-11 alkylcarboxy, C1-11 alkylcarbonylamino, aryl C1-11 alkylcarbonylamino, -C0-11 alkyl COOR12, -C0-11 alkyl CONR13R14 wherein R12, R13 and R14 are independently selected from hydrogen, C1-C11 alkyl, aryl C0-C11 alkyl, or R13 and R14 are taken together with the nitrogen to which they are attached forming a cyclic system containing 3 to 8 carbon atoms with at least one C1-C11 alkyl, aryl C0-C11 alkyl substituent, (c) mono-, di- and tri-substituted aryl C0-C11 alkyl wherein the aryl substituents are defined as above for R' and R", (iii) X is a mono-, di- or trisubstituted aryl wherein the aryl substituents are defined as above for R' and R", and aryl is selected from phenyl, biphenyl, naphthyl, dihydronaphthyl, tetrahydronaphthyl, indenyl, indanyl, azulenyl, anthryl, phenanthryl, fluorenyl, pyrenyl, thienyl, benzothienyl, isobenzothienyl, 2,3-dihydrobenzothienyl, furyl, pyranyl, benzofuranyl, isobenzofuranyl, 2,3-dihydrobenzofuranyl, pyrrolyl, indolyl, isoindolyl, iridolizinyl, indazolyl, imidazolyl, benzimidazolyl, pyridyl, pyrazinyl, pyradazinyl, pyrimidinyl, triazinyl, quinolyl, isoquinolyl, 4H-quinolizinyl, cinnolinyl, phthalazinyl, quinazolinyl, quinoxalinyl, 1,8-naphthyridinyl, pteridinyl, carbazolyl, acridinyl, phenazinyl, phenothiazinyl, phenoxazinyl, chromanyl, benzodioxolyl, piperonyl, purinyl, hydroxypyronyl, pyrazolyl, triazolyl, tetrazolyl, thiazolyl, isothiazolyl, benzthiazolyl, oxazolyl, isoxazolyl, benzoxazolyl, oxadiazolyl, or thiadiazolyl, and wherein the remaining of R1, R2 and R3 are independently selected from the group consisting of:
(i) hydrogen;
(ii) C1-11 alkyl, substituted C1-11 alkyl wherein the alkyl substituents are defined as above, (iii) aryl C0-11 alkyl, (iv) mono-, di- and tri-substituted aryl C0-C11 alkyl wherein the aryl substituents are defined as above, or its pharmaceutically acceptable salts, prodrugs, esters, or solvates thereof.
56. A compound as defined in claim 55 wherein aryl is selected from phenyl, naphthyl, biphenyl, thienyl, furyl, pyridyl, or its pharmaceutically acceptable salts, prodrugs, esters, or solvates thereof.
57. A compound as defined in claim 55 wherein aryl is phenyl, or its pharmaceutically acceptable salts, prodrugs, esters, or solvates thereof.
58. A compound as defined in claim 55 wherein aryl is naphthyl, or its pharmaceutically acceptable salts, prodrugs, esters, or solvates thereof.
59. A compound as defined in claim 55 wherein aryl is biphenyl, or its pharmaceutically acceptable salts, prodrugs, esters, or solvates thereof.
60. A compound as defined in claim 55 wherein aryl is thienyl, or its pharmaceutically acceptable salts, prodrugs, esters, or solvates thereof.
61. A compound as defined in claim 55 wherein aryl is furyl, or its pharmaceutically acceptable salts, prodrugs, esters, or solvates thereof.
62. A compound as defined in claim 55 wherein aryl is pyridyl, or its pharmaceutically acceptable salts, prodrugs, esters, or solvates thereof.
63. A compound with the structure depicted in Formula (A6):
wherein R3 is selected from -COR5, -COOR6, -CONR7R8 wherein R5 thru R8 are independently selected from hydrogen, C1-C11 alkyl, substituted C1-11 alkyl where the alkyl substituents are as defined below, optionally substituted aryl C0-C11 alkyl where the aryl substituents are as defined below, or R7 and R8 are taken together with the nitrogen to which they are attached forming a cyclic system containing 3 to 8 carbon atoms with at least one C1-C11 alkyl, aryl C0-C11 alkyl substituent, and wherein at least one of R1, R2, and R4 substituents has the general structure depicted in Formula (B) X-C(R')=C(R")COOR"' (B) wherein (i) R' and R" are independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, halo, cyano, nitro, trihalomethyl, C1-11 alkyl, optionally substituted aryl C1-11 alkyl wherein the aryl substituents are independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, halo, nitro, cyano, trihalomethyl, hydroxypyronyl, C1-11 alkyl, aryl C1-11 alkyl, C0-11 alkyloxy C0-11 alkyl, aryl C0-11 alkyloxy C0-11 alkyl, C0-11 alkylthio C0-11 alkyl, aryl C0-11 alkylthio C0-11 alkyl, C0-11 alkylamino C0-11 alkyl, aryl C0-11 alkylamino C0-11 alkyl, di(aryl C1-11 alkyl)amino C0-11 alkyl, C1-11 alkylcarbonyl C0-11 alkyl, aryl C1-11 alkylcarbonyl C0-11 alkyl, C1-11 alkylcarboxy C0-11 alkyl, aryl C1-11 alkylcarboxy C0-11 alkyl, C1-11 alkylcarbonylamino C0-11 alkyl, aryl C1-11 alkylcarbonylamino C0-11 alkyl, -C0-11 alkyl COOR9, -C0-11 alkyl CONR10R11 wherein R9, R10 and R11 are independently selected from hydrogen, C1-C11 alkyl, aryl C0-C11 alkyl, or R10 and R11 are taken together with the nitrogen to which they are attached forming a cyclic system containing 3 to 8 carbon atoms with at least one C1-C11 alkyl, aryl C0-C11 alkyl substituent.
(ii) R"' is selected from the group consisting of (a) hydrogen, (b) C1-11 alkyl, substituted C1-11 alkyl wherein the substituents are independently selected from halo, cyano, nitro, trihalomethyl, carbamoyl, tetrahydrofuryl, pyrrolidinyl, piperidinyl, morpholinyl, piperazinyl, hydroxypyronyl, C0-11 alkyloxy, aryl C0-11 alkyloxy, C0-11 alkylthio, aryl C0-11 alkylthio, C0-11 alkylamino, aryl C0-11 alkylamino, di(aryl C0-11 alkyl)amino, C1-11 alkylcarbonyl, aryl C1-11 alkylcarbonyl, C1-11 alkylcarboxy, aryl C1-11 alkylcarboxy, C1-11 alkylcarbonylamino, aryl C1-11 alkylcarbonylamino, -C0-11 alkyl COOR12, -C0-11 alkyl CONR13R14 wherein R12, R13 and R14 are independently selected from hydrogen, C1-C11 alkyl, aryl C0-C11 alkyl, or R13 and R14 are taken together with the nitrogen to which they are attached forming a cyclic system containing 3 to 8 carbon atoms with at least one C1-C11 alkyl, aryl C0-C11 alkyl substituent, (c) mono-, di- and tri-substituted aryl C0-C11 alkyl wherein the aryl substituents are defined as above for R' and R", (iii) X is a mono-, di- or trisubstituted aryl wherein the aryl substituents are defined as above for R' and R", and aryl is selected from phenyl, biphenyl, naphthyl, dihydronaphthyl, tetrahydronaphthyl, indenyl, indanyl, azulenyl, anthryl, phenanthryl, fluorenyl, pyrenyl, thienyl, benzothienyl, isobenzothienyl, 2,3-dihydrobenzothienyl, furyl, pyranyl, benzofuranyl, isobenzofuranyl, 2,3-dihydrobenzofuranyl, pyrrolyl, indolyl, isoindolyl, indolizinyl, indazolyl, imidazolyl, benzimidazolyl, pyridyl, pyrazinyl, pyradazinyl, pyrimidinyl, triazinyl, quinolyl, isoquinolyl, 4H-quinolizinyl, cinnolinyl, phthalazinyl, quinazolinyl, quinoxalinyl, 1,8-naphthyridinyl, pteridinyl, carbazolyl, acridinyl, phenazinyl, phenothiazinyl, phenoxazinyl, chromanyl, benzodioxolyl, piperonyl, purinyl, hydroxypyronyl, pyrazolyl, triazolyl, tetrazolyl, thiazolyl, isothiazolyl, benzthiazolyl, oxazolyl, isoxazolyl, benzoxazolyl, oxadiazolyl, or thiadiazolyl, and wherein the remaining of R1, R2 and R4 are independently selected from the group consisting of:
(i) hydrogen;
(ii) C1-11 alkyl, substituted C1-11 alkyl wherein the alkyl substituents are defined as above, (iii) aryl C0-11 alkyl, (iv) mono-, di- and tri-substituted aryl C0-C11 alkyl wherein the aryl substituents are defined as above, or its pharmaceutically acceptable salts, prodrugs, esters, or solvates thereof.
64. A compound as defined in claim 63 wherein aryl is selected from phenyl, naphthyl, biphenyl, thienyl, furyl, pyridyl, or its pharmaceutically acceptable salts, prodrugs, esters, or solvates thereof.
65. A compound as defined in claim 63 wherein aryl is phenyl, or its pharmaceutically acceptable salts, prodrugs, esters, or solvates thereof.
66. A compound as defined in claim 63 wherein aryl is naphthyl, or its pharmaceutically acceptable salts, prodrugs, esters, or solvates thereof.
67. A compound as defined in claim 63 wherein aryl is biphenyl, or its pharmaceutically acceptable salts, prodrugs, esters, or solvates thereof.
68. A compound as defined in claim 63 wherein aryl is thienyl, or its pharmaceutically acceptable salts, prodrugs, esters, or solvates thereof.
69. A compound as defined in claim 63 wherein aryl is furyl, or its pharmaceutically acceptable salts, prodrugs, esters, or solvates thereof.
70. A compound as defined in claim 63 wherein aryl is pyridyl, or its pharmaceutically acceptable salts, prodrugs, esters, or solvates thereof.
71. A compound with the structure depicted in Formula (A7):
wherein R2 is selected from -COR5, -COOR6, -CONR7R8 wherein R5 thru R8 are independently selected from hydrogen, C1-C11 alkyl, substituted C1-11 alkyl where the alkyl substituents are as defined below, optionally substituted aryl C0-C11 alkyl where the aryl substituents are as defined below, or R7 and R8 are taken together with the nitrogen to which they are attached forming a cyclic system containing 3 to 8 carbon atoms with at least one C1-C11 alkyl, aryl C0-C11 alkyl substituent, and wherein at least one of R1 and R3 substituents has the general structure depicted in Formula (B) X-C(R')=C(R")COOR"' (B) wherein (i) R' and R" are independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, halo, cyano, nitro, trihalomethyl, C1-11 alkyl, optionally substituted aryl C1-11 alkyl wherein the aryl substituents are independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, halo, nitro, cyano, trihalomethyl, hydroxypyronyl, C1-11 alkyl, aryl C1-11 alkyl, C0-11 alkyloxy C0-11 alkyl, aryl C0-11 alkyloxy C0-11 alkyl, C0-11 alkylthio C0-11 alkyl, aryl C0-11 alkylthio C0-11 alkyl, C0-11 alkylamino C0-11 alkyl, aryl C0-11 alkylamino C0-11 alkyl, di(aryl C1-11 alkyl)amino C0-11 alkyl, C1-11 alkylcarbonyl C0-11 alkyl, aryl C1-11 alkylcarbonyl C0-11 alkyl, C1-11 alkylcarboxy C0-11 alkyl, aryl C1-11 alkylcarboxy C0-11 alkyl, C1-11 alkylcarbonylamino C0-11 alkyl, aryl C1-11 alkylcarbonylamino C0-11 alkyl, -C0-11 alkyl COOR9, -C0-11 alkyl CONR10R11 wherein R9, R10 and R11 are independently selected from hydrogen, C1-C11 alkyl, aryl C0-C11 alkyl, or R10 and R11 are taken together with the nitrogen to which they are attached forming a cyclic system containing 3 to 8 carbon atoms with at least one C1-C11 alkyl, aryl C0-C11 alkyl substituent.
(ii) R"' is selected from the group consisting of (a) hydrogen, (b) C1-11 alkyl, substituted C1-11 alkyl wherein the substituents are independently selected from halo, cyano, nitro, trihalomethyl, carbamoyl, tetrahydrofuryl, pyrrolidinyl, piperidinyl, morpholinyl, piperazinyl, hydroxypyronyl, C0-11 alkyloxy, aryl C0-11 alkyloxy, C0-11 alkylthio, aryl C0-11 alkylthio, C0-11 alkylamino, aryl C0-11 alkylamino, di(aryl C0-11 alkyl)amino, C1-11 alkylcarbonyl, aryl C1-11 alkylcarbonyl, C1-11 alkylcarboxy, aryl C1-11 alkylcarboxy, C1-11 alkylcarbonylamino, aryl C1-11 alkylcarbonylamino, -C0-11 alkyl COOR12, -C0-11 alkyl CONR13R14 wherein R12, R13 and R14 are independently selected from hydrogen, C1-C11 alkyl, aryl C0-C11 alkyl, or R13 and R14 are taken together with the nitrogen to which they are attached forming a cyclic system containing 3 to 8 carbon atoms with at least one C1-C11 alkyl, aryl C0-C11 alkyl substituent, (c) mono-, di- and tri-substituted aryl C0-C11 alkyl wherein the aryl substituents are defined as above for R' and R", (iii) X is a mono-, di- or trisubstituted aryl wherein the aryl substituents are defined as above for R' and R", and aryl is selected from phenyl, biphenyl, naphthyl, dihydronaphthyl, tetrahydronaphthyl, indenyl, indanyl, azulenyl, anthryl, phenanthryl, fluorenyl, pyrenyl, thienyl, benzothienyl, isobenzothienyl, 2,3-dihydrobenzothienyl, furyl, pyranyl, benzofuranyl, isobenzofuranyl, 2,3-dihydrobenzofuranyl, pyrrolyl, indolyl, isoindolyl, indolizinyl, indazolyl, imidazolyl, benzimidazolyl, pyridyl, pyrazinyl, pyradazinyl, pyrimidinyl, triazinyl, quinolyl, isoquinolyl, 4H-quinolizinyl, cinnolinyl, phthalazinyl, quinazolinyl, quinoxalinyl, 1,8-naphthyridinyl, pteridinyl, carbazolyl, acridinyl, phenazinyl, phenothiazinyl, phenoxazinyl, chromanyl, benzodioxolyl, piperonyl, purinyl, hydroxypyronyl, pyrazolyl, triazolyl, tetrazolyl, thiazolyl, isothiazolyl, benzthiazolyl, oxazolyl, isoxazolyl, benzoxazolyl, oxadiazolyl, or thiadiazolyl, and wherein the remaining of R1 and R3 are independently selected from the group consisting of:
(i) hydrogen;
(ii) C1-11alkyl, substituted C1-11alkyl wherein the alkyl substituents are defined as above, (iii) aryl C0-11alkyl, (iv) mono-, di- and tri-substituted arylC0-C11 alkyl wherein the aryl substituents are defined as above, or its pharmaceutically acceptable salts, prodrugs, esters, or solvates thereof.
72. A compound as defined in claim 71 wherein aryl is selected from phenyl, naphthyl, biphenyl, thienyl, furyl, pyridyl, or its pharmaceutically acceptable salts, prodrugs, esters, or solvates thereof.
73. A compound as defined in claim 71 wherein aryl is phenyl, or its pharmaceutically acceptable salts, prodrugs, esters, or solvates thereof.
74. A compound as defined in claim 71 wherein aryl is naphthyl, or its pharmaceutically acceptable salts, prodrugs, esters, or solvates thereof.
75. A compound as defined in claim 71 wherein aryl is biphenyl, or its pharmaceutically acceptable salts, prodrugs, esters, or solvates thereof.
76. A compound as defined in claim 71 wherein aryl is thienyl, or its pharmaceutically acceptable salts, prodrugs, esters, or solvates thereof.
77. A compound as defined in claim 71 wherein aryl is furyl, or its pharmaceutically acceptable salts, prodrugs, esters, or solvates thereof.
78. A compound as defined in claim 71 wherein aryl is pyridyl, or its pharmaceutically acceptable salts, prodrugs, esters, or solvates thereof.
79. A compound with the structure depicted in Formula (A8):
wherein at least one of R1 and R2 substituents has the general structure depicted in Formula (B) X-C(R')=C(R")COOR"' (B) wherein (i) R' and R" are independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, halo, cyano, nitro, trihalomethyl, C1-11 alkyl, optionally substituted aryl C1-11 alkyl wherein the aryl substituents are independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, halo, nitro, cyano, trihalomethyl, hydroxypyronyl, C1-11 alkyl, aryl C1-11 alkyl, C0-11 alkyloxy C0-11 alkyl, aryl C0-11 alkyloxy C0-11 alkyl, C0-11 alkylthio C0-11 alkyl, aryl C0-11 alkylthio C0-11 alkyl, C0-11 alkylamino C0-11 alkyl, aryl C0-11 alkylamino C0-11 alkyl, di(aryl C1-11 alkyl)amino C0-11 alkyl, C1-11 alkylcarbonyl C0-11 alkyl, aryl C1-11 alkylcarbonyl C0-11 alkyl, C1-11 alkylcarboxy C0-11 alkyl, aryl C1-11 alkylcarboxy 11alkyl, C1-11alkylcarbonylaminoC0-11alkyl, arylC1-11alkylcarbonylaminoC0-11alkyl, -C0-11alkylCOOR4, -C0-11alkylCONR5R6 wherein R4, R5 and R6 are independently selected from hydrogen, C1-C11alkyl, arylC0-C11alkyl, or R5 and R6 are taken together with the nitrogen to which they are attached forming a cyclic system containing 3 to 8 carbon atoms with at least one C1-C11alkyl, arylC0-C11alkyl substituent.
(ii) R''' is selected from the group consisting of (a) hydrogen, (b) C1-11alkyl, substituted C1-11alkyl wherein the substituents are independently selected from halo, cyano, nitro, trihalomethyl, carbamoyl, tetrahydrofuryl, pyrrolidinyl, piperidinyl, morpholinyl, piperazinyl, hydroxypyronyl, C0-11alkyloxy, arylC0-11alkyloxy, C0-11alkylthio, arylC0-11alkylthio, C0-11alkylamino, arylC0-11alkylamino, di(arylCo-11alkyl)amino, C1 -11alkylcarbonyl, arylC1-11alkylcarbonyl, C1-11alkylcarboxy, arylC1-11alkylcarboxy, C1-11alkylcarbonylamino, aryl C1-11alkylcarbonylamino, -C0-11alkylCOOR7, -C0-11alkylCONR8R9 wherein R7, R8 and R9 are independently selected from hydrogen, C1-C11alkyl, arylC0-C11alkyl, or R8 and R9 are taken together with the nitrogen to which they are attached forming a cyclic system containing 3 to 8 carbon atoms with at least one C1-C11alkyl, arylC0-C11alkyl substituent, (c) mono-, di- and tri-substituted arylC0-C11alkyl wherein the aryl substituents are defined as above for R' and R", (iii) X is a mono-, di- or trisubstituted aryl wherein the aryl substituents are defined as above for R' and R", and aryl is selected from phenyl, biphenyl, naphthyl, dihydronaphthyl, tetrahydronaphthyl, indenyl, indanyl, azulenyl, anthryl, phenanthryl, fluorenyl, pyrenyl, thienyl, benzothienyl, isobenzothienyl, 2,3-dihydrobenzothienyl, furyl, pyranyl, benzofuranyl, isobenzofuranyl, 2,3-dihydrobenzofuranyl, pyrrolyl, indolyl, isoindolyl, indolizinyl, indazolyl, imidazolyl, benzimidazolyl, pyridyl, pyrazinyl, pyradazinyl, pyrimidinyl, triazinyl, quinolyl, isoquinolyl, 4H-quinolizinyl, cinnolinyl, phthalazinyl, quinazolinyl, quinoxalinyl, 1,8-naphthyridinyl, pteridinyl, carbazolyl, acridinyl, phenazinyl, phenothiazinyl, phenoxazinyl, chromanyl, benzodioxolyl, piperonyl, purinyl, hydroxypyronyl, pyrazolyl, triazolyl, tetrazolyl, thiazolyl, isothiazolyl, benzthiazolyl, oxazolyl, isoxazolyl, benzoxazolyl, oxadiazolyl, or thiadiazolyl, and wherein the remaining of R1 and R2 is independently selected from the group consisting of:
(i) hydrogen;
(ii) C1-11alkyl, substituted C1-11alkyl wherein the alkyl substituents are defined as above, (iii) arylC0-11alkyl, (iv) mono-, di- and tri-substituted arylC0-C11alkyl wherein the aryl substituents are defined as above, and wherein m is an integer between 0 and 4 and each R3 is independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, halo, nitro, cyano, trihalomethyl, hydroxypyronyl, C1-11alkyl, C0-11alkyloxyC0-11alkyl, arylC0-11alkyloxyC0-11alkyl, C0-11alkylthioC0-11alkyl, arylC0-11alkylthioC0-11alkyl, C0-11alkylaminoC0-11alkyl, arylC0-11alkylaminoC0-11alkyl, di(arylC1-11alkyl)aminoC0-11alkyl, C1-11alkylcarbonylC0-11alkyl, C1-11alkylcarboxyC0-11alkyl, C1-11alkylcarbonylaminoC0-11alkyl, arylC1-11alkylcarbonylC0-11alkyl, arylC1-11alkylcarboxyC0-11alkyl, arylC1-11alkylcarbonyl-aminoC0-11alkyl, -CH=CHCOOR10, -CH=CHCONR11R12, -C0-11alkylCOOR13, -C0-11alkylCONR14R15 wherein R10 thru R15 are independently selected from hydrogen, C1-C11alkyl, arylC0-C11alkyl, or and R12 are taken together with the nitrogen to which they are attached forming a cyclic system containing 3 to 8 carbon atoms with at least one C1-C11alkyl, arylC0-C11alkyl substituent, or R14 and R15 are taken together with the nitrogen to which they are attached forming a cyclic system containing 3 to 8 carbon atoms with at least one C1-C22alkyl, arylC0-C11alkyl substituent, or its pharmaceutically acceptable salts, prodrugs, esters, or solvates thereof.
80. A compound as defined in claim 79 wherein aryl is selected from phenyl, naphthyl, biphenyl, thienyl, furyl, pyridyl, or its pharmaceutically acceptable salts, prodrugs, esters, or solvates thereof.
81. A compound as defined in claim 79 wherein aryl is phenyl, or its pharmaceutically acceptable salts, prodrugs, esters, or solvates thereof.
82. A compound as defined in claim 79 wherein aryl is naphthyl, or its pharmaceutically acceptable salts, prodrugs, esters, or solvates thereof.
83. A compound as defined in claim 79 wherein aryl is biphenyl, or its pharmaceutically acceptable salts, prodrugs, esters, or solvates thereof.
84. A compound as defined in claim 79 wherein aryl is thienyl, or its pharmaceutically acceptable salts, prodrugs, esters, or solvates thereof.
85. A compound as defined in claim 79 wherein aryl is furyl, or its pharmaceutically acceptable salts, prodrugs, esters, or solvates thereof.
86. A compound as defined in claim 79 wherein aryl is pyridyl, or its pharmaceutically acceptable salts, prodrugs, esters, or solvates thereof.
87. A compound with the structure depicted in Formula (A8):
wherein R1 is selected from -COR16, -COOR17, -CONR18R19 wherein R16 thru R19 are independently selected from hydrogen, C1-C11alkyl, substituted C1-11alkyl where the alkyl substituents are as defined below, optionally substituted arylC0-C11alkyl where the aryl substituents are as defined below, or R18 and R19 are taken together with the nitrogen to which they are attached forming a cyclic system containing 3 to 8 carbon atoms with at least one C1-C11alkyl, arylC0-C11alkyl substituent, and wherein R2 has the general structure depicted in Formula (B) X-C(R')=C(R")COOR''' (B) wherein (i) R' and R" are independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, halo, cyano, nitro, trihalomethyl, C1-11alkyl, optionally substituted arylC1-11alkyl wherein the aryl substituents are independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, halo, nitro, cyano, trihalomethyl, hydroxypyronyl, C1-11alkyl, arylC1-11alkyl, C0-11alkyloxyC0-11alkyl, arylC0-11alkyloxyC0-11alkyl, C0-11alkylthioC0-11alkyl, arylC0-11alkylthioC0-11alkyl, C0-11alkylaminoC0-11alkyl, arylC0-11alkylaminoC0-11alkyl, di(arylC1-11alkyl)aminoC0-11alkyl, C1-11alkylcarbonylC0-11alkyl, arylC1-11alkylcarbonylC0-11alkyl, C1-11alkylcarboxyC0-11alkyl, arylC1-11alkylcarboxyC0-11alkyl, C1-11alkylcarbonylaminoC0-11alkyl, arylC1-11alkylcarbonylaminoC0-11alkyl, -C0-11alkylCOOR4, -C0-11alkylCONR5R6 wherein R4, R5 and R6 are independently selected from hydrogen, C1-C11alkyl, arylC0-C11alkyl, or R5 and R6 are taken together with the nitrogen to which they are attached forming a cyclic system containing 3 to 8 carbon atoms with at least one C1-C11alkyl, aryl C0-C11alkyl substituent.
(ii) R''' is selected from the group consisting of (a) hydrogen, (b) C1-11alkyl, substituted C1-11alkyl wherein the substituents are independently selected from halo, cyano, nitro, trihalomethyl, carbamoyl, tetrahydrofuryl, pyrrolidinyl, piperidinyl, morpholinyl, piperazinyl, hydroxypyronyl, C0-1alkyloxy, arylC0-11alkyloxy, C0-11alkylthio, arylC0-11alkylthio, C0-11alkylamino, arylC0-11alkylamino, di(arylC0-11alkyl)amino, C1 -11alkylcarbonyl, arylC1-11alkylcarbonyl, C1-11alkylcarboxy, arylC1-11alkylcarboxy, C1-11alkylcarbonylamino, aryl C1-11alkylcarbonylamino, -C0-11alkylCOOR7, -C0-11alkylCONR8R9 wherein R7, R8 and R9 are independently selected from hydrogen, C1-C11alkyl, arylC0-C11alkyl, or R8 and R9 are taken together with the nitrogen to which they are attached forming a cyclic system containing 3 to 8 carbon atoms with at least one C1-C11alkyl, arylC0-C11alkyl substituent, (c) mono-, di- and tri-substituted arylC0-C11alkyl wherein the aryl substituents are defined as above for R' and R", (iii) X is a mono-, di- or trisubstituted aryl wherein the aryl substituents are defined as above for R' and R", and aryl is selected from phenyl, biphenyl, naphthyl, dihydronaphthyl, tetrahydronaphthyl, indenyl, indanyl, azulenyl, anthryl, phenanthryl, fluorenyl, pyrenyl, thienyl, benzothienyl, isobenzothienyl, 2,3-dihydrobenzothienyl, furyl, pyranyl, benzofuranyl, isobenzofuranyl, 2,3-dihydrobenzofuranyl, pyrrolyl, indolyl, isoindolyl, indolizinyl, indazolyl, imidazolyl, benzimidazolyl, pyridyl, pyrazinyl, pyradazinyl, pyrimidinyl, triazinyl, quinolyl, isoquinolyl, 4H-quinolizinyl, cinnolinyl, phthalazinyl, quinazolinyl, quinoxalinyl, 1,8-naphthyridinyl, pteridinyl, carbazolyl, acridinyl, phenazinyl, phenothiazinyl, phenoxazinyl, chromanyl, benzodioxolyl, piperonyl, purinyl, hydroxypyronyl, pyrazolyl, triazolyl, tetrazolyl, thiazolyl, isothiazolyl, benzthiazolyl, oxazolyl, isoxazolyl, benzoxazolyl, oxadiazolyl, or thiadiazolyl, and wherein R2 is selected from the group consisting of:
(i) hydrogen;
(ii) C1-11alkyl, substituted C1-11alkyl wherein the alkyl substituents are defined as above, (iii) arylC0-11alkyl, (iv) mono-, di- and tri-substituted arylC0-C11alkyl wherein the aryl substituents are defined as above, and wherein m is an integer between 0 and 4 and each R3 is independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, halo, nitro, cyano, trihalomethyl, hydroxypyronyl, C1-11alkyl, C0-11alkyloxyC0-11alkyl, arylC0-11alkyloxyC0-11alkyl, C0-11alkylthioC0-11alkyl, arylC0-11alkylthioC0-11alkyl, C0-11alkylaminoC0-11alkyl, arylC0-11alkylaminoC0-11alkyl, di(aryl C1-11alkyl)aminoC0-11alkyl, C1-11alkylcarbonylC0-11alkyl, C1-11alkylcarboxyC0-11alkyl, C1-11alkylcarbonylaminoC0-11alkyl, arylC1-11alkylcarbonylC0-11alkyl, arylC1-11alkylcarboxyC0-11alkyl, arylC1-11alkylcarbonyl-aminoC0-11alkyl, -CH=CHCOOR10, -CH=CHCONR11R12, -C0-11alkylCOOR13, -C0-11alkylCONR14R15 wherein R10 thru R15 are independently selected from hydrogen, C1-C11alkyl, arylC0-C11alkyl, or and R12 are taken together with the nitrogen to which they are attached forming a cyclic system containing 3 to 8 carbon atoms with at least one C1-C11alkyl, arylC0-C11alkyl substituent, or R14 and R15 are taken together with the nitrogen to which they are attached forming a cyclic system containing 3 to 8 carbon atoms with at least one C1-C11alkyl, arylC0-C11alkyl substituent, or its pharmaceutically acceptable salts, prodrugs, esters, or solvates thereof.
88. A compound as defined in claim 87 wherein aryl is selected from phenyl, naphthyl, biphenyl, thienyl, furyl, pyridyl, or its pharmaceutically acceptable salts, prodrugs, esters, or solvates thereof.
89. A compound as defined in claim 87 wherein aryl is phenyl, or its pharmaceutically acceptable salts, prodrugs, esters, or solvates thereof.
90. A compound as defined in claim 87 wherein aryl is naphthyl, or its pharmaceutically acceptable salts, prodrugs, esters, or solvates thereof.
91. A compound as defined in claim 87 wherein aryl is biphenyl, or its pharmaceutically acceptable salts, prodrugs, esters, or solvates thereof.
92. A compound as defined in claim 87 wherein aryl is thienyl, or its pharmaceutically acceptable salts, prodrugs, esters, or solvates thereof.
93. A compound as defined in claim 87 wherein aryl is furyl, or its pharmaceutically acceptable salts, prodrugs, esters, or solvates thereof.
94. A compound as defined in claim 87 wherein aryl is pyridyl, or its pharmaceutically acceptable salts, prodrugs, esters, or solvates thereof.
95. A compound with the structure depicted in Formula (A9):
wherein at least one of R1 and R2 substituents has the general structure depicted in Formula (B) X-C(R')=C(R")COOR''' (B) wherein (i) R' and R" are independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, halo, cyano, nitro, trihalomethyl, C1-11alkyl, optionally substituted arylC1-11alkyl wherein the aryl substituents are independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, halo, nitro, cyano, trihalomethyl, hydroxypyronyl, C1-11alkyl, arylC1-11alkyl, C0-11alkyloxyC0-11alkyl, arylC0-11alkyloxyC0-11alkyl, C0-11alkylthioC0-11alkyl, arylC0-11alkylthioC0-11alkyl, C0-11a1kylaminoC0-11alkyl, arylC0-11alkylaminoC0-11alkyl, di(arylC1-11alkyl)aminoC0-11alkyl, C1-11alkylcarbonylC0-11alkyl, arylC1-11alkylcarbonylC0-11alkyl, C1-11alkylcarboxyC0-11alkyl, arylC1-11alkylcarboxyC0-11alkyl, C1-11alkylcarbonylaminoC0-11alkyl, arylC1-11alkylcarbonylaminoC0-11 alkyl, C0-11alkylCOOR4, -C0-11alkylCONR5R6 wherein R4, R5 and R6 are independently selected from hydrogen, C1-C11alkyl, arylC0-C11alkyl, or R5 and R6 are taken together with the nitrogen to which they are attached forming a cyclic system containing 3 to 8 carbon atoms with at least one C1-C11alkyl, arylC0-C11alkyl substituent.
{ii) R'''is selected from the group consisting of {a) hydrogen, (b) C1-11alkyl, substituted C1-11alkyl wherein the substituents are independently selected from halo, cyano, nitro, trihalomethyl, carbamoyl, tetrahydrofuryl, pyrrolidinyl, piperidinyl, morpholinyl, piperazinyl, hydroxypyronyl, C0-11alkyloxy, arylC0-11alkyloxy, C0-11alkylthio, arylC0-11alkylthio, C0-11alkylamino, arylC0-11alkylamino, di(arylC0-11alkyl)amino, C1-11alkylcarbonyl, arylC1-11alkylcarbonyl, C0-11alkylcarboxy, arylC1-11alkylcarboxy, C1-11alkylcarbonylamino, aryl C1-11alkylcarbonylamino, -C0-11alkylCOOR7, -C0-11alkylCONR8R9 wherein R7, R8 and R9 are independently selected from hydrogen, C1-C11alkyl, arylC0-C11alkyl, or R8 and R9 are taken together with the nitrogen to which they are attached forming a cyclic system containing 3 to 8 carbon atoms with at least one C1-C11alkyl, arylC0-C11alkyl substituent, (c) mono-, di- and tri-substituted arylC0-C11alkyl wherein the aryl substituents are defined as above for R' and R", (iii) X is a mono-, di- or trisubstituted aryl wherein the aryl substituents are defined as above for R' and R", and aryl is selected from phenyl, biphenyl, naphthyl, dihydronaphthyl, tetrahydronaphthyl, indenyl, indanyl, azulenyl, anthryl, phenanthryl, fluorenyl, pyrenyl, thienyl, benzothienyl, isobenzothienyl, 2,3-dihydrobenzothienyl, furyl, pyranyl, benzofuranyl, isobenzofuranyl, 2,3-dihydrobenzofuranyl, pyrrolyl, indolyl, isoindolyl, indolizinyl, indazolyl, imidazolyl, benzimidazolyl, pyridyl, pyrazinyl, pyradazinyl, pyrimidinyl, triazinyl, quinolyl, isoquinolyl, 4H-quinolizinyl, cinnolinyl, phthalazinyl, quinazolinyl, quinoxalinyl, 1,8-naphthyridinyl, pteridinyl, carbazolyl, acridinyl, phenazinyl, phenothiazinyl, phenoxazinyl, chromanyl, benzodioxolyl, piperonyl, purinyl, hydroxypyronyl, pyrazolyl, triazolyl, tetrazolyl, thiazolyl, isothiazolyl, benzthiazolyl, oxazolyl, isoxazolyl, benzoxazolyl, oxadiazolyl, or thiadiazolyl, and wherein the remaining of R1 and R2 is independently selected from the group consisting of:
(i) hydrogen;
(ii) C1-11alkyl, substituted C1-11alkyl wherein the alkyl substituents are defined as above, (iii) arylC0-11alkyl, (iv) mono-, di- and tri-substituted arylC0-C11alkyl wherein the aryl substituents are defined as above, and wherein m is an integer between 0 and 3 and each R3 is independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, halo, nitro, cyano, trihalomethyl, hydroxypyronyl, C1-11alkyl, C0-11alkyloxyC0-11alkyl, arylC0-11alkyloxyC0-11alkyl, C0-11alkylthioC0-11alkyl, arylC0-11alkylthioC0-11alkyl, C0-11alkylaminoC0-11alkyl, arylC0-lkylaminoC0-11alkyl, di(arylC1-11alkyl)aminoC0-11alky, C1-11alkylcarbonylC0-11alkyl, C1-11alkylcarboxyC0-11alkyl, C1-11alkylcarbonylaminoC0-11alkyl, arylC1-11alkylcarbonylC0-11alkyl, arylC1-11alkylcarboxyC0-11alkyl, arylC1-11alkylcarbonyl-aminoC0-11alkyl, -CH=CHCOOR10, -CH=CHCONR11R12, -C0-11alkylCOOR13, -C0-11alkylCONR14R15 wherein R10 thru R15 are independently selected from hydrogen, C1-C11alkyl, arylC0-C11alkyl, or and R12 are taken together with the nitrogen to which they are attached forming a cyclic system containing 3 to 8 carbon atoms with at least one C1-C11alkyl, arylC0-C11alkyl substituent, or R14 and R15 are taken together with the nitrogen to which they are attached forming a cyclic system containing 3 to 8 carbon atoms with at least one C1-C11alkyl, arylC0-C11alkyl substituent, or its pharmaceutically acceptable salts, prodrugs, esters, or solvates thereof.
96. A compound as defined in claim 95 wherein aryl is selected from phenyl, naphthyl, biphenyl, thienyl, furyl, pyridyl, or its pharmaceutically acceptable salts, prodrugs, esters, or solvates thereof.
97. A compound as defined in claim 95 wherein aryl is phenyl, or its pharmaceutically acceptable salts, prodrugs, esters, or solvates thereof.
98. A compound as defined in claim 95 wherein aryl is naphthyl, or its pharmaceutically acceptable salts, prodrugs, esters, or solvates thereof.
99. A compound as defined in claim 95 wherein aryl is biphenyl, or its pharmaceutically acceptable salts, prodrugs, esters, or solvates thereof.
100. A compound as defined in claim 95 wherein aryl is thienyl, or its pharmaceutically acceptable salts, prodrugs, esters, or solvates thereof.
101. A compound as defined in claim 95 wherein aryl is furyl, or its pharmaceutically acceptable salts, prodrugs, esters, or solvates thereof.
102. A compound as defined in claim 95 wherein aryl is pyridyl, or its pharmaceutically acceptable salts, prodrugs, esters, or solvates thereof.
103. A compound having the structure depicted in Formula (A9):
wherein R1 or R2 is selected from -COR16, -COOR17, -CONR18R19 wherein R16 thru R19 are independently selected from hydrogen, C1-C11alkyl, substituted C1-11alkyl where the alkyl substituents are as defined below, optionally substituted arylC0-C11alkyl where the aryl substituents are as defined below, or R18 and R19 are taken together with the nitrogen to which they are attached forming a cyclic system containing 3 to 8 carbon atoms with at least one C1-C11alkyl, arylC0-C11alkyl substituent, and wherein the remainder of R1 or R2 has the general structure depicted in Formula (B) X-C(R')=C(R")COOR''' (B) wherein (i) R' and R" are independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, halo, cyano, nitro, trihalomethyl, C1-11alkyl, optionally substituted aryl C1-11alkyl wherein the aryl substituents are independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, halo, nitro, cyano, trihalomethyl, hydroxypyronyl, C1-11alkyl, arylC1-11alkyl, C0-11alkyloxyC0-11alkyl, arylC0-11alkyloxyC0-11alkyl, C0-11alkylthioC0-11alkyl, arylC0-11alkylthioC0-11alkyl, C0-11alkylaminoC0-11alkyl, arylC0-11alkylaminoC0-11alkyl, di(arylC1-11alkyl)aminoC0-11alkyl, C1-11alkylcarbonylC0-11alkyl, arylC1-11alkylcarbonylC0-11alkyl, C1-11alkylcarboxyC0-11alkyl, arylC1-11alkylcarboxyC0-11alkyl, C1-11alkylcarbonylaminoC0-11alkyl, arylC1-11alkylcarbonylaminoC0-11alkyl, -C0-11alkylCOOR4, -C0-11alkylCONR5R6 wherein R4, R5 and R6 are independently selected from hydrogen, C1-C11alkyl, arylC0-C11alkyl, or R5 and R6 are taken together with the nitrogen to which they are attached forming a cyclic system containing 3 to 8 carbon atoms with at least one C1-C11alkyl, arylC0-C11alkyl substituent.
(ii) R''' is selected from the group consisting of (a) hydrogen, (b) C1-11alkyl, substituted C1-11alkyl wherein the substituents are independently selected from halo, cyano, nitro, trihalomethyl, carbamoyl, tetrahydrofuryl, pyrrolidinyl, piperidinyl, morpholinyl, piperazinyl, hydroxypyronyl, C0-11alkyloxy, arylC0-11alkyloxy, C0-11alkylthio, arylC0-11alkylthio, C0-11alkylamino, arylC0-11alkylamino, di(arylC0-11alkyl)amino, C1 -11alkylcarbonyl, arylC1-11alkylcarbonyl, C1-11alkylcarboxy, arylC1-11alkylcarboxy, C1-11alkylcarbonylamino, aryl C1-11alkylcarbonylamino, -C0-11alkylCOOR7, -C0-11alkylCONR8R9 wherein R7, R8 and R9 are independently selected from hydrogen, C1-C11alkyl, arylC0-C11alkyl, or R8 and R9 are taken together with the nitrogen to which they are attached forming a cyclic system containing 3 to 8 carbon atoms with at least one C1-C11alkyl, arylC0-C11alkyl substituent, (c) mono-, di- and tri-substituted arylC0-C11alkyl wherein the aryl substituents are defined as above for R' and R", (iii) X is a mono-, di- or trisubstituted aryl wherein the aryl substituents are defined as above for R' and R", and aryl is selected from phenyl, biphenyl, naphthyl, dihydronaphthyl, tetrahydronaphthyl, indenyl, indanyl, azulenyl, anthryl, phenanthryl, fluorenyl, pyrenyl, thienyl, benzothienyl, isobenzothienyl, 2,3-dihydrobenzothienyl, furyl, pyranyl, benzofuranyl, isobenzofuranyl, 2,3-dihydrobenzofuranyl, pyrrolyl, indolyl, isoindolyl, indolizinyl, indazolyl, imidazolyl, benzimidazolyl, pyridyl, pyrazinyl, pyradazinyl, pyrimidinyl, triazinyl, quinolyl, isoquinolyl, 4H-quinolizinyl, cinnolinyl, phthalazinyl, quinazolinyl, quinoxalinyl, 1,8-naphthyridinyl, pteridinyl, carbazolyl, acridinyl, phenazinyl, phenothiazinyl, phenoxazinyl, chromanyl, benzodioxolyl, piperonyl, purinyl, hydroxypyronyl, pyrazolyl, triazolyl, tetrazolyl, thiazolyl, isothiazolyl, benzthiazolyl, oxazolyl, isoxazolyl, benzoxazolyl, oxadiazolyl, or thiadiazolyl, and wherein R2 is selected from the group consisting of:
(i) hydrogen;
(ii) C1-11alkyl, substituted C1-11alkyl wherein the alkyl substituents are defined as above, (iii) arylC0-11alkyl, (iv) mono-, di- and tri-substituted arylC0-C11alkyl wherein the aryl substituents are defined as above, and wherein m is an integer between 0 and 3 and each R3 is independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, halo, nitro, cyano, trihalomethyl, hydroxypyronyl, C1-11alkyl, C0-11alkyloxyC0-11alkyl, arylC0-11alkyloxyC0-11alkyl, C0-11alkylthioC0-11alkyl, arylC0-11alkylthioC0-11alkyl, C0-11alkylaminoC0-11alkyl, arylC0-11alkylaminoC0-11alkyl, di(arylC1-11alkyl)aminoC0-11alkyl, C1-11alkylcarbonylC0-11alkyl, C1-11alkylcarboxyC0-11alkyl, C1-11alkylcarbonylaminoC0-11alkyl, arylC1-11alkylcarbonylC0-11alkyl, arylC1-11alkylcarboxyC0-11alkyl, arylC1-11alkylcarbonyl-aminoC0-11alkyl, -CH=CHCOOR10, -CH=CHCONR11R12, -C0-11alkylCOOR13, -C0-11alkylCONR14R15 wherein R10 thru R15 are independently selected from hydrogen, C1-C11alkyl, arylC0-C11alkyl, or and R12 are taken together with the nitrogen to which they are attached forming a cyclic system containing 3 to 8 carbon atoms with at least one C1-C11alkyl, arylC0-C11alkyl substituent, or R14 and R15 are taken together with the nitrogen to which they are attached forming a cyclic system containing 3 to 8 carbon atoms with at least one C1-C11alkyl, arylC0-C11alkyl substituent, or its pharmaceutically acceptable salts, prodrugs, esters, or solvates thereof.
104. A compound as defined in claim 103 wherein aryl is selected from phenyl, naphthyl, biphenyl, thienyl, furyl, pyridyl, or its pharmaceutically acceptable salts, prodrugs, esters, or solvates thereof.
105. A compound as defined in claim 103 wherein aryl is phenyl, or its pharmaceutically acceptable salts, prodrugs, esters, or solvates thereof.
106. A compound as defined in claim 103 wherein aryl is naphthyl, or its pharmaceutically acceptable salts, prodrugs, esters, or solvates thereof.
107. A compound as defined in claim 103 wherein aryl is biphenyl, or its pharmaceutically acceptable salts, prodrugs, esters, or solvates thereof.
108. A compound as defined in claim 103 wherein aryl is thienyl, or its pharmaceutically acceptable salts, prodrugs, esters, or solvates thereof.
109. A compound as defined in claim 103 wherein aryl is furyl, or its pharmaceutically acceptable salts, prodrugs, esters, or solvates thereof.
110. A compound as defined in claim 103 wherein aryl is pyridyl, or its pharmaceutically acceptable salts, prodrugs, esters, or solvates thereof.
111. A compound with the structure depicted in Formula (A10):
wherein Z1 and Z2 are independently selected from the group consisting of OR3, SR4, NR5R6, wherein R3, R4, R5, R6 are independently selected from:
(i) hydrogen;
(ii) C1-11alkyl, substituted C1-11alkyl, C1-11alkylcarbonyl, substituted C1-11alkylcarbonyl wherein the alkyl substituents are defined as below, (iii) arylC0-11alkyl, arylC0-11alkylcarbonyl;
(iv) mono-, di- and tri-substituted arylC0-C11alkyl; mono-, di- and tri-substituted arylC0-C11alkylcarbonyl wherein the aryl substituents are defned as in below, and wherein at least one of R1 and R2 substituents has the general structure depicted in Formula (B) X-C(R')=C(R")COOR''' (B) wherein (i) R' and R" are independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, halo, cyano, nitro, trihalomethyl, C1-11alkyl, optionally substituted arylC1-11 alkyl wherein the aryl substituents are independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, halo, nitro, cyano, trihalomethyl, hydroxypyronyl, C1-11alkyl, arylC1-11alkyl, C0-11alkyloxyC0-11alkyl, arylC0-11alkyloxyC0-11alkyl, C0-11alkylthioC0-11alkyl, arylC0-11alkylthioC0-11alkyl, C0-11alkylaminoC0-11alkyl, 11alkyl, arylC0-11alkylaminoC0-11alkyl, di(arylC1-11alkyl)aminoC0-11alkyl, C1-11alkylcarbonylC0-11alkyl, arylC1-11alkylcarbonylC0-11alkyl, C1-11alkylcarboxyC0-11alkyl, arylC1-11alkylcarboxyC0-11alkyl, C1-11alkylcarbonylaminoC0-11alkyl, arylC1-11alkylcarbonylaminoC0-11alkyl, C0-11alkylCOOR7, -C0-11alkylCONR8R9 wherein R7, R8 and R9 are independently selected from hydrogen, C1-C11alkyl, arylC0-C11alkyl, or R8 and R9 are taken together with the nitrogen to which they are attached forming a cyclic system containing 3 to 8 carbon atoms with at least one C1-C11alkyl, arylC0-C11alkyl substituent.
(ii) R''' is selected from the group consisting of (a) hydrogen, (b) C1-11alkyl, substituted C1-11alkyl wherein the substituents are independently selected from halo, cyano, nitro, trihalomethyl, carbamoyl, tetrahydrofuryl, pyrrolidinyl, piperidinyl, morpholinyl, piperazinyl, hydroxypyronyl, C0-11alkyloxy, arylC0-11alkyloxy, C0-11alkylthio, arylC0-11alkylthio, C0-11alkylamino, ary1C0-11alkylamino, di(arylC0-11alkyl)amino, C1-11alkylcarbonyl, arylC1-11alkylcarbonyl, C1-11alkylcarboxy, arylC1-11alkylcarboxy, C1-11alkylcarbonylamino, aryl C1-11alkylcarbonylamino, -C0-11alkylCOOR10, -C0-11alkylCONR11R12 wherein R10, R11 and R12 are independently selected from hydrogen, C1-C11alkyl, arylC0-C11alkyl, or R11 and R12 are taken together with the nitrogen to which they are attached forming a cyclic system containing 3 to 8 carbon atoms with at least one C1-C11alkyl, arylC0-C11alkyl substituent, (c) mono-, di- and tri-substituted arylC0-C11alkyl wherein the aryl substituents are defined as above for R' and R", (iii) X is a mono-, di- or trisubstituted aryl wherein the aryl substituents are defined as above for R' and R", and aryl is selected from phenyl, biphenyl, naphthyl, dihydronaphthyl, tetrahydronaphthyl, indenyl, indanyl, azulenyl, anthryl, phenanthryl, fluorenyl, pyrenyl, thienyl, benzothienyl, isobenzothienyl, 2,3-dihydrobenzothienyl, furyl, pyranyl, benzofuranyl, isobenzofuranyl, 2,3-dihydrobenzofuranyl, pyrrolyl, indolyl, isoindolyl, indolizinyl, indazolyl, imidazolyl, benzimidazolyl, pyridyl, pyrazinyl, pyradazinyl, pyrimidinyl, triazinyl, quinolyl, isoquinolyl, 4H-quinolizinyl, cinnolinyl, phthalazinyl, quinazolinyl, quinoxalinyl, 1,8-naphthyridinyl, pteridinyl, carbazolyl, acridinyl, phenazinyl, phenothiazinyl, phenoxazinyl, chromanyl, benzodioxolyl, piperonyl, purinyl, hydroxypyronyl, pyrazolyl, triazolyl, tetrazolyl, thiazolyl, isothiazolyl, benzthiazolyl, oxazolyl, isoxazolyl, benzoxazolyl, oxadiazolyl, or thiadiazolyl, and wherein the remaining of R1, and R2 is independently selected from the group consisting of:
(i) hydrogen;
(ii) C1-11alkyl, substituted C1-11alkyl wherein the alkyl substituents are defined as above, (iii) arylC0-11alkyl, (iv) mono-, di- and tri-substituted arylC0-C11alkyl wherein the aryl substituents are defined as above, or its pharmaceutically acceptable salts, prodrugs, esters, or solvates thereof.
112. A compound as defined in claim 111 wherein aryl is selected from phenyl, naphthyl, biphenyl, thienyl, furyl, pyridyl, or its pharmaceutically acceptable salts, prodrugs, esters, or solvates thereof.
113. A compound as defined in claim 111 wherein aryl is phenyl, or its pharmaceutically acceptable salts, prodrugs, esters, or solvates thereof.
114. A compound as defined in claim 111 wherein aryl is naphthyl, or its pharmaceutically acceptable salts, prodrugs, esters, or solvates thereof.
115. A compound as defined in claim 111 wherein aryl is biphenyl, or its pharmaceutically acceptable salts, prodrugs, esters, or solvates thereof.
116. A compound as defined in claim 111 wherein aryl is thienyl, or its pharmaceutically acceptable salts, prodrugs, esters, or solvates thereof.
117. A compound as defined in claim 111 wherein aryl is furyl, or its pharmaceutically acceptable salts, prodrugs, esters, or solvates thereof.
118. A compound as defined in claim 111 wherein aryl is pyridyl, or its pharmaceutically acceptable salts, prodrugs, esters, or solvates thereof.
119. A compound with the structure depicted in Formula (A11):
wherein at least one of R1, R2 and R3 substituents has the general structure depicted in Formula (B) X-C(R')=C(R")COOR''' (B) wherein (i) R' and R" are independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, halo, cyano, nitro, trihalomethyl, C1-11alkyl, optionally substituted arylC1-11alkyl wherein the aryl substituents are independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, halo, nitro, cyano, trihalomethyl, hydroxypyronyl, C1-11alkyl, arylC1-11alkyl, C0-11alkyloxyC0-11alkyl, arylC0-11alkyloxyC0-11alkyl, C0-11alkylthioC0-11alkyl, arylC0-11alkylthioC0-11alkyl, C0-11alkylaminoC0-11alkyl, arylC0-11alkylaminoC0-11alkyl, di(arylC1-11alkyl)aminoC0-11alkyl, C1-11alkylcarbonylC0-11alkyl, arylC1-11alkylcarbonylC0-11alkyl, C1-11alkylcarboxyC0-11alkyl, arylC1-11alkylcarboxyC0-11alkyl, C1-11alkylcarbonylaminoC0-11alkyl, arylC1-11alkylcarbonylaminoC0-11alkyl, -C0-11alkylCOOR5, -C0-11alkylCONR6R7 wherein R5, R6 and R7 are independently selected from hydrogen, C1-C11alkyl, arylC0-C11alkyl, or R6 and R7 are taken together with the nitrogen to which they are attached forming a cyclic system containing 3 to 8 carbon atoms with at least one C1-C11alkyl, arylC0-C11alkyl substituent.
(ii) R''' is selected from the group consisting of (a) hydrogen, (b) C1-11alkyl, substituted C1-11alkyl wherein the substituents are independently selected from halo, cyano, nitro, trihalomethyl, carbamoyl, tetrahydrofuryl, pyrrolidinyl, piperidinyl, morpholinyl, piperazinyl, hydroxypyronyl, C0-11alkyloxy, arylC0-11alkyloxy, C0-11alkylthio, arylC0-11alkylthio, C0-11alkylamino, arylC0-11alkylamino, di(arylC0-11alkyl)amino, C1-11alkylcarbonyl, arylC1-11alkylcarbonyl, C1-11alkylcarboxy, arylC1-11alkylcarboxy, C1-11alkylcarbonylamino, aryl C1-11alkylcarbonylamino, -C0-11alkylCOOR8, -C0-11alkylCONR9R10 wherein R8, R9 and R10 are independently selected from hydrogen, C1-C11alkyl, arylC0-C11alkyl, or R9 and R10 are taken together with the nitrogen to which they are attached forming a cyclic system containing 3 to 8 carbon atoms with at least one C1-C11alkyl, arylC0-C11alkyl substituent, (c) mono-, di- and tri-substituted arylC0-C11alkyl wherein the aryl substituents are defined as above for R' and R", (iii) X is a mono-, di- or trisubstituted aryl wherein the aryl substituents are defined as above for R' and R", and aryl is selected from phenyl, biphenyl, naphthyl, dihydronaphthyl, tetrahydronaphthyl, indenyl, indanyl, azulenyl, anthryl, phenanthryl, fluorenyl, pyrenyl, thienyl, benzothienyl, isobenzothienyl, 2,3-dihydrobenzothienyl, furyl, pyranyl, benzofuranyl, isobenzofuranyl, 2,3-dihydrcbenzofuranyl, pyrrolyl, indolyl, isoindolyl, indolizinyl, indazolyl, imidazolyl, benzimidazolyl, pyridyl, pyrazinyl, pyradazinyl, pyrimidinyl, triazinyl, quinolyl, isoquinolyl, 4H-quinolizinyl, cinnolinyl, phthalazinyl, quinazolinyl, quinoxalinyl, 1,8-naphthyridinyl, pteridinyl, carbazolyl, acridinyl, phenazinyl, phenothiazinyl, phenoxazinyl, chromanyl, benzodioxolyl, piperonyl, purinyl, hydroxypyronyl, pyrazolyl, triazolyl, tetrazolyl, thiazolyl, isothiazolyl, benzthiazolyl, oxazolyl, isoxazolyl, benzoxazolyl, oxadiazolyl, or thiadiazolyl, and wherein the remaining of R1, R2 and R3 are independently selected from the group consisting of:
(i) hydrogen;
(ii) C1-11alkyl, substituted C1-11alkyl wherein the alkyl substituents are defined as above, (iii) arylC0-11alkyl, (iv) mono-, di- and tri-substituted arylC0-C11alkyl wherein the aryl substituents are defined as above, or its pharmaceutically acceptable salts, prodrugs, esters, or solvates thereof.
120. A compound as defined in claim 119 wherein aryl is selected from phenyl, naphthyl, biphenyl, thienyl, furyl, pyridyl, or its pharmaceutically acceptable salts, prodrugs, esters, or solvates thereof.
121. A compound as defined in claim 119 wherein aryl is phenyl, or its pharmaceutically acceptable salts, prodrugs, esters, or solvates thereof.
122. A compound as defined in claim 119 wherein aryl is naphthyl, or its pharmaceutically acceptable salts, prodrugs, esters, or solvates thereof.
123. A compound as defined in claim 119 wherein aryl is biphenyl, or its pharmaceutically acceptable salts, prodrugs, esters, or solvates thereof.
124. A compound as defined in claim 119 wherein aryl is thienyl, or its pharmaceutically acceptable salts, prodrugs, esters, or solvates thereof.
125. A compound as defined in claim 119 wherein aryl is furyl, or its pharmaceutically acceptable salts, prodrugs, esters, or solvates thereof.
126. A compound as defined in claim 119 wherein aryl is pyridyl, or its pharmaceutically acceptable salts, prodrugs, esters, or solvates thereof.
127. A compound as defined in claim 1 with the structure as depicted below or its pharmaceutically acceptable salts, prodrugs, esters, or solvates thereof.
128. A compound as defined in claim 1 with the structure as depicted below or its pharmaceutically acceptable salts, prodrugs, esters, or solvates thereof.
129. A compound as defined in claim 63 with the structure as depicted below or its pharmaceutically acceptable salts, prodrugs, esters, or solvates thereof.
130. A compound as defined in claim 63 with the structure as depicted below or its pharmaceutically acceptable salts, prodrugs, esters, or solvates thereof.
131. A compound as defined in claim 47 with the structure as depicted below or its pharmaceutically acceptable salts, prodrugs, esters, or solvates thereof.
132. A compound as defined in claim 47 with the structure as depicted below or its pharmaceutically acceptable salts, prodrugs, esters, or solvates thereof.
133. A compound as defined in claim 47 with the structure as depicted below or its pharmaceutically acceptable salts, prodrugs, esters, or solvates thereof.
134. A compound as defined in claim 47 with the structure as depicted below or its pharmaceutically acceptable salts, prodrugs, esters, or solvates thereof.
135. A compound as defined in claim 47 with the structure as depicted below or its pharmaceutically acceptable salts, prodrugs, esters, or solvates thereof.
136. A compound as defined in claim 47 with the structure as depicted below or its pharmaceutically acceptable salts, prodrugs, esters, or solvates thereof.
137. A compound as defined in claim 47 with the structure as depicted below or its pharmaceutically acceptable salts, prodrugs, esters, or solvates thereof.
138. A compound as defined in claim 47 with the structure as depicted below or its pharmaceutically acceptable salts, prodrugs, esters, or solvates thereof.
139. A compound as defined in claim 47 with the structure as depicted below or its pharmaceutically acceptable salts, prodrugs, esters, or solvates thereof.
140. A compound as defined in claim 47 with the structure as depicted below or its pharmaceutically acceptable salts, prodrugs, esters, or solvates thereof.
141. A compound as defined in claim 47 with the structure as depicted below or its pharmaceutically acceptable salts, prodrugs, esters, or solvates thereof.
142. A compound as defined in claim 47 with the structure as depicted below or its pharmaceutically acceptable salts, prodrugs, esters, or solvates thereof.
143. A compound as defined in claim 47 with the structure as depicted below or its pharmaceutically acceptable salts, prodrugs, esters, or solvates thereof.
144. A compound as defined in claim 47 with the structure as depicted below or its pharmaceutically acceptable salts, prodrugs, esters, or solvates thereof.
145. A compound as defined in claim 47 with the structure as depicted below or its pharmaceutically acceptable salts, prodrugs, esters, or solvates thereof.
146. A compound as defined in claim 47 with the structure as depicted below or its pharmaceutically acceptable salts, prodrugs, esters, or solvates thereof.
147. A compound as defined in claim 47 with the structure as depicted below or its pharmaceutically acceptable salts, prodrugs, esters, or solvates thereof.
148. A compound as defined in claim 47 with the structure as depicted below or its pharmaceutically acceptable salts, prodrugs, esters, or solvates thereof.
149. A compound as defined in claim 47 with the structure as depicted below or its pharmaceutically acceptable salts, prodrugs, esters, or solvates thereof.
150. A compound as defined in claim 47 with the structure as depicted below or its pharmaceutically acceptable salts, prodrugs, esters, or solvates thereof.
151. A compound as defined in claim 47 with the structure as depicted below or its pharmaceutically acceptable salts, prodrugs, esters, or solvates thereof.
152. A compound as defined in claim 47 with the structure as depicted below or its pharmaceutically acceptable salts, prodrugs, esters, or solvates thereof.
153. A compound as defined in claim 47 with the structure as depicted below or its pharmaceutically acceptable salts, prodrugs, esters, or solvates thereof.
154. A compound as defined in claim 47 with the structure as depicted below or its pharmaceutically acceptable salts, prodrugs, esters, or solvates thereof.
154. A compound as defined in claim 47 with the structure as depicted below or its pharmaceutically acceptable salts, prodrugs, ester, or solvates thereof.
155. A compound as defined in claim 47 with the structure as depicted below or its pharmaceutically acceptable salts, prodrugs, esters, or solvates thereof.
156. A compound as defined in claim 47 with the structure as depicted below or its pharmaceutically acceptable salts, prodrugs, esters, or solvates thereof.
157. A compound as defined in claim 47 with the structure as depicted below or its pharmaceutically acceptable salts, prodrugs, esters, or solvates thereof.
158. A compound as defined in claim 47 with the structure as depicted below or its pharmaceutically acceptable salts, prodrugs, esters, or solvates thereof.
159. A compound as defined in claim 47 with the structure as depicted below or its pharmaceutically acceptable salts, prodrugs, esters, or solvates thereof.
160. A compound as defined in claim 47 with the structure as depicted below or its pharmaceutically acceptable salts, prodrugs, esters, or solvates thereof.
161. A compound as defined in claim 47 with the structure as depicted below or its pharmaceutically acceptable salts, prodrugs, esters, or solvates thereof.
162. A compound as defined in claim 47 with the structure as depicted below or its pharmaceutically acceptable salts, prodrugs, esters, or solvates thereof.
163. A compound with the structure as depicted below or its pharmaceutically acceptable salts, prodrugs, esters, or solvates thereof.
164. A compound as defined in claim 47 with the structure as depicted below or its pharmaceutically acceptable salts, prodrugs, esters, or solvates thereof.
165. A compound as defined in claim 47 with the structure as depicted below or its pharmaceutically acceptable salts, prodrugs, esters, or solvates thereof.
166. A compound as defined in claim 47 with the structure as depicted below or its pharmaceutically acceptable salts, prodrugs, esters, or solvates thereof.
167. A compound as defined in claim 47 with the structure as depicted below or its pharmaceutically acceptable salts, prodrugs, esters, or solvates thereof.
168. A compound as defined in claim 47 with the structure as depicted below or its pharmaceutically acceptable salts, prodrugs, esters, or solvates thereof.
169. A compound as defined in claim 47 with the structure as depicted below or its pharmaceutically acceptable salts, prodrugs, esters, or solvates thereof.
170. A compound as defined in claim 47 with the structure as depicted below or its pharmaceutically acceptable salts, prodrugs, esters, or solvates thereof.
171. A compound as defined in claim 47 with the structure as depicted below or its pharmaceutically acceptable salts, prodrugs, esters, or solvates thereof.
172. A compound as defined in claim 47 with the structure as depicted below or its pharmaceutically acceptable salts, prodrugs, esters, or solvates thereof.
173. A compound as defined in claim 47 with the structure as depicted below or its pharmaceutically acceptable salts, prodrugs, esters, or solvates thereof.
174. A compound as defined in claim 47 with the structure as depicted below or its pharmaceutically acceptable salts, prodrugs, esters, or solvates thereof.
175. A compound as defined in claim 47 with the structure as depicted below or its pharmaceutically acceptable salts, prodrugs, esters, or solvates thereof.
176. A compound as defined in claim 47 with the structure as depicted below or its pharmaceutically acceptable salts, prodrugs, esters, or solvates thereof.
177. A compound with the structure as depicted below or its pharmaceutically acceptable salts, prodrugs, esters, or solvates thereof.
I78. A compound as defined in claim 39 with the structure as depicted below or its pharmaceutically acceptable salts, prodrugs, esters, or solvates thereof.
179. A compound as defined in claim 39 with the structure as depicted below or its pharmaceutically acceptable salts, prodrugs, esters, or solvates thereof.
180. A compound as defined in claim 39 with the structure as depicted below or its pharmaceutically acceptable salts, prodrugs, esters, or solvates thereof.
181. A compound as defined in claim 39 with the structure as depicted below or its pharmaceutically acceptable salts, prodrugs, esters, or solvates thereof.
182. A compound as defined in claim 39 with the structure as depicted below or its pharmaceutically acceptable salts, prodrugs, esters, or solvates thereof.
183. A compound as defined in claim 39 with the structure as depicted below or its pharmaceutically acceptable salts, prodrugs, esters, or solvates thereof.
184. A compound as defined in claim 47 with the structure as depicted below or its pharmaceutically acceptable salts, prodrugs, esters, or solvates thereof.
185. A compound as defined in claim 47 with the structure as depicted below or its pharmaceutically acceptable salts, prodrugs, esters, or solvates thereof.
186. A compound as defined in claim 47 with the structure as depicted below or its pharmaceutically acceptable salts, prodrugs, esters, or solvates thereof.
187. A compound as defined in claim 47 with the structure as depicted below or its pharmaceutically acceptable salts, prodrugs, esters, or solvates thereof.
189. A compound as defined in claim 47 with the structure as depicted below or its pharmaceutically acceptable salts, prodrugs, esters, or solvates thereof.
190. A compound as defined in claim 47 with the structure as depicted below or its pharmaceutically acceptable salts, prodrugs, esters, or solvates thereof.
191. A compound as defined in claim 47 with the structure as depicted below or its pharmaceutically acceptable salts, prodrugs, esters, or solvates thereof.
192. A compound as defined in claim 47 with the structure as depicted below or its pharmaceutically acceptable salts, prodrugs, esters, or solvates thereof.
193. A compound as defined in claim 47 with the structure as depicted below or its pharmaceutically acceptable salts, prodrugs, esters, or solvates thereof.
194. A compound as defined in claim 47 with the structure as depicted below or its pharmaceutically acceptable salts, prodrugs, esters, or solvates thereof.
195. A compound as defined in claim 47 with the structure as depicted below or its pharmaceutically acceptable salts, prodrugs, esters, or solvates thereof 196. A compound as defined in claim 47 with the structure as depicted below or its pharmaceutically acceptable salts, prodrugs, esters, or solvates thereof.
197. A compound as defined in claim 47 with the structure as depicted below or its pharmaceutically acceptable salts, prodrugs, esters, or solvates thereof.
198. A compound as defined in claim 47 with the structure as depicted below or its pharmaceutically acceptable salts, prodrugs, esters, or solvates thereof.
199. A compound as defined in claim 47 with the structure as depicted below or its pharmaceutically acceptable salts, prodrugs, esters, or solvates thereof.
200. A compound as defined in claim 47 with the structure as depicted below or its pharmaceutically acceptable salts, prodrugs, esters, or solvates thereof.
201. A compound as defined in claim 47 with the structure as depicted below or its pharmaceutically acceptable salts, prodrugs, esters, or solvates thereof.
202. A compound as defined in claim 47 with the structure as depicted below or its pharmaceutically acceptable salts, prodrugs, esters, or solvates thereof.
203. A compound as defined in claim 47 with the structure as depicted below or its pharmaceutically acceptable salts, prodrugs, esters, or solvates thereof.
204. A compound as defined in claim 47 with the structure as depicted below or its pharmaceutically acceptable salts, prodrugs, esters, or solvates thereof.
205. A compound as defined in claim 47 with the structure as depicted below or its pharmaceutically acceptable salts, prodrugs, esters, or solvates thereof.
206. A compound as defined in claim 47 with the structure as depicted below or its pharmaceutically acceptable salts, prodrugs, esters, or solvates thereof.
207. A compound as defined in claim 47 with the structure as depicted below or its pharmaceutically acceptable salts, prodrugs, esters, or solvates thereof.
208. A compound as defined in claim 47 with the structure as depicted below or its pharmaceutically acceptable salts, prodrugs, esters, or solvates thereof.
209. A compound as defined in claim 63 with the structure as depicted below or its pharmaceutically acceptable salts, prodrugs, esters, or solvates thereof.
210. A compound as defined in claim 24 with the structure as depicted below or its pharmaceutically acceptable salts, prodrugs, esters, or solvates thereof.
211. A compound as defined in claim 24 with the structure as depicted below or its pharmaceutically acceptable salts, prodrugs, esters, or solvates thereof.
212. A compound as defined in claim 24 with the structure as depicted below or its pharmaceutically acceptable salts, prodrugs, esters, or solvates thereof.
213. A compound as defined in claim 24 with the structure as depicted below or its pharmaceutically acceptable salts, prodrugs, esters, or solvates thereof.
214. A compound as defined in claim 24 with the structure as depicted below or its pharmaceutically acceptable salts, prodrugs, esters, or solvates thereof.
2I5. A compound as defined in claim 24 with the structure as depicted below or its pharmaceutically acceptable salts, prodrugs, esters, or solvates thereof.
216. A compound as defined in claim 24 with the structure as depicted below or its pharmaceutically acceptable salts, prodrugs, esters, or solvates thereof.
217. A compound as defined in claim 24 with the structure as depicted below or its pharmaceutically acceptable salts, prodrugs, esters, or solvates thereof.
218. A compound as defined in claim 24 with the structure as depicted below or its pharmaceutically acceptable salts, prodrugs, esters, or solvates thereof.
219. A compound as defined in claim 24 with the structure as depicted below or its pharmaceutically acceptable salts, prodrugs, esters, or solvates thereof.
220. A compound as defined in claim 24 with the structure as depicted below or its pharmaceutically acceptable salts, prodrugs, esters, or solvates thereof.
221. A compound as defined in claim 24 with the structure as depicted below or its pharmaceutically acceptable salts, prodrugs, esters, or solvates thereof.
222. A compound as defined in claim 24 with the structure as depicted below or its pharmaceutically acceptable salts, prodrugs, esters, or solvates thereof.
223. A compound as defined in claim 24 with the structure as depicted below or its pharmaceutically acceptable salts, prodrugs, esters, or solvates thereof.
224. A compound as defined in claim 24 with the structure as depicted below or its pharmaceutically acceptable salts, prodrugs, esters, or solvates thereof.
225. A compound as defined in claim 24 with the structure as depicted below or its pharmaceutically acceptable salts, prodrugs, esters, or solvates thereof.
226. A compound as defined in claim 24 with the structure as depicted below or its pharmaceutically acceptable salts, prodrugs, esters, or solvates thereof.
227. A compound as defined in claim 24 with the structure as depicted below or its pharmaceutically acceptable salts, prodrugs, esters, or solvates thereof.
228. A compound as defined in claim 24 with the structure as depicted below or its pharmaceutically acceptable salts, prodrugs, esters, or solvates thereof 229. A compound as defined in claim 55 with the structure as depicted below or its pharmaceutically acceptable salts, prodrugs, esters, or solvates thereof.
230. A compound as defined in claim 71 with the structure as depicted below or its pharmaceutically acceptable salts, prodrugs, esters, or solvates thereof.
231. A compound as defined in claim 79 with the structure as depicted below or its pharmaceutically acceptable salts, prodrugs, esters, or solvates thereof.
232. A compound as defined in claim 79 with the structure as depicted below or its pharmaceutically acceptable salts, prodrugs, esters, or solvates thereof.
233. A compound as defined in claim 79 with the structure as depicted below or its pharmaceutically acceptable salts, prodrugs, esters, or solvates thereof.
234. A compound as defined in claim 79 with the structure as depicted below or its pharmaceutically acceptable salts, prodrugs, esters, or solvates thereof.
235. A compound as defined in claim 79 with the structure as depicted below or its pharmaceutically acceptable salts, prodrugs, esters, or solvates thereof.
236. A compound as defined in claim 79 with the structure as depicted below or its pharmaceutically acceptable salts, prodrugs, esters, or solvates thereof.
237. A compound as defined in claim 87 with the structure as depicted below or its pharmaceutically acceptable salts, prodrugs, esters, or solvates thereof.
238. A compound as defined in claim 87 with the structure as depicted below or its pharmaceutically acceptable salts, prodrugs, esters, or solvates thereof.
239. A compound as defined in claim 95 with the structure as depicted below or its pharmaceutically acceptable salts, prodrugs, esters, or solvates thereof.
240. A compound as defined in claim 103 with the structure as depicted below or its pharmaceutically acceptable salts, prodrugs, esters, or solvates thereof.
241. A compound as defined in claim 103 with the structure as depicted below or its pharmaceutically acceptable salts, prodrugs, esters, or solvates thereof.
242. A compound as defined in claim 111 with the structure as depicted below or its pharmaceutically acceptable salts, prodrugs, esters, or solvates thereof.
243. A compound as defined in claim 111 with the structure as depicted below or its pharmaceutically acceptable salts, prodrugs, esters, or solvates thereof.
244. A compound as defined in claim 111 with the structure as depicted below or its pharmaceutically acceptable salts, prodrugs, esters, or solvates thereof.
245. A compound as defined in claim 111 with the structure as depicted below or its pharmaceutically acceptable salts, prodrugs, esters, or solvates thereof.
246. A compound as defined in claim 111 with the structure as depicted below or its pharmaceutically acceptable salts, prodrugs, esters, or solvates thereof.
247. A compound as defined in claim 119 with the structure as depicted below or its pharmaceutically acceptable salts, prodrugs, esters, or solvates thereof.
248. A pharmaceutical composition comprising as active component a compound according to any one of the preceding compound claims together with a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier or diluent.
249. A pharmaceutical composition suitable for modulating the activity of PTPases or other molecules with tyrosine phosphate recognition unit(s) comprising an effective amount of a compound according to any one of the preceding compound claims together with a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier or diluent.
250. The pharmaceutical composition according to any one of the claims 248 or 249 suitable for treating or preventing type I diabetes, type II diabetes, impaired glucose tolerance, insuline resistance, obesity, immune dysfunctions including autoimmunity and AIDS, diseases with dysfunctions of the coagulation system, allergic diseases, osteoperosis, proliferative disorders including cancer and psoriosis, diseases with decreased or increased synthesis or effects of growth hormone, diseases with decreased or increased synthesis of hormones or cytokines that regulate the release of/or response to growth hormone, diseases of the brain including Alzheimer's disease and schizophrnia, and infectious diseases.
251. The pharmaceutical composition according to any one of the claims 248, 249 or 250 comprising between 0.5mg and 1000mg of a compound according to any one of the preceding compound claims per unit dose.
252. A method of modulating the activity of PTPases or other molecules with phosphotyrosine recognition unit(s) in a subject in need of such treatment comprising administering to said subject an effective amount of a compound or composition according to any one of the preceding compound or composition claims.
253. The use of a compound according to any one of the preceding compound claims for preparing a medicament.
254. The use of a compound according to any one of the preceding compound claims for preparing a medicament for modulating the activity of PTPases or other molecules with phosphotyrosine recognition unit(s).
255. The use of a compound according to any one of the preceding compound claims for preparing a medicament for treating or preventing type I diabetes, type II
diabetes, impaired glucose tolerance, insuline resistance, obesity, immune dysfunctions including autoimmunity and AIDS, diseases with dysfunctions of the coagulation system, allergic diseases, osteoperosis, proliferative disorders including cancer and psoriosis, diseases with decreased or increased synthesis or effects of growth hormone, diseases with decreased or increased synthesis of hormones or cytokines that regulate the release of/or response to growth hormone, diseases of the brain including Alzheimer's disease and schizophrnia, and infectious diseases.
256. The use of a compound according to any one of the preceding compound claims for preparing a medicament for treating a subject in need of such treatment.
257. The use of a compound according to any one of the preceding compound claims for preparing a medicament for use as an immunosuppressant.
258. An immobilized compound comprising a suitable solid-phase coupled with a compound according to any one of the preceding compound claim.
259. A method for coupling a compound according to any one of the preceding compound claims to a suitable solid-phase matrix.
260. A method for isolating a protein or a glycoprotein with affinity for a compound according to any one of the preceding compound claims from a biological sample, comprising - contacting an immobilized compound according to claim 258 with said biological sample in order for said immobilized compound to form a complex by binding said protein or glycoprotein - removing unbound material from said biological sample and isolating said complex - extracting said protein or glycoprotein from said complex.
261. A method for isolating a protein-tyrosine phosphatase with amity for a compound according to any one of the preceding compound claims from a biological sample, comprising - contacting an immobilized compound according to claim 258 with said biological sample in order for said immobilized compound to form a complex by binding said protein-tyrosine phosphatase - removing unbound material from said biological sample and isolating said complex - extracting said protein-tyrosine phosphatase from said complex.
262. A method for isolating a Src-homology 2 domain containing protein or a phosphotyrosine binding domain containg protein with affinity for a compound according to any one of the preceding compound claims from a biological sample, comprising - contacting an immobilized compound according to claim 258 with said biological sample in order for said immobilized compound to form a complex by binding said Src-homology 2 domain containing protein or a phosphotyrosine binding domain containg protein - removing unbound material from said biological sample and isolating said complex - extracting said Src-homology 2 domain containing protein or a phosphotyrosine binding domain containg protein from said complex.
263. A compound according to any one of the preceding compound claims coupled to a fluorescent or radioactive molecule.
264. A method for coupling a fluorescent or radioactive molecule to a compound according to any one of the preceding compound claims comprising - contacting said compound with said fluorescent or radioactive molecule in a reaction mixture to produce a complex - removing uncomplexed material and isolating said complex from said reaction mixture.
265. A method for detecting a protein-tyrosine phosphatase or other molecules with phosphotyrosine recognition unit(s) in a cell or in a subject using a compound according to claim 263 comprising - contacting said cell or an extract thereof or a biological sample from said subject or by injecting said compound into said subject in order for said compound to produce a complex with said protein-tyrosine phosphatase or said other molecules with phosphotyrosine recognition unit(s) - detecting said complex, thereby detecting the presence of said protein-tyrosine phosphatase or said other molecules with phosphotyrosine recognition unit(s).
266. A method for quantifying the amount of protein-tyrosine phosphatase or other molecules with phosphotyrosine recognition unit(s) in a cell or in a subject using a compound according to claim 263 comprising - contacting said cell or an extract thereof or a biological sample from said subject or by injecting said compound into said subject in order for said compound to produce a complex with said protein-tyrosine phosphatase or said other molecules with phosphotyrosine recognition unit(s) - measuring the amount of said complex, thereby detecting the presence of said protein-tyrosine phosphatase or said other molecules with phosphotyrosine recognition unit(s).
267. A method for determining the function of a given protein-tyrosine phosphatase or group of protein-tyrosine phosphatases or said molecules with phosphotyrosine recognition unit(s) in a cell or in a subject using a compound according to claim 263 comprising - contacting said cell or an extract thereof or a biological sample from said subject or by injecting said compound into said subject in order for said compound to produce a complex with said protein-tyrosine phosphatase or said other molecules with phosphotyrosine recognition unit(s) - measuring the biological effects induced by said complex.
1. A protein tyrosine phosphatase activity-modulating compound with the structure depicted in Formula (B):
X-C(R')=C(R")COOR"' (B) wherein (i) R' and R'' are independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, halo, cyano, nitro, trihalomethyl, C1-11alkyl, optionally substituted arylC1-11 alkyl wherein the aryl substituents are independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, halo, vitro, cyano, trihalomethyl, hydroxypyronyl, C1-11alkyl, arylC1-11alkyl, C0-11alkyloxyC0-11alkyl, arylC0-11alkyloxyC0-11alkyl, C0-11alkylthioC0-11alkyl, arylC0-11,alkylthioC0-11alkyl, C0-11alkylaminoC0-11alkyl, arylC0-11alkylaminoC0-11alkyl, di(arylC1-11alkyl)aminoC0-11alkyl, C1-11alkylcarbonylC0-11alkyl, arylC1-11alkylcarbonylC0-11alkyl, C1-11alkylcarboxyC0-11alkyl, arylC1-11alkylcarboxyC0-11alkyl, C1-11alkylcarbonylaminoC0-11alkyl, arylC1-11alkylcarbonylaminoC0-11alkyl,-C0-11alkylCOOR1, -C0-11alkylCONR2R3 wherein R1, R2 and R3 are independently selected from hydrogen, C1-C11alkyl, arylC0-C11alkyl, or R2 and R3 are taken together with the nitrogen to which they are attached forming a cyclic system containing 3 to 8 carbon atoms with at least one C1-C11 alkyl, arylC0-C11 alkyl substituent.
(ii) R''' is selected from the group consisting of (a) hydrogen, (b) C1-11alkyl, substituted C1-11alkyl wherein the substituents are independently selected from halo, cyano, nitro, trihalomethyl, carbamoyl, tetrahydrofuryl, pyrrolidinyl, piperidinyl, morpholinyl, piperazinyl, hydroxypyronyl, C0-11alkyloxy, arylC0-11alkyloxy, C0-11alkylthio, arylC0-11alkylthio, C0-11alkylamino, arylC0-11alkylamino, di(arylC0-11alkyl)amino, C1 -11alkylcarbonyl, arylC1-11alkylcarbonyl, C1-11alkylcarboxy, arylC1-11alkylcarboxy, C1-11alkylcarbonylamino, aryl C1-11alkylcarbonylamino, -C0-11alkylCOOR4, -C0-11alkylCONR5R6 wherein R4, R5 and R6 are independently selected from hydrogen, C1-C11alkyl, arylC0-C11alkyl, or R5 and R6 are taken together with the nitrogen to which they are attached forming a cyclic system containing 3 to 8 carbon atoms with at least one C1-C11alkyl, arylC0-C11alkyl substituent, (c) mono-, di- and tri-substituted arylC0-C11alkyl wherein the aryl substituents are defined as above for R' and R", (iii) X is a mono-, di- or trisubstituted aryl wherein the aryl substituents are defined as above for R' and R'', and aryl is selected from phenyl, biphenyl, naphthyl, dihydronaphthyl, tetrahydronaphthyl, indenyl, indanyl, azulenyl, anthryl, phenanthryl, fluorenyl, pyrenyl, thienyl, benzothienyl, isobenzothienyl, 2,3-dihydrobenzothienyl, furyl, pyranyl, benzofuranyl, isobenzofuranyl, 2,3-dihydrobenzofuranyl, pyrrolyl, indolyl, isoindolyl, indolizinyl, indazolyl, imidazolyl, benzimidazolyl, pyridyl, pyrazinyl, pyradazinyl, pyrimidinyl, triazinyl, quinolyl, isoquinolyl, 4H-quinolizinyl, cinnolinyl, phthalazinyl, quinazolinyl, quinoxalinyl, 1,8-naphthyridinyl, pteridinyl, carbazolyl, acridinyl, phenazinyl, phenothiazinyl, phenoxazinyl, chromanyl, benzodioxolyl, piperonyl, purinyl, hydroxypyronyl, pyrazolyl, triazolyl, tetrazolyl, thiazolyl, isothiazolyl, benzthiazolyl, oxazolyl, isoxazolyl, benzoxazolyl, oxadiazolyl, or thiadiazolyl, or its pharmaceutically acceptable salts, prodrugs, esters, or solvates thereof.
2. A compound as defined in claim 1 wherein aryl is selected from phenyl, biphenyl, naphthyl, dihydronaphthyl, tetrahydronaphthyl, indenyl, indanyl, azulenyl, anthryl, phenanthryl, fluorenyl, pyrenyl, or its pharmaceutically acceptable salts, prodrugs, esters, or solvates thereof.
3. A compound as defined in claim 1 wherein aryl is selected from thienyl, benzothienyl, isobenzothienyl, 2,3-dihydrobenzothienyl, furyl, pyranyl, benzofuranyl, isobenzofuranyl, 2,3-dihydrobenzofuranyl, pyrrolyl, indolyl, isoindolyl, indolizinyl, indazolyl, imidazolyl, benzimidazolyl, pyridyl, pyrazinyl, pyradazinyl, pyrimidinyl, triazinyl, quinolyl, isoquinolyl, 4H-quinolizinyl, cinnolinyl, phthalazinyl, quinazolinyl, quinoxalinyl, 1,8-naphthyridinyl, pteridinyl, carbazolyl, acridinyl, phenazinyl, phenothiazinyl, phenoxazinyl, chromanyl, benzodioxolyl, piperonyl, purinyl, hydroxypyronyl, pyrazolyl, triazolyl, tetrazolyl, thiazolyl, isothiazolyl, benzthiazolyl, oxazolyl, isoxazolyl, benzoxazolyl, oxadiazolyl, thiadiazolyl, or its pharmaceutically acceptable salts, prodrugs, esters, or solvates thereof.
4. A compound as defined in claim 1 wherein aryl is selected from thienyl, benzothienyl, isobenzothienyl, 2,3-dihydrobenzothienyl, phenothiazinyl, thiazolyl, isothiazolyl, benzthiazolyl, thiadiazolyl, or its pharmaceutically acceptable salts, prodrugs, esters, or solvates thereof.
5. A compound as defined in claim 1 wherein aryl is selected from furyl, pyranyl, benzofuranyl, isobenzofuranyl, 2,3-dihydrobenzofuranyl, phenoxazinyl, chromanyl, benzodioxolyl, hydroxypyronyl, oxazolyl, isoxazolyl, benzoxazolyl, oxadiazolyl, or its pharmaceutically acceptable salts, prodrugs, esters, or solvates thereof.
6. A compound as defined in claim 1 wherein aryl is selected from pyrrolyl, indolyl, isoindolyl, indolizinyl, indazolyl, imidazolyl, benzimidazolyl, pyridyl, pyrazinyl, pyradazinyl, pyrimidinyl, triazinyl, quinolyl, isoquinolyl, 4H-quinolizinyl, cinnolinyl, phthalazinyl, quinazolinyl, quinoxalinyl, 1,8-naphthyridinyl, pteridinyl, carbazolyl, acridinyl, phenazinyl, phenothiazinyl, phenoxazinyl, purinyl, pyrazolyl, triazolyl, tetrazolyl, thiazolyl, isothiazolyl, benzthiazolyl, oxazolyl, isoxazolyl, benzoxazolyl, oxadiazolyl, thiadiazolyl, or its pharmaceutically acceptable salts, prodrugs, esters, or solvates thereof.
7. A compound as defined in claim 1 wherein aryl is selected from phenyl, naphthyl, biphenyl, thienyl, benzothienyl, isobenzothienyl, furyl, benzofuranyl, isobenzofuranyl, pyrrolyl, indolyl, isoindolyl, imidazolyl, benzimidazolyl, pyridyl, pyrazinyl, pyradazinyl, pyrimidinyl, quinolyl, isoquinolyl, phthalazinyl, quinazolinyl, quinoxalinyl, hydroxypyronyl, pyrazolyl, triazolyl, tetrazolyl, thiazolyl, isothiazolyl, benzthiazolyl, oxazolyl, isoxazolyl, benzoxazolyl, oxadiazolyl, thiadiazolyl, or its pharmaceutically acceptable salts, prodrugs, esters, or solvates thereof.
8. A compound as defined in claim 1 wherein aryl is selected from phenyl, naphthyl, biphenyl, thienyl, benzothienyl, furyl, benzofuranyl, pyrrolyl, indolyl, imidazolyl, benzimidazolyl, pyridyl, quinolyl, thiazolyl, benzthiazolyl, oxazolyl, benzoxazolyl, or its pharmaceutically acceptable salts, prodrugs, esters, or solvates thereof.
9. A compound as defined in claim 1 wherein aryl is selected from phenyl, naphthyl, biphenyl, thienyl, fiuyl, pyridyl, or its pharmaceutically acceptable salts, prodrugs, esters, or solvates thereof.
10. A compound as defined in claim 1 wherein aryl is phenyl, or its pharmaceutically acceptable salts, prodrugs, esters, or solvates thereof.
11. A compound as defined in claim 1 wherein aryl is naphthyl, or its pharmaceutically acceptable salts, prodrugs, esters, or solvates thereof.
12. A compound as defined in claim 1 wherein aryl is biphenyl, or its pharmaceutically acceptable salts, prodrugs, esters, or solvates thereof.
13. A compound as defined in claim 1 wherein aryl is thienyl, or its pharmaceutically acceptable salts, prodrugs, esters, or solvates thereof.
14. A compound as defined in claim 1 wherein aryl is furyl, or its pharmaceutically acceptable salts, prodrugs, esters, or solvates thereof.
15. A compound as defined in claim 1 wherein aryl is pyridyl, or its pharmaceutically acceptable salts, prodrugs, esters, or solvates thereof.
16. A compound with the structure depicted in Formula (A2):
wherein at least one of R1, R2 and R3 substituents has the general structure depicted in Formula (B) X-C(R')=C(R")COOR''' (B) wherein (i) R' and R'' are independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, halo, cyano, vitro, trihalomethyl, C1-11alkyl, optionally substituted arylC1-11 alkyl wherein the aryl substituents are independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, halo, nitro, cyano, trihalomethyl, hydroxypyronyl, C1-11alkyl, arylC1-11alkyl, C0-11alkyloxyC0-11alkyl, arylC0-11alkyloxyC0-11alkyl, C0-11alkylthioC0-11alkyl, arylC0-11alkylthio C0-11alkyl, C0-11alkylaminoC0-11alkyl, arylC0-11alky laminoC0-11alkyl, di(arylC1-11alkyl)aminoC0-11alkyl, C1-11alkylcarbonylC0-11alkyl, arylC1-11alkylcarbonylC0-11alkyl, C1-11alkylcarboxyC0-11alkyl, arylC1-11alkylcarboxyC0-11alkyl, C1-11alkylcarbonylaminoC0-11alkyl, arylC1-11alkylcarbonylaminoC0-11alkyl, -C0-11alkylCOOR4, -C0-11alkylCONR5R6 wherein R4, R5 and R6 are independently selected from hydrogen, C1-C11alkyl, arylC0-C11alkyl, or R5 and R6 are taken together with the nitrogen to which they are attached forming a cyclic system containing 3 to 8 carbon atoms with at least one C1-C11alkyl, arylC0-C11alkyl substituent.
(ii) R''' is selected from the group consisting of (a) hydrogen, (b) C1-11alkyl, substituted C1-11alkyl wherein the substituents are independently selected from halo, cyano, nitro, trihalomethyl, carbamoyl, tetrahydrofuryl, pyrrolidinyl, piperidinyl, morpholinyl, piperazinyl, hydroxypyronyl, C0-11alkyloxy, arylC0-11alkyloxy, C0-11alkylthio, arylC0-11alkylthio, C0-11alkylamino, arylC0-11alkylamino, di(arylC0-11alkyl)amino, C1-11alkylcarbonyl, arylC1-11alkylcarbonyl, C1-11alkylcarboxy, aryl C1-11alkylcarboxy, C1-11alkylcarbonylamino, aryl C1-11alkylcarbonylamino, -C0-11alkylCOOR7, -C0-11alkylCONR8R9 wherein R7, R8 and R9 are independently selected from hydrogen, C1-C11alkyl, arylC0-C11alkyl, or R8 and R9 are taken together with the nitrogen to which they are attached forming a cyclic system containing 3 to 8 carbon atoms with at least one C1-C11alkyl, arylC0-C11alkyl substituent, (c) mono-, di- and tri-substituted arylC0-C11alkyl wherein the aryl substituents are defined as above for R' and R", (iii) X is a mono-, di- or trisubstituted aryl wherein the aryl substituents are defined as above for R' and R'', and aryl is selected from phenyl, biphenyl, naphthyl, dihydronaphthyl, tetrahydronaphthyl, indenyl, indanyl, azulenyl, anthryl, phenanthryl, fluorenyl, pyrenyl, thienyl, benzothienyl, isobenzothienyl, 2,3-dihydrobenzothienyl, furyl, pyranyl, benzofuranyl, isobenzofuranyl, 2,3-dihydrobenzofuranyl, pyrrolyl, indolyl, isoindolyl, indolizinyl, indazolyl, imidazolyl, benzimidazolyl, pyridyl, pyrazinyl, pyradazinyl, pyrimidinyl, triazinyl, quinolyl, isoquinolyl, 4H-quinolizinyl, cinnolinyl, phthalazinyl, quinazolinyl, quinoxalinyl, 1,8-naphthyridinyl, pteridinyl, carbazolyl, acridinyl, phenazinyl, phenothiazinyl, phenoxazinyl, chromanyl, benzodioxolyl, piperonyl, purinyl, hydroxypyronyl, pyrazoiyl, triazolyl, tetrazolyl, thiazolyl, isothiazoiyl, benzthiazolyl, oxazolyl, isoxazolyl, benzoxazolyl, oxadiazolyl, or thiadiazolyl, and wherein the remaining of R1, R2 and R3 are independently selected from the group consisting of:
(i) hydrogen;
(ii) C1-11 alkyl, substituted C1-11 alkyl wherein the alkyl substituents are defined as above, (iii) aryl C0-11 alkyl, (iv) mono-, di- and tri-substituted aryl C0-C11 alkyl wherein the aryl substituents are defined as above, or its pharmaceutically acceptable salts, prodrugs, esters, or solvates thereof.
17. A compound as defined in claim 16 wherein aryl is selected from phenyl, naphthyl, biphenyl, thienyl, furyl, pyridyl, or its pharmaceutically acceptable salts, prodrugs, esters, or solvates thereof.
18. A compound as defined in claim 16 wherein aryl is phenyl, or its pharmaceutically acceptable salts, prodrugs, esters, or solvates thereof.
19. A compound as defined in claim 16 wherein aryl is naphthyl, or its pharmaceutically acceptable salts, prodrugs, esters, or solvates thereof.
20. A compound as defined in claim 16 wherein aryl is biphenyl, or its pharmaceutically acceptable salts, prodrugs, esters, or solvates thereof.
21. A compound as defined in claim 16 wherein aryl is thienyl, or its pharmaceutically acceptable salts, prodrugs, esters, or solvates thereof.
22. A compound as defined in claim 16 wherein aryl is furyl, or its pharmaceutically acceptable salts, prodrugs, esters, or solvates thereof.
23. A compound as defined in claim 16 wherein aryl is pyridyl, or its pharmaceutically acceptable salts, prodrugs, esters, or solvates thereof.
24. A compound with the structure depicted in Formula (A3):
wherein at least one of R1, R2 and R3 substituents has the general structure depicted in Formula (B) X-C(R')=C(R")COOR"' (B) wherein (i) R' and R" are independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, halo, cyano, nitro, trihalomethyl, C1-11 alkyl, optionally substituted aryl C1-11 alkyl wherein the aryl substituents are independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, halo, nitro, cyano, trihalomethyl, hydroxypyronyl, C1-11 alkyl, aryl C1-11 alkyl, C0-11 alkyloxy C0-11 alkyl, aryl C0-11 alkyloxy C0-11 alkyl, C0-11 alkylthio C0-11 alkyl, aryl C0-11 alkylthio C0-11 alkyl, C1-11 alkylamino C0-11 alkyl, aryl C0-11 alkylamino C0-11 alkyl, di(aryl C1-11 alkyl)amino C0-11 alkyl, C1-11 alkylcarbonyl C0-11 alkyl, aryl C1-11 alkylcarbonyl C0-11 alkyl, C1-11 alkylcarboxy C0-11 alkyl, aryl C1-11 alkylcarboxy C0-11 alkyl, C1-11 alkylcarbonylamino C0-11 alkyl, aryl C0-11 alkylcarbonylamino C0-11, alkyl, -C0-11 alkyl COOR4, -C0-11 alkyl CONR5R6 wherein R4, R5 and R6 are independently selected from hydrogen, C1-11 alkyl, aryl C0-C11 alkyl, or R5 and R6 are taken together with the nitrogen to which they are attached forming a cyclic system containing 3 to 8 carbon atoms with at least one C1-C11 alkyl, aryl C0-C11 alkyl substituent.
(ii) R"' is selected from the group consisting of (a) hydrogen, (b) C1-11 alkyl, substituted C1-11 alkyl wherein the substituents are independently selected from halo, cyano, nitro, trihalomethyl, carbamoyl, tetrahydrofuryl, pyrrolidinyl, piperidinyl, morpholinyl, piperazinyl, hydroxypyronyl, C0-11 alkyloxy, aryl C0-11 alkyloxy, C0-11 alkylthio, aryl C0-11 alkylthio, C0-11 alkylamino, aryl C0-11 alkylamino, di(aryl C0-11 alkyl)amino, C1-11 alkylcarbonyl, aryl C1-11 alkylcarbonyl, C1-11 alkylcarboxy, aryl C1-11 alkylcarboxy, C1-11 alkylcarbonylamino, aryl C1-11 alkylcarbonylamino, -C0-11 alkyl COOR7, -C0-11 alkyl CONR8R9 wherein R7, R8 and R9 are independently selected from hydrogen, C1-C11 alkyl, aryl C0-C11 alkyl, or R8 and R9 are taken together with the nitrogen to which they are attached forming a cyclic system containing 3 to 8 carbon atoms with at least one C1-C11 alkyl, aryl C0-C11 alkyl substituent, (c) mono-, di- and tri-substituted aryl C0-C11 alkyl wherein the aryl substituents are defined as above for R' and R", (iii) X is a mono-, di- or trisubstituted aryl wherein the aryl substituents are defined as above for R' and R", and aryl is selected from phenyl, biphenyl, naphthyl, dihydronaphthyl, tetrahydronaphthyl, indenyl, indanyl, azulenyl, anthryl, phenanthryl, fluorenyl, pyrenyl, thienyl, benzothienyl, isobenzothienyl, 2,3-dihydrobenzothienyl, furyl, pyranyl, benzofuranyl, isobenzofuranyl, 2,3-dihydrobenzofuranyl, pyrrolyl, indolyl, isoindolyl, indolizinyl, indazolyl, imidazolyl, benzimidazolyl, pyridyl, pyrazinyl, pyradazinyl, pyrimidinyl, triazinyl, quinolyl, isoquinolyl, 4H-quinolizinyl, cinnolinyl, phthalazinyl, quinazolinyl, quinoxalinyl, 1,8-naphthyridinyl, pteridinyl, carbazolyl, acridinyl, phenazinyl, phenothiazinyl, phenoxazinyl, chromanyl, benzodioxolyl, piperonyl, purinyl, hydroxypyronyl, pyrazolyl, triazolyl, tetrazolyl, thiazolyl, isothiazolyl, benzthiazolyl, oxazolyl, isoxazolyl, benzoxazolyl, oxadiazolyl, or thiadiazolyl, and wherein the remaining of R1, R2 and R3 are independently selected from the group consisting of:
(i) hydrogen;
(ii) C1-11 alkyl, substituted C1-11 alkyl, C1-11 alkylcarbonyl, substituted C1-11 alkylcarbonyl wherein the alkyl substituents are defined as above, (iii) aryl C0-11 alkyl, aryl C0-11 alkylcarbonyl, (iv) mono-, di- and tri-substituted aryl C0-C11 alkyl, mono-, di- and tri-substituted aryl C0-C11 alkylcarbonyl wherein the aryl substituents are defined as above, or its pharmaceutically acceptable salts, prodrugs, esters, or solvates thereof.
25. A compound as defined in claim 24 wherein aryl is selected from phenyl, naphthyl, biphenyl, thienyl, furyl, pyridyl, or its pharmaceutically acceptable salts, prodrugs, esters, or solvates thereof.
26. A compound as defined in claim 24 wherein aryl is phenyl, or its pharmaceutically acceptable salts, prodrugs, esters, or solvates thereof.
27. A compound as defined in claim 24 wherein aryl is naphthyl, or its pharmaceutically acceptable salts, prodrugs, esters, or solvates thereof.
28. A compound as defined in claim 24 wherein aryl is thienyl, or its pharmaceutically acceptable salts, prodrugs, esters, or solvates thereof.
29. A compound as defined in claim 24 wherein aryl is furyl, or its pharmaceutically acceptable salts, prodrugs, esters, or solvates thereof.
30. A compound as defined in claim 24 wherein aryl is pyridyl, or its pharmaceutically acceptable salts, prodrugs, esters, or solvates thereof.
31. A compound with the structure depicted in Formula (A4):
wherein at least one of R1, R2 substituents has the general structure depicted in Formula (B) X-C(R')=C(R")COOR"' (B) wherein (i) R' and R" are independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, halo, cyano, nitro, trihalomethyl, C1-11 alkyl, optionally substituted aryl C1-11 alkyl wherein the aryl substituents are independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, halo, nitro, cyano, trihalomethyl, hydroxypyronyl, C1-11alkyl, aryl C1-11alkyl, C0-11alkyloxyC0-11alkyl, arylC0-11alkyloxyC0-11alkyl, C0-11alkylthio C0-11alkyl, arylC0-11alkylthioC0-11alkyl, C0-11alkylaminoC0-11alkyl, arylC0-11alkylamino C0-11alkyl, di(arylC1-11alkyl)aminoC0-11alkyl, C1-11alkylcarbonylC0-11alkyl, aryl C1-11alkylcarbonylC0-11alkyl, C1-11alkylcarboxyC0-11alkyl, arylC1-11alkylcarboxy C0-11alkyl, C1-11alkylcarbonylaminoC0-11alkyl, arylC1-11alkylcarbonylaminoC0-11 alkyl, -C0-11alkylCOOR3, -C0-11alkylCONR4R5 wherein R3, R4 and R5 are independently selected from hydrogen, C1-C11alkyl, arylC0-C11alkyl, or R4 and R5 are taken together with the nitrogen to which they are attached forming a cyclic system containing 3 to 8 carbon atoms with at least one C1-C11alkyl, arylC0-C11alkyl substituent.
(ii) R"' is selected from the group consisting of (a) hydrogen, (b) C1-11alkyl, substituted C1-11alkyl wherein the substituents are independently selected from halo, cyano, nitro, trihalomethyl, carbamoyl, tetrahydrofuryl, pyrrolidinyl, piperidinyl, morpholinyl, piperazinyl, hydroxypyronyl, C0-11alkyloxy, arylC0-11alkyloxy, C0-11alkylthio, arylC0-11alkylthio, C0-11alkylamino, arylC0-11alkylamino, di(aryl C0-11alkyl)amino, C1-11alkylcarbonyl, aryl C1-11 alkylcarbonyl, C1-11 alkylcarboxy, aryl C1-11 alkylcarboxy, C1-11 alkylcarbonylamino, aryl C1-11 alkylcarbonylamino, -C0-11 alkyl COOR6, -C0-11 alkyl CONR7R8 wherein R6, R7 and R8 are independently selected from hydrogen, C1-C11 alkyl, aryl C0-C11 alkyl, or R7 and R8 are taken together with the nitrogen to which they are attached forming a cyclic system containing 3 to 8 carbon atoms with at least one C1-C11 alkyl, aryl C0-C11 alkyl substituent, (c) mono-, di- and tri-substituted aryl C0-C11 alkyl wherein the aryl substituents are defined as above for R' and R", (iii) X is a mono-, di- or trisubstituted aryl wherein the aryl substituents are defined as above for R' and R", and aryl is selected from phenyl, biphenyl, naphthyl, dihydronaphthyl, tetrahydronaphthyl, indenyl, indanyl, azulenyl, anthryl, phenanthryl, fluorenyl, pyrenyl, thienyl, benzothienyl, isobenzothienyl, 2,3-dihydrobenzothienyl, furyl, pyranyl, benzofuranyl, isobenzofuranyl, 2,3-dihydrobenzofuranyl, pyrrolyl, indolyl, isoindolyl, indolizinyl, indazoiyl, imidazolyl, benzimidazolyl, pyridyl, pyrazinyl, pyradazinyl, pyrimidinyl, triazinyl, quinolyl, isoquinolyl, 4H-quinolizinyl, cinnolinyl, phthalazinyl, quinazolinyl, quinoxalinyl, 1,8-naphthyridinyl, pteridinyl, carbazolyl, acridinyl, phenazinyl, phenothiazinyl, phenoxazinyl, chromanyl, benzodioxolyl, piperonyl, purinyl, hydroxypyronyl, pyrazolyl, triazolyl, tetrazolyl, thiazolyl, isothiazolyl, benzthiazolyl, oxazolyl, isoxazolyl, benzoxazolyl, oxadiazolyl, or thiadiazolyl, and wherein the remaining of R1, R2 is selected from the group consisting of:
(i) hydrogen;
(ii) C1-11 alkyl, substituted C1-11 alkyl wherein the alkyl substituents are defined as above, (iii) aryl C-11 alkyl, (iv) mono-, di- and tri-substituted aryl C0-C11 alkyl wherein the aryl substituents are defined as above, or its pharmaceutically acceptable salts, prodrugs, esters, or solvates thereof.
32. A compound as defined in claim 31 wherein aryl is selected from phenyl, naphthyl, biphenyl, thienyl, furyl, pyridyl, or its pharmaceutically acceptable salts, prodrugs, esters, or solvates thereof.
33. A compound as defined in claim 31 wherein aryl is phenyl, or its pharmaceutically acceptable salts, prodrugs, esters, or solvates thereof.
34. A compound as defined in claim 31 wherein aryl is naphthyl, or its pharmaceutically acceptable salts, prodrugs, esters, or solvates thereof.
35. A compound as defined in claim 31 wherein aryl is biphenyl, or its pharmaceutically acceptable salts, prodrugs, esters, or solvates thereof.
36. A compound as defined in claim 31 wherein aryl is thienyl, or its pharmaceutically acceptable salts, prodrugs, esters, or solvates thereof.
37. A compound as defined in claim 31 wherein aryl is furyl, or its pharmaceutically acceptable salts, prodrugs, esters, or solvates thereof.
38. A compound as defined in claim 31 wherein aryl is pyridyl, or its pharmaceutically acceptable salts, prodrugs, esters, or solvates thereof.
39. A compound with the structure depicted in Formula (A5):
wherein at least one of R1, R2 substituents has the general structure depicted in Formula (B) X-C(R')=C(R")COOR"' (B) wherein (i) R' and R' are independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, halo, cyano, nitro, trihalomethyl, C1-11 alkyl, optionally substituted aryl C1-11 alkyl wherein the aryl substituents are independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, halo, nitro, cyano, trihalomethyl, hydroxypyronyl, C1-11 alkyl, aryl C1-11 alkyl, C0-11 alkyloxy C0-11 alkyl, aryl C0-11 alkyloxy C0-11 alkyl, C0-11 alkylthio C0-11 alkyl, aryl C0-11 alkylthio C0-11 alkyl, C0-11 alkylamino C0-11 alkyl, aryl C0-11 alkylamino C0-11 alkyl, di(aryl C1-11 alkyl)amino C0-11 alkyl, C1-11 alkylcarbonyl C0-11 alkyl, aryl C1-11 alkylcarbonyl C0-11 alkyl, C1-11 alkylcarboxy C0-11 alkyl, aryl C1-11 alkylcarboxy C0-11 alkyl, C1-11 alkylcarbonylamino C0-11 alkyl, aryl C1-11 alkylcarbonylamino C0-11 alkyl, -C0-11 alkyl COOR3, -C0-11 alkyl CONR4R5 wherein R3, R4 and R5 are independently selected from hydrogen, C1-C11 alkyl, aryl C0-C11 alkyl, or R4 and R5 are taken together with the nitrogen to which they are attached forming a cyclic system containing 3 to 8 carbon atoms with at least one C1-C11 alkyl, aryl C0-C11 alkyl substituent.
(ii) R"' is selected from the group consisting of (a) hydrogen, (b) C1-11 alkyl, substituted C1-11 alkyl wherein the substituents are independently selected from halo, cyano, nitro, trihalomethyl, carbamoyl, tetrahydrofuryl, pyrrolidinyl, piperidinyl, morpholinyl, piperazinyl, hydroxypyronyl, C0-11 alkyloxy, aryl C0-11 alkyloxy, C0-11 alkylthio, aryl C0-11 alkylthio, C0-11 alkylamino, aryl C0-11 alkylamino, di(aryl C0-11 alkyl)amino, C1-11 alkylcarbonyl, aryl C1-11 alkylcarbonyl, C1-11 alkylcarboxy, aryl C1-11 alkylcarboxy, C1-11 alkylcarbonylamino, aryl C1-11 alkylcarbonylamino, -C0-11 alkyl COOR6, -C0-11 alkyl CONR7R8 wherein R6, R7 and R8 are independently selected from hydrogen, C1-C11 alkyl, aryl C0-C11 alkyl, or R7 and R8 are taken together with the nitrogen to which they are attached forming a cyclic system containing 3 to 8 carbon atoms with at least one C1-C11alkyl, arylC0-C11alkyl substituent, (c) mono-, di- and tri-substituted arylC0-C11alkyl wherein the aryl substituents are defined as above for R' and R", (iii) X is a mono-, di- or trisubstituted aryl wherein the aryl substituents are defined as above for R' and R", and aryl is selected from phenyl, biphenyl, naphthyl, dihydronaphthyl, tetrahydronaphthyl, indenyl, indanyl, azulenyl, anthryl, phenanthryl, fluorenyl, pyrenyl, thienyl, benzothienyl, isobenzothienyl, 2,3-dihydrobenzothienyl, furyl, pyranyl, benzofuranyl, isobenzofuranyl, 2,3-dihydrobenzofuranyl, pyrrolyl, indolyl, isoindolyl, indolizinyl, indazolyl, imidazolyl, benzimidazolyl, pyridyl, pyrazinyl, pyradazinyl, pyrimidinyl, triazinyl, quinolyl, isoquinolyl, 4H-quinolizinyl, cinnolinyl, phthalazinyl, quinazolinyl, quinoxalinyl, 1,8-naphthyridinyl, pteridinyl, carbazolyl, acridinyl, phenazinyl, phenothiazinyl, phenoxazinyl, chromanyl, benzodioxolyl, piperonyl, purinyl, hydroxypyronyl, pyrazolyl, triazolyl, tetrazolyl, thiazolyl, isothiazolyl, benzthiazolyl, oxazolyl, isoxazolyl, benzoxazolyl, oxadiazolyl, or thiadiazolyl, and wherein the remaining of R1, R2 is selected from the group consisting of:
(i) hydrogen;
(ii) C1-11alkyl, substituted C1-11alkyl wherein the alkyl substituents are defined as above, (iii) arylC0-11alkyl, (iv) mono-, di- and tri-substituted arylC0-C11alkyl wherein the aryl substituents are defined as above, or its pharmaceutically acceptable salts, prodrugs, esters, or solvates thereof.
40. A compound as defined in claim 39 wherein aryl is selected from phenyl, naphthyl, biphenyl, thienyl, furyl, pyridyl, or its pharmaceutically acceptable salts, prodrugs, esters, or solvates thereof.
41. A compound as defined in claim 39 wherein aryl is phenyl, or its pharmaceutically acceptable salts, prodrugs, esters, or solvates thereof.
42. A compound as defined in claim 39 wherein aryl is naphthyl, or its pharmaceutically acceptable salts, prodrugs, esters, or solvates thereof.
43. A compound as defined in claim 39 wherein aryl is biphenyl, or its pharmaceutically acceptable salts, prodrugs, esters, or solvates thereof.
44. A compound as defined in claim 39 wherein aryl is thienyl, or its pharmaceutically acceptable salts, prodrugs, esters, or solvates thereof.
45. A compound as defined in claim 39 wherein aryl is furyl, or its pharmaceutically acceptable salts, prodrugs, esters, or solvates thereof.
46. A compound as defined in claim 39 wherein aryl is pyridyl, or its pharmaceutically acceptable salts, prodrugs, esters, or solvates thereof.
47. A compound with the structure depicted in Formula (A6):
wherein at least one of R1, R2, R3 and R4 substituents has the general structure depicted in Formula (B) X-C(R')=C(R")COOR"' wherein (i) R' and R" are independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, halo, cyano, nitro, trihalomethyl, C1-11 alkyl, optionally substituted aryl C1-11 alkyl wherein the aryl substituents are independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, halo, nitro, cyano, trihalomethyl, hydroxypyronyl, C1-11 alkyl, aryl C1-11 alkyl, C0-11 alkyloxy C0-11 alkyl, aryl C0-11 alkyloxy C0-11 alkyl, C0-11 alkylthio C0-11 alkyl, aryl C0-11 alkylthio C0-11 alkyl, C0-11 alkylamino C0-11 alkyl, aryl C0-11 alkylamino C0-11 alkyl, di(aryl C1-11 alkyl)amino C0-11 alkyl, C1-11 alkylcarbonyl C0-11 alkyl, aryl C1-11 alkylcarbonyl C0-11 alkyl, C1-11 alkylcarboxy C0-11 alkyl, aryl C1-11 alkylcarboxy C0-11 alkyl, C1-11 alkylcarbonylamino C0-11 alkyl, aryl C1-11 alkylcarbonylamino C0-11 alkyl, -C0-11 alkyl COOR5, -C0-11 alkyl CONR6R7 wherein R5, R6 and R7 are independently selected from hydrogen, C1-C11 alkyl, aryl C0-C11 alkyl, or R6 and R7 are taken together with the nitrogen to which they are attached forming a cyclic system containing 3 to 8 carbon atoms with at least one C1-C11 alkyl, aryl C0-C11 alkyl substituent.
(ii) R"' is selected from the group consisting of (a) hydrogen, (b) C1-11 alkyl, substituted C1-11 alkyl wherein the substituents are independently selected from halo, cyano, nitro, trihalomethyl, carbamoyl, tetrahydrofuryl, pyrrolidinyl, piperidinyl, morpholinyl, piperazinyl, hydroxypyronyl, C0-11 alkyloxy, aryl C0-11 alkyloxy, C0-11 alkylthio, aryl C0-11 alkylthio, C0-11 alkylamino, aryl C0-11 alkylamino, di(aryl C0-11 alkyl)amino, C1-11 alkylcarbonyl, aryl C1-11 alkylcarbonyl, C1-11 alkylcarboxy, aryl C1-11 alkylcarboxy, C1-11 alkylcarbonylamino, aryl C1-11 alkylcarbonylamino, -C0-11 alkyl COOR8, -C0-11 alkyl CONR9R10 wherein R8, R9 and R10 are independently selected from hydrogen, C1-C11 alkyl, aryl C0-C11 alkyl, or R9 and R10 are taken together with the nitrogen to which they are attached forming a cyclic system containing 3 to 8 carbon atoms with at least one C1-C11 alkyl, aryl C0-C11 alkyl substituent, (c) mono-, di- and tri-substituted aryl C0-C11 alkyl wherein the aryl substituents are defined as above for R' and R", (iii) X is a mono-, di- or trisubstituted aryl wherein the aryl substituents are defined as above for R' and R", and aryl is selected from phenyl, biphenyl, naphthyl, dihydronaphthyl, tetrahydronaphthyl, indenyl, indanyl, azulenyl, anthryl, phenanthryl, fluorenyl, pyrenyl, thienyl, benzothienyl, isobenzothienyl, 2,3-dihydrobenzothienyl, furyl, pyranyl, benzofuranyl, isobenzofuranyl, 2,3-dihydrobenzofuranyl, pyrrolyl, indolyl, isoindolyl, indolizinyl, indazolyl, imidazolyl, benzimidazolyl, pyridyl, pyrazinyl, pyradazinyl, pyrimidinyl, triazinyl, quinolyl, isoquinolyl, 4H-quinolizinyl, cinnolinyl, phthalazinyl, quinazolinyl, quinoxalinyl, 1,8-naphthyridinyl, pteridinyl, carbazolyl, acridinyl, phenazinyl, phenothiazinyl, phenoxazinyl, chromanyl, benzodioxolyl, piperonyl, purinyl, hydroxypyronyl, pyrazolyl, triazolyl, tetrazolyl, thiazolyl, isothiazolyl, benzthiazolyl, oxazolyl, isoxazolyl, benzoxazolyl, oxadiazolyl, or thiadiazolyl, and wherein the remaining of R1, R2, R3 and R4 are independently selected from the group consisting of:
(i) hydrogen;
(ii) C1-11 alkyl, substituted C1-11 alkyl wherein the alkyl substituents are defined as above, (iii) aryl C0-11 alkyl, (iv) mono-, di- and tri-substituted aryl C0-C11 alkyl wherein the aryl substituents are defined as above, with the proviso that when R3 and R4 are selected from substituted phenyl or substituted furyl then the phenyl and furyl substituents exclude hydroxy, halo, trifluoromethyl, C1-6 alkyl, C1-6 alkyloxy, C1-6 alkylthio, amino, C1-6 alkylamino, di(C1-6 alkyl)amino, phenyl C1-6 alkylamino and di(phenyl C1-6 alkyl)amino, or its pharmaceutically acceptable salts, prodrugs, esters, or solvates thereof.
48. A compound as defined in claim 47 wherein aryl is selected from phenyl, naphthyl, biphenyl, thienyl, furyl, pyridyl, or its pharmaceutically acceptable salts, prodrugs, esters, or solvates thereof.
49. A compound as defined in claim 47 wherein aryl is phenyl, or its pharmaceutically acceptable salts, prodrugs, esters, or solvates thereof.
50. A compound as defined in claim 47 wherein aryl is naphthyl, or its pharmaceutically acceptable salts, prodrugs, esters, or solvates thereof.
51. A compound as defined in claim 47 wherein aryl is biphenyl, or its pharmaceutically acceptable salts, prodrugs, esters, or solvates thereof.
52. A compound as defined in claim 47 wherein aryl is thienyl, or its pharmaceutically acceptable salts, prodrugs, esters, or solvates thereof.
53. A compound as defined in claim 47 wherein aryl is furyl, or its pharmaceutically acceptable salts, prodrugs, esters, or solvates thereof.
54. A compound as defined in claim 47 wherein aryl is pyridyl, or its pharmaceutically acceptable salts, prodrugs, esters, or solvates thereof.
55. A compound with the structure depicted in Formula (A6):
wherein R4 is selected from -COR5, -COOR6, -CONR7R8 wherein R5 thru R8 are independently selected from hydrogen, C1-C11 alkyl, substituted C1-11 alkyl where the alkyl substituents are as defined below, optionally substituted aryl C0-C11 alkyl where the aryl substituents are as defined below, or R7 and R8 are taken together with the nitrogen to which they are attached forming a cyclic system containing 3 to 8 carbon atoms with at least one C1-C11 alkyl, aryl C0-C11 alkyl substituent, and wherein at least one of R1, R2, and R3 substituents has the general structure depicted in Formula (B) X-C(R')=C(R")COOR"' (B) wherein (i) R' and R" are independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, halo, cyano, nitro, trihalomethyl, C1-11 alkyl, optionally substituted aryl C1-11 alkyl wherein the aryl substituents are independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, halo, nitro, cyano, trihalomethyl, hydroxypyronyl, C1-11 alkyl, aryl C1-11 alkyl, C0-11 alkyloxy C0-11 alkyl, aryl C0-11 alkyloxy C0-11 alkyl, C0-11 alkylthio C0-11 alkyl, aryl C0-11 alkylthio C0-11 alkyl, C0-11 alkylamino C0-11 alkyl, aryl C0-11 alkylamino C0-11 alkyl, di(aryl C1_11 alkyl)amino C0-11 alkyl, C1-11 alkylcarbonyl C0-11 alkyl, aryl C1-11 alkylcarbonyl C0-11 alkyl, C1-11 alkylcarboxy C0-11 alkyl, aryl C1-11 alkylcarboxy C0-11 alkyl, C1-11 alkylcarbonylamino C0-11 alkyl, aryl C1-11 alkylcarbonylamino C0-11 alkyl, -C0-11 alkyl COOR9, -C0-11 alkyl CONR10R11 wherein R9, R10 and R11 are independently selected from hydrogen, C1-C11 alkyl, aryl C0-C11, alkyl, or R10 and R11 are taken together with the nitrogen to which they are attached forming a cyclic system containing 3 to 8 carbon atoms with at least one C1-C11 alkyl, aryl C0-C11 alkyl substituent.
(ii) R"' is selected from the group consisting of (a) hydrogen, (b) C1-11 alkyl, substituted C1-11 alkyl wherein the substituents are independently selected from halo, cyano, nitro, trihalomethyl, carbamoyl, tetrahydrofuryl, pyrrolidinyl, piperidinyl, morpholinyl, piperazinyl, hydroxypyronyl, C0-11 alkyloxy, aryl C0-11 alkyloxy, C0-11 alkylthio, aryl C0-11 alkylthio, C0-11 alkylamino, aryl C0-11 alkylamino, di(aryl C0-11 alkyl)amino, C1-11 alkylcarbonyl, aryl C1-11 alkylcarbonyl, C1-11 alkylcarboxy, aryl C1-11 alkylcarboxy, C1-11 alkylcarbonylamino, aryl C1-11 alkylcarbonylamino, -C0-11 alkyl COOR12, -C0-11 alkyl CONR13R14 wherein R12, R13 and R14 are independently selected from hydrogen, C1-C11 alkyl, aryl C0-C11 alkyl, or R13 and R14 are taken together with the nitrogen to which they are attached forming a cyclic system containing 3 to 8 carbon atoms with at least one C1-C11 alkyl, aryl C0-C11 alkyl substituent, (c) mono-, di- and tri-substituted aryl C0-C11 alkyl wherein the aryl substituents are defined as above for R' and R", (iii) X is a mono-, di- or trisubstituted aryl wherein the aryl substituents are defined as above for R' and R", and aryl is selected from phenyl, biphenyl, naphthyl, dihydronaphthyl, tetrahydronaphthyl, indenyl, indanyl, azulenyl, anthryl, phenanthryl, fluorenyl, pyrenyl, thienyl, benzothienyl, isobenzothienyl, 2,3-dihydrobenzothienyl, furyl, pyranyl, benzofuranyl, isobenzofuranyl, 2,3-dihydrobenzofuranyl, pyrrolyl, indolyl, isoindolyl, iridolizinyl, indazolyl, imidazolyl, benzimidazolyl, pyridyl, pyrazinyl, pyradazinyl, pyrimidinyl, triazinyl, quinolyl, isoquinolyl, 4H-quinolizinyl, cinnolinyl, phthalazinyl, quinazolinyl, quinoxalinyl, 1,8-naphthyridinyl, pteridinyl, carbazolyl, acridinyl, phenazinyl, phenothiazinyl, phenoxazinyl, chromanyl, benzodioxolyl, piperonyl, purinyl, hydroxypyronyl, pyrazolyl, triazolyl, tetrazolyl, thiazolyl, isothiazolyl, benzthiazolyl, oxazolyl, isoxazolyl, benzoxazolyl, oxadiazolyl, or thiadiazolyl, and wherein the remaining of R1, R2 and R3 are independently selected from the group consisting of:
(i) hydrogen;
(ii) C1-11 alkyl, substituted C1-11 alkyl wherein the alkyl substituents are defined as above, (iii) aryl C0-11 alkyl, (iv) mono-, di- and tri-substituted aryl C0-C11 alkyl wherein the aryl substituents are defined as above, or its pharmaceutically acceptable salts, prodrugs, esters, or solvates thereof.
56. A compound as defined in claim 55 wherein aryl is selected from phenyl, naphthyl, biphenyl, thienyl, furyl, pyridyl, or its pharmaceutically acceptable salts, prodrugs, esters, or solvates thereof.
57. A compound as defined in claim 55 wherein aryl is phenyl, or its pharmaceutically acceptable salts, prodrugs, esters, or solvates thereof.
58. A compound as defined in claim 55 wherein aryl is naphthyl, or its pharmaceutically acceptable salts, prodrugs, esters, or solvates thereof.
59. A compound as defined in claim 55 wherein aryl is biphenyl, or its pharmaceutically acceptable salts, prodrugs, esters, or solvates thereof.
60. A compound as defined in claim 55 wherein aryl is thienyl, or its pharmaceutically acceptable salts, prodrugs, esters, or solvates thereof.
61. A compound as defined in claim 55 wherein aryl is furyl, or its pharmaceutically acceptable salts, prodrugs, esters, or solvates thereof.
62. A compound as defined in claim 55 wherein aryl is pyridyl, or its pharmaceutically acceptable salts, prodrugs, esters, or solvates thereof.
63. A compound with the structure depicted in Formula (A6):
wherein R3 is selected from -COR5, -COOR6, -CONR7R8 wherein R5 thru R8 are independently selected from hydrogen, C1-C11 alkyl, substituted C1-11 alkyl where the alkyl substituents are as defined below, optionally substituted aryl C0-C11 alkyl where the aryl substituents are as defined below, or R7 and R8 are taken together with the nitrogen to which they are attached forming a cyclic system containing 3 to 8 carbon atoms with at least one C1-C11 alkyl, aryl C0-C11 alkyl substituent, and wherein at least one of R1, R2, and R4 substituents has the general structure depicted in Formula (B) X-C(R')=C(R")COOR"' (B) wherein (i) R' and R" are independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, halo, cyano, nitro, trihalomethyl, C1-11 alkyl, optionally substituted aryl C1-11 alkyl wherein the aryl substituents are independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, halo, nitro, cyano, trihalomethyl, hydroxypyronyl, C1-11 alkyl, aryl C1-11 alkyl, C0-11 alkyloxy C0-11 alkyl, aryl C0-11 alkyloxy C0-11 alkyl, C0-11 alkylthio C0-11 alkyl, aryl C0-11 alkylthio C0-11 alkyl, C0-11 alkylamino C0-11 alkyl, aryl C0-11 alkylamino C0-11 alkyl, di(aryl C1-11 alkyl)amino C0-11 alkyl, C1-11 alkylcarbonyl C0-11 alkyl, aryl C1-11 alkylcarbonyl C0-11 alkyl, C1-11 alkylcarboxy C0-11 alkyl, aryl C1-11 alkylcarboxy C0-11 alkyl, C1-11 alkylcarbonylamino C0-11 alkyl, aryl C1-11 alkylcarbonylamino C0-11 alkyl, -C0-11 alkyl COOR9, -C0-11 alkyl CONR10R11 wherein R9, R10 and R11 are independently selected from hydrogen, C1-C11 alkyl, aryl C0-C11 alkyl, or R10 and R11 are taken together with the nitrogen to which they are attached forming a cyclic system containing 3 to 8 carbon atoms with at least one C1-C11 alkyl, aryl C0-C11 alkyl substituent.
(ii) R"' is selected from the group consisting of (a) hydrogen, (b) C1-11 alkyl, substituted C1-11 alkyl wherein the substituents are independently selected from halo, cyano, nitro, trihalomethyl, carbamoyl, tetrahydrofuryl, pyrrolidinyl, piperidinyl, morpholinyl, piperazinyl, hydroxypyronyl, C0-11 alkyloxy, aryl C0-11 alkyloxy, C0-11 alkylthio, aryl C0-11 alkylthio, C0-11 alkylamino, aryl C0-11 alkylamino, di(aryl C0-11 alkyl)amino, C1-11 alkylcarbonyl, aryl C1-11 alkylcarbonyl, C1-11 alkylcarboxy, aryl C1-11 alkylcarboxy, C1-11 alkylcarbonylamino, aryl C1-11 alkylcarbonylamino, -C0-11 alkyl COOR12, -C0-11 alkyl CONR13R14 wherein R12, R13 and R14 are independently selected from hydrogen, C1-C11 alkyl, aryl C0-C11 alkyl, or R13 and R14 are taken together with the nitrogen to which they are attached forming a cyclic system containing 3 to 8 carbon atoms with at least one C1-C11 alkyl, aryl C0-C11 alkyl substituent, (c) mono-, di- and tri-substituted aryl C0-C11 alkyl wherein the aryl substituents are defined as above for R' and R", (iii) X is a mono-, di- or trisubstituted aryl wherein the aryl substituents are defined as above for R' and R", and aryl is selected from phenyl, biphenyl, naphthyl, dihydronaphthyl, tetrahydronaphthyl, indenyl, indanyl, azulenyl, anthryl, phenanthryl, fluorenyl, pyrenyl, thienyl, benzothienyl, isobenzothienyl, 2,3-dihydrobenzothienyl, furyl, pyranyl, benzofuranyl, isobenzofuranyl, 2,3-dihydrobenzofuranyl, pyrrolyl, indolyl, isoindolyl, indolizinyl, indazolyl, imidazolyl, benzimidazolyl, pyridyl, pyrazinyl, pyradazinyl, pyrimidinyl, triazinyl, quinolyl, isoquinolyl, 4H-quinolizinyl, cinnolinyl, phthalazinyl, quinazolinyl, quinoxalinyl, 1,8-naphthyridinyl, pteridinyl, carbazolyl, acridinyl, phenazinyl, phenothiazinyl, phenoxazinyl, chromanyl, benzodioxolyl, piperonyl, purinyl, hydroxypyronyl, pyrazolyl, triazolyl, tetrazolyl, thiazolyl, isothiazolyl, benzthiazolyl, oxazolyl, isoxazolyl, benzoxazolyl, oxadiazolyl, or thiadiazolyl, and wherein the remaining of R1, R2 and R4 are independently selected from the group consisting of:
(i) hydrogen;
(ii) C1-11 alkyl, substituted C1-11 alkyl wherein the alkyl substituents are defined as above, (iii) aryl C0-11 alkyl, (iv) mono-, di- and tri-substituted aryl C0-C11 alkyl wherein the aryl substituents are defined as above, or its pharmaceutically acceptable salts, prodrugs, esters, or solvates thereof.
64. A compound as defined in claim 63 wherein aryl is selected from phenyl, naphthyl, biphenyl, thienyl, furyl, pyridyl, or its pharmaceutically acceptable salts, prodrugs, esters, or solvates thereof.
65. A compound as defined in claim 63 wherein aryl is phenyl, or its pharmaceutically acceptable salts, prodrugs, esters, or solvates thereof.
66. A compound as defined in claim 63 wherein aryl is naphthyl, or its pharmaceutically acceptable salts, prodrugs, esters, or solvates thereof.
67. A compound as defined in claim 63 wherein aryl is biphenyl, or its pharmaceutically acceptable salts, prodrugs, esters, or solvates thereof.
68. A compound as defined in claim 63 wherein aryl is thienyl, or its pharmaceutically acceptable salts, prodrugs, esters, or solvates thereof.
69. A compound as defined in claim 63 wherein aryl is furyl, or its pharmaceutically acceptable salts, prodrugs, esters, or solvates thereof.
70. A compound as defined in claim 63 wherein aryl is pyridyl, or its pharmaceutically acceptable salts, prodrugs, esters, or solvates thereof.
71. A compound with the structure depicted in Formula (A7):
wherein R2 is selected from -COR5, -COOR6, -CONR7R8 wherein R5 thru R8 are independently selected from hydrogen, C1-C11 alkyl, substituted C1-11 alkyl where the alkyl substituents are as defined below, optionally substituted aryl C0-C11 alkyl where the aryl substituents are as defined below, or R7 and R8 are taken together with the nitrogen to which they are attached forming a cyclic system containing 3 to 8 carbon atoms with at least one C1-C11 alkyl, aryl C0-C11 alkyl substituent, and wherein at least one of R1 and R3 substituents has the general structure depicted in Formula (B) X-C(R')=C(R")COOR"' (B) wherein (i) R' and R" are independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, halo, cyano, nitro, trihalomethyl, C1-11 alkyl, optionally substituted aryl C1-11 alkyl wherein the aryl substituents are independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, halo, nitro, cyano, trihalomethyl, hydroxypyronyl, C1-11 alkyl, aryl C1-11 alkyl, C0-11 alkyloxy C0-11 alkyl, aryl C0-11 alkyloxy C0-11 alkyl, C0-11 alkylthio C0-11 alkyl, aryl C0-11 alkylthio C0-11 alkyl, C0-11 alkylamino C0-11 alkyl, aryl C0-11 alkylamino C0-11 alkyl, di(aryl C1-11 alkyl)amino C0-11 alkyl, C1-11 alkylcarbonyl C0-11 alkyl, aryl C1-11 alkylcarbonyl C0-11 alkyl, C1-11 alkylcarboxy C0-11 alkyl, aryl C1-11 alkylcarboxy C0-11 alkyl, C1-11 alkylcarbonylamino C0-11 alkyl, aryl C1-11 alkylcarbonylamino C0-11 alkyl, -C0-11 alkyl COOR9, -C0-11 alkyl CONR10R11 wherein R9, R10 and R11 are independently selected from hydrogen, C1-C11 alkyl, aryl C0-C11 alkyl, or R10 and R11 are taken together with the nitrogen to which they are attached forming a cyclic system containing 3 to 8 carbon atoms with at least one C1-C11 alkyl, aryl C0-C11 alkyl substituent.
(ii) R"' is selected from the group consisting of (a) hydrogen, (b) C1-11 alkyl, substituted C1-11 alkyl wherein the substituents are independently selected from halo, cyano, nitro, trihalomethyl, carbamoyl, tetrahydrofuryl, pyrrolidinyl, piperidinyl, morpholinyl, piperazinyl, hydroxypyronyl, C0-11 alkyloxy, aryl C0-11 alkyloxy, C0-11 alkylthio, aryl C0-11 alkylthio, C0-11 alkylamino, aryl C0-11 alkylamino, di(aryl C0-11 alkyl)amino, C1-11 alkylcarbonyl, aryl C1-11 alkylcarbonyl, C1-11 alkylcarboxy, aryl C1-11 alkylcarboxy, C1-11 alkylcarbonylamino, aryl C1-11 alkylcarbonylamino, -C0-11 alkyl COOR12, -C0-11 alkyl CONR13R14 wherein R12, R13 and R14 are independently selected from hydrogen, C1-C11 alkyl, aryl C0-C11 alkyl, or R13 and R14 are taken together with the nitrogen to which they are attached forming a cyclic system containing 3 to 8 carbon atoms with at least one C1-C11 alkyl, aryl C0-C11 alkyl substituent, (c) mono-, di- and tri-substituted aryl C0-C11 alkyl wherein the aryl substituents are defined as above for R' and R", (iii) X is a mono-, di- or trisubstituted aryl wherein the aryl substituents are defined as above for R' and R", and aryl is selected from phenyl, biphenyl, naphthyl, dihydronaphthyl, tetrahydronaphthyl, indenyl, indanyl, azulenyl, anthryl, phenanthryl, fluorenyl, pyrenyl, thienyl, benzothienyl, isobenzothienyl, 2,3-dihydrobenzothienyl, furyl, pyranyl, benzofuranyl, isobenzofuranyl, 2,3-dihydrobenzofuranyl, pyrrolyl, indolyl, isoindolyl, indolizinyl, indazolyl, imidazolyl, benzimidazolyl, pyridyl, pyrazinyl, pyradazinyl, pyrimidinyl, triazinyl, quinolyl, isoquinolyl, 4H-quinolizinyl, cinnolinyl, phthalazinyl, quinazolinyl, quinoxalinyl, 1,8-naphthyridinyl, pteridinyl, carbazolyl, acridinyl, phenazinyl, phenothiazinyl, phenoxazinyl, chromanyl, benzodioxolyl, piperonyl, purinyl, hydroxypyronyl, pyrazolyl, triazolyl, tetrazolyl, thiazolyl, isothiazolyl, benzthiazolyl, oxazolyl, isoxazolyl, benzoxazolyl, oxadiazolyl, or thiadiazolyl, and wherein the remaining of R1 and R3 are independently selected from the group consisting of:
(i) hydrogen;
(ii) C1-11alkyl, substituted C1-11alkyl wherein the alkyl substituents are defined as above, (iii) aryl C0-11alkyl, (iv) mono-, di- and tri-substituted arylC0-C11 alkyl wherein the aryl substituents are defined as above, or its pharmaceutically acceptable salts, prodrugs, esters, or solvates thereof.
72. A compound as defined in claim 71 wherein aryl is selected from phenyl, naphthyl, biphenyl, thienyl, furyl, pyridyl, or its pharmaceutically acceptable salts, prodrugs, esters, or solvates thereof.
73. A compound as defined in claim 71 wherein aryl is phenyl, or its pharmaceutically acceptable salts, prodrugs, esters, or solvates thereof.
74. A compound as defined in claim 71 wherein aryl is naphthyl, or its pharmaceutically acceptable salts, prodrugs, esters, or solvates thereof.
75. A compound as defined in claim 71 wherein aryl is biphenyl, or its pharmaceutically acceptable salts, prodrugs, esters, or solvates thereof.
76. A compound as defined in claim 71 wherein aryl is thienyl, or its pharmaceutically acceptable salts, prodrugs, esters, or solvates thereof.
77. A compound as defined in claim 71 wherein aryl is furyl, or its pharmaceutically acceptable salts, prodrugs, esters, or solvates thereof.
78. A compound as defined in claim 71 wherein aryl is pyridyl, or its pharmaceutically acceptable salts, prodrugs, esters, or solvates thereof.
79. A compound with the structure depicted in Formula (A8):
wherein at least one of R1 and R2 substituents has the general structure depicted in Formula (B) X-C(R')=C(R")COOR"' (B) wherein (i) R' and R" are independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, halo, cyano, nitro, trihalomethyl, C1-11 alkyl, optionally substituted aryl C1-11 alkyl wherein the aryl substituents are independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, halo, nitro, cyano, trihalomethyl, hydroxypyronyl, C1-11 alkyl, aryl C1-11 alkyl, C0-11 alkyloxy C0-11 alkyl, aryl C0-11 alkyloxy C0-11 alkyl, C0-11 alkylthio C0-11 alkyl, aryl C0-11 alkylthio C0-11 alkyl, C0-11 alkylamino C0-11 alkyl, aryl C0-11 alkylamino C0-11 alkyl, di(aryl C1-11 alkyl)amino C0-11 alkyl, C1-11 alkylcarbonyl C0-11 alkyl, aryl C1-11 alkylcarbonyl C0-11 alkyl, C1-11 alkylcarboxy C0-11 alkyl, aryl C1-11 alkylcarboxy 11alkyl, C1-11alkylcarbonylaminoC0-11alkyl, arylC1-11alkylcarbonylaminoC0-11alkyl, -C0-11alkylCOOR4, -C0-11alkylCONR5R6 wherein R4, R5 and R6 are independently selected from hydrogen, C1-C11alkyl, arylC0-C11alkyl, or R5 and R6 are taken together with the nitrogen to which they are attached forming a cyclic system containing 3 to 8 carbon atoms with at least one C1-C11alkyl, arylC0-C11alkyl substituent.
(ii) R''' is selected from the group consisting of (a) hydrogen, (b) C1-11alkyl, substituted C1-11alkyl wherein the substituents are independently selected from halo, cyano, nitro, trihalomethyl, carbamoyl, tetrahydrofuryl, pyrrolidinyl, piperidinyl, morpholinyl, piperazinyl, hydroxypyronyl, C0-11alkyloxy, arylC0-11alkyloxy, C0-11alkylthio, arylC0-11alkylthio, C0-11alkylamino, arylC0-11alkylamino, di(arylCo-11alkyl)amino, C1 -11alkylcarbonyl, arylC1-11alkylcarbonyl, C1-11alkylcarboxy, arylC1-11alkylcarboxy, C1-11alkylcarbonylamino, aryl C1-11alkylcarbonylamino, -C0-11alkylCOOR7, -C0-11alkylCONR8R9 wherein R7, R8 and R9 are independently selected from hydrogen, C1-C11alkyl, arylC0-C11alkyl, or R8 and R9 are taken together with the nitrogen to which they are attached forming a cyclic system containing 3 to 8 carbon atoms with at least one C1-C11alkyl, arylC0-C11alkyl substituent, (c) mono-, di- and tri-substituted arylC0-C11alkyl wherein the aryl substituents are defined as above for R' and R", (iii) X is a mono-, di- or trisubstituted aryl wherein the aryl substituents are defined as above for R' and R", and aryl is selected from phenyl, biphenyl, naphthyl, dihydronaphthyl, tetrahydronaphthyl, indenyl, indanyl, azulenyl, anthryl, phenanthryl, fluorenyl, pyrenyl, thienyl, benzothienyl, isobenzothienyl, 2,3-dihydrobenzothienyl, furyl, pyranyl, benzofuranyl, isobenzofuranyl, 2,3-dihydrobenzofuranyl, pyrrolyl, indolyl, isoindolyl, indolizinyl, indazolyl, imidazolyl, benzimidazolyl, pyridyl, pyrazinyl, pyradazinyl, pyrimidinyl, triazinyl, quinolyl, isoquinolyl, 4H-quinolizinyl, cinnolinyl, phthalazinyl, quinazolinyl, quinoxalinyl, 1,8-naphthyridinyl, pteridinyl, carbazolyl, acridinyl, phenazinyl, phenothiazinyl, phenoxazinyl, chromanyl, benzodioxolyl, piperonyl, purinyl, hydroxypyronyl, pyrazolyl, triazolyl, tetrazolyl, thiazolyl, isothiazolyl, benzthiazolyl, oxazolyl, isoxazolyl, benzoxazolyl, oxadiazolyl, or thiadiazolyl, and wherein the remaining of R1 and R2 is independently selected from the group consisting of:
(i) hydrogen;
(ii) C1-11alkyl, substituted C1-11alkyl wherein the alkyl substituents are defined as above, (iii) arylC0-11alkyl, (iv) mono-, di- and tri-substituted arylC0-C11alkyl wherein the aryl substituents are defined as above, and wherein m is an integer between 0 and 4 and each R3 is independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, halo, nitro, cyano, trihalomethyl, hydroxypyronyl, C1-11alkyl, C0-11alkyloxyC0-11alkyl, arylC0-11alkyloxyC0-11alkyl, C0-11alkylthioC0-11alkyl, arylC0-11alkylthioC0-11alkyl, C0-11alkylaminoC0-11alkyl, arylC0-11alkylaminoC0-11alkyl, di(arylC1-11alkyl)aminoC0-11alkyl, C1-11alkylcarbonylC0-11alkyl, C1-11alkylcarboxyC0-11alkyl, C1-11alkylcarbonylaminoC0-11alkyl, arylC1-11alkylcarbonylC0-11alkyl, arylC1-11alkylcarboxyC0-11alkyl, arylC1-11alkylcarbonyl-aminoC0-11alkyl, -CH=CHCOOR10, -CH=CHCONR11R12, -C0-11alkylCOOR13, -C0-11alkylCONR14R15 wherein R10 thru R15 are independently selected from hydrogen, C1-C11alkyl, arylC0-C11alkyl, or and R12 are taken together with the nitrogen to which they are attached forming a cyclic system containing 3 to 8 carbon atoms with at least one C1-C11alkyl, arylC0-C11alkyl substituent, or R14 and R15 are taken together with the nitrogen to which they are attached forming a cyclic system containing 3 to 8 carbon atoms with at least one C1-C22alkyl, arylC0-C11alkyl substituent, or its pharmaceutically acceptable salts, prodrugs, esters, or solvates thereof.
80. A compound as defined in claim 79 wherein aryl is selected from phenyl, naphthyl, biphenyl, thienyl, furyl, pyridyl, or its pharmaceutically acceptable salts, prodrugs, esters, or solvates thereof.
81. A compound as defined in claim 79 wherein aryl is phenyl, or its pharmaceutically acceptable salts, prodrugs, esters, or solvates thereof.
82. A compound as defined in claim 79 wherein aryl is naphthyl, or its pharmaceutically acceptable salts, prodrugs, esters, or solvates thereof.
83. A compound as defined in claim 79 wherein aryl is biphenyl, or its pharmaceutically acceptable salts, prodrugs, esters, or solvates thereof.
84. A compound as defined in claim 79 wherein aryl is thienyl, or its pharmaceutically acceptable salts, prodrugs, esters, or solvates thereof.
85. A compound as defined in claim 79 wherein aryl is furyl, or its pharmaceutically acceptable salts, prodrugs, esters, or solvates thereof.
86. A compound as defined in claim 79 wherein aryl is pyridyl, or its pharmaceutically acceptable salts, prodrugs, esters, or solvates thereof.
87. A compound with the structure depicted in Formula (A8):
wherein R1 is selected from -COR16, -COOR17, -CONR18R19 wherein R16 thru R19 are independently selected from hydrogen, C1-C11alkyl, substituted C1-11alkyl where the alkyl substituents are as defined below, optionally substituted arylC0-C11alkyl where the aryl substituents are as defined below, or R18 and R19 are taken together with the nitrogen to which they are attached forming a cyclic system containing 3 to 8 carbon atoms with at least one C1-C11alkyl, arylC0-C11alkyl substituent, and wherein R2 has the general structure depicted in Formula (B) X-C(R')=C(R")COOR''' (B) wherein (i) R' and R" are independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, halo, cyano, nitro, trihalomethyl, C1-11alkyl, optionally substituted arylC1-11alkyl wherein the aryl substituents are independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, halo, nitro, cyano, trihalomethyl, hydroxypyronyl, C1-11alkyl, arylC1-11alkyl, C0-11alkyloxyC0-11alkyl, arylC0-11alkyloxyC0-11alkyl, C0-11alkylthioC0-11alkyl, arylC0-11alkylthioC0-11alkyl, C0-11alkylaminoC0-11alkyl, arylC0-11alkylaminoC0-11alkyl, di(arylC1-11alkyl)aminoC0-11alkyl, C1-11alkylcarbonylC0-11alkyl, arylC1-11alkylcarbonylC0-11alkyl, C1-11alkylcarboxyC0-11alkyl, arylC1-11alkylcarboxyC0-11alkyl, C1-11alkylcarbonylaminoC0-11alkyl, arylC1-11alkylcarbonylaminoC0-11alkyl, -C0-11alkylCOOR4, -C0-11alkylCONR5R6 wherein R4, R5 and R6 are independently selected from hydrogen, C1-C11alkyl, arylC0-C11alkyl, or R5 and R6 are taken together with the nitrogen to which they are attached forming a cyclic system containing 3 to 8 carbon atoms with at least one C1-C11alkyl, aryl C0-C11alkyl substituent.
(ii) R''' is selected from the group consisting of (a) hydrogen, (b) C1-11alkyl, substituted C1-11alkyl wherein the substituents are independently selected from halo, cyano, nitro, trihalomethyl, carbamoyl, tetrahydrofuryl, pyrrolidinyl, piperidinyl, morpholinyl, piperazinyl, hydroxypyronyl, C0-1alkyloxy, arylC0-11alkyloxy, C0-11alkylthio, arylC0-11alkylthio, C0-11alkylamino, arylC0-11alkylamino, di(arylC0-11alkyl)amino, C1 -11alkylcarbonyl, arylC1-11alkylcarbonyl, C1-11alkylcarboxy, arylC1-11alkylcarboxy, C1-11alkylcarbonylamino, aryl C1-11alkylcarbonylamino, -C0-11alkylCOOR7, -C0-11alkylCONR8R9 wherein R7, R8 and R9 are independently selected from hydrogen, C1-C11alkyl, arylC0-C11alkyl, or R8 and R9 are taken together with the nitrogen to which they are attached forming a cyclic system containing 3 to 8 carbon atoms with at least one C1-C11alkyl, arylC0-C11alkyl substituent, (c) mono-, di- and tri-substituted arylC0-C11alkyl wherein the aryl substituents are defined as above for R' and R", (iii) X is a mono-, di- or trisubstituted aryl wherein the aryl substituents are defined as above for R' and R", and aryl is selected from phenyl, biphenyl, naphthyl, dihydronaphthyl, tetrahydronaphthyl, indenyl, indanyl, azulenyl, anthryl, phenanthryl, fluorenyl, pyrenyl, thienyl, benzothienyl, isobenzothienyl, 2,3-dihydrobenzothienyl, furyl, pyranyl, benzofuranyl, isobenzofuranyl, 2,3-dihydrobenzofuranyl, pyrrolyl, indolyl, isoindolyl, indolizinyl, indazolyl, imidazolyl, benzimidazolyl, pyridyl, pyrazinyl, pyradazinyl, pyrimidinyl, triazinyl, quinolyl, isoquinolyl, 4H-quinolizinyl, cinnolinyl, phthalazinyl, quinazolinyl, quinoxalinyl, 1,8-naphthyridinyl, pteridinyl, carbazolyl, acridinyl, phenazinyl, phenothiazinyl, phenoxazinyl, chromanyl, benzodioxolyl, piperonyl, purinyl, hydroxypyronyl, pyrazolyl, triazolyl, tetrazolyl, thiazolyl, isothiazolyl, benzthiazolyl, oxazolyl, isoxazolyl, benzoxazolyl, oxadiazolyl, or thiadiazolyl, and wherein R2 is selected from the group consisting of:
(i) hydrogen;
(ii) C1-11alkyl, substituted C1-11alkyl wherein the alkyl substituents are defined as above, (iii) arylC0-11alkyl, (iv) mono-, di- and tri-substituted arylC0-C11alkyl wherein the aryl substituents are defined as above, and wherein m is an integer between 0 and 4 and each R3 is independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, halo, nitro, cyano, trihalomethyl, hydroxypyronyl, C1-11alkyl, C0-11alkyloxyC0-11alkyl, arylC0-11alkyloxyC0-11alkyl, C0-11alkylthioC0-11alkyl, arylC0-11alkylthioC0-11alkyl, C0-11alkylaminoC0-11alkyl, arylC0-11alkylaminoC0-11alkyl, di(aryl C1-11alkyl)aminoC0-11alkyl, C1-11alkylcarbonylC0-11alkyl, C1-11alkylcarboxyC0-11alkyl, C1-11alkylcarbonylaminoC0-11alkyl, arylC1-11alkylcarbonylC0-11alkyl, arylC1-11alkylcarboxyC0-11alkyl, arylC1-11alkylcarbonyl-aminoC0-11alkyl, -CH=CHCOOR10, -CH=CHCONR11R12, -C0-11alkylCOOR13, -C0-11alkylCONR14R15 wherein R10 thru R15 are independently selected from hydrogen, C1-C11alkyl, arylC0-C11alkyl, or and R12 are taken together with the nitrogen to which they are attached forming a cyclic system containing 3 to 8 carbon atoms with at least one C1-C11alkyl, arylC0-C11alkyl substituent, or R14 and R15 are taken together with the nitrogen to which they are attached forming a cyclic system containing 3 to 8 carbon atoms with at least one C1-C11alkyl, arylC0-C11alkyl substituent, or its pharmaceutically acceptable salts, prodrugs, esters, or solvates thereof.
88. A compound as defined in claim 87 wherein aryl is selected from phenyl, naphthyl, biphenyl, thienyl, furyl, pyridyl, or its pharmaceutically acceptable salts, prodrugs, esters, or solvates thereof.
89. A compound as defined in claim 87 wherein aryl is phenyl, or its pharmaceutically acceptable salts, prodrugs, esters, or solvates thereof.
90. A compound as defined in claim 87 wherein aryl is naphthyl, or its pharmaceutically acceptable salts, prodrugs, esters, or solvates thereof.
91. A compound as defined in claim 87 wherein aryl is biphenyl, or its pharmaceutically acceptable salts, prodrugs, esters, or solvates thereof.
92. A compound as defined in claim 87 wherein aryl is thienyl, or its pharmaceutically acceptable salts, prodrugs, esters, or solvates thereof.
93. A compound as defined in claim 87 wherein aryl is furyl, or its pharmaceutically acceptable salts, prodrugs, esters, or solvates thereof.
94. A compound as defined in claim 87 wherein aryl is pyridyl, or its pharmaceutically acceptable salts, prodrugs, esters, or solvates thereof.
95. A compound with the structure depicted in Formula (A9):
wherein at least one of R1 and R2 substituents has the general structure depicted in Formula (B) X-C(R')=C(R")COOR''' (B) wherein (i) R' and R" are independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, halo, cyano, nitro, trihalomethyl, C1-11alkyl, optionally substituted arylC1-11alkyl wherein the aryl substituents are independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, halo, nitro, cyano, trihalomethyl, hydroxypyronyl, C1-11alkyl, arylC1-11alkyl, C0-11alkyloxyC0-11alkyl, arylC0-11alkyloxyC0-11alkyl, C0-11alkylthioC0-11alkyl, arylC0-11alkylthioC0-11alkyl, C0-11a1kylaminoC0-11alkyl, arylC0-11alkylaminoC0-11alkyl, di(arylC1-11alkyl)aminoC0-11alkyl, C1-11alkylcarbonylC0-11alkyl, arylC1-11alkylcarbonylC0-11alkyl, C1-11alkylcarboxyC0-11alkyl, arylC1-11alkylcarboxyC0-11alkyl, C1-11alkylcarbonylaminoC0-11alkyl, arylC1-11alkylcarbonylaminoC0-11 alkyl, C0-11alkylCOOR4, -C0-11alkylCONR5R6 wherein R4, R5 and R6 are independently selected from hydrogen, C1-C11alkyl, arylC0-C11alkyl, or R5 and R6 are taken together with the nitrogen to which they are attached forming a cyclic system containing 3 to 8 carbon atoms with at least one C1-C11alkyl, arylC0-C11alkyl substituent.
{ii) R'''is selected from the group consisting of {a) hydrogen, (b) C1-11alkyl, substituted C1-11alkyl wherein the substituents are independently selected from halo, cyano, nitro, trihalomethyl, carbamoyl, tetrahydrofuryl, pyrrolidinyl, piperidinyl, morpholinyl, piperazinyl, hydroxypyronyl, C0-11alkyloxy, arylC0-11alkyloxy, C0-11alkylthio, arylC0-11alkylthio, C0-11alkylamino, arylC0-11alkylamino, di(arylC0-11alkyl)amino, C1-11alkylcarbonyl, arylC1-11alkylcarbonyl, C0-11alkylcarboxy, arylC1-11alkylcarboxy, C1-11alkylcarbonylamino, aryl C1-11alkylcarbonylamino, -C0-11alkylCOOR7, -C0-11alkylCONR8R9 wherein R7, R8 and R9 are independently selected from hydrogen, C1-C11alkyl, arylC0-C11alkyl, or R8 and R9 are taken together with the nitrogen to which they are attached forming a cyclic system containing 3 to 8 carbon atoms with at least one C1-C11alkyl, arylC0-C11alkyl substituent, (c) mono-, di- and tri-substituted arylC0-C11alkyl wherein the aryl substituents are defined as above for R' and R", (iii) X is a mono-, di- or trisubstituted aryl wherein the aryl substituents are defined as above for R' and R", and aryl is selected from phenyl, biphenyl, naphthyl, dihydronaphthyl, tetrahydronaphthyl, indenyl, indanyl, azulenyl, anthryl, phenanthryl, fluorenyl, pyrenyl, thienyl, benzothienyl, isobenzothienyl, 2,3-dihydrobenzothienyl, furyl, pyranyl, benzofuranyl, isobenzofuranyl, 2,3-dihydrobenzofuranyl, pyrrolyl, indolyl, isoindolyl, indolizinyl, indazolyl, imidazolyl, benzimidazolyl, pyridyl, pyrazinyl, pyradazinyl, pyrimidinyl, triazinyl, quinolyl, isoquinolyl, 4H-quinolizinyl, cinnolinyl, phthalazinyl, quinazolinyl, quinoxalinyl, 1,8-naphthyridinyl, pteridinyl, carbazolyl, acridinyl, phenazinyl, phenothiazinyl, phenoxazinyl, chromanyl, benzodioxolyl, piperonyl, purinyl, hydroxypyronyl, pyrazolyl, triazolyl, tetrazolyl, thiazolyl, isothiazolyl, benzthiazolyl, oxazolyl, isoxazolyl, benzoxazolyl, oxadiazolyl, or thiadiazolyl, and wherein the remaining of R1 and R2 is independently selected from the group consisting of:
(i) hydrogen;
(ii) C1-11alkyl, substituted C1-11alkyl wherein the alkyl substituents are defined as above, (iii) arylC0-11alkyl, (iv) mono-, di- and tri-substituted arylC0-C11alkyl wherein the aryl substituents are defined as above, and wherein m is an integer between 0 and 3 and each R3 is independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, halo, nitro, cyano, trihalomethyl, hydroxypyronyl, C1-11alkyl, C0-11alkyloxyC0-11alkyl, arylC0-11alkyloxyC0-11alkyl, C0-11alkylthioC0-11alkyl, arylC0-11alkylthioC0-11alkyl, C0-11alkylaminoC0-11alkyl, arylC0-lkylaminoC0-11alkyl, di(arylC1-11alkyl)aminoC0-11alky, C1-11alkylcarbonylC0-11alkyl, C1-11alkylcarboxyC0-11alkyl, C1-11alkylcarbonylaminoC0-11alkyl, arylC1-11alkylcarbonylC0-11alkyl, arylC1-11alkylcarboxyC0-11alkyl, arylC1-11alkylcarbonyl-aminoC0-11alkyl, -CH=CHCOOR10, -CH=CHCONR11R12, -C0-11alkylCOOR13, -C0-11alkylCONR14R15 wherein R10 thru R15 are independently selected from hydrogen, C1-C11alkyl, arylC0-C11alkyl, or and R12 are taken together with the nitrogen to which they are attached forming a cyclic system containing 3 to 8 carbon atoms with at least one C1-C11alkyl, arylC0-C11alkyl substituent, or R14 and R15 are taken together with the nitrogen to which they are attached forming a cyclic system containing 3 to 8 carbon atoms with at least one C1-C11alkyl, arylC0-C11alkyl substituent, or its pharmaceutically acceptable salts, prodrugs, esters, or solvates thereof.
96. A compound as defined in claim 95 wherein aryl is selected from phenyl, naphthyl, biphenyl, thienyl, furyl, pyridyl, or its pharmaceutically acceptable salts, prodrugs, esters, or solvates thereof.
97. A compound as defined in claim 95 wherein aryl is phenyl, or its pharmaceutically acceptable salts, prodrugs, esters, or solvates thereof.
98. A compound as defined in claim 95 wherein aryl is naphthyl, or its pharmaceutically acceptable salts, prodrugs, esters, or solvates thereof.
99. A compound as defined in claim 95 wherein aryl is biphenyl, or its pharmaceutically acceptable salts, prodrugs, esters, or solvates thereof.
100. A compound as defined in claim 95 wherein aryl is thienyl, or its pharmaceutically acceptable salts, prodrugs, esters, or solvates thereof.
101. A compound as defined in claim 95 wherein aryl is furyl, or its pharmaceutically acceptable salts, prodrugs, esters, or solvates thereof.
102. A compound as defined in claim 95 wherein aryl is pyridyl, or its pharmaceutically acceptable salts, prodrugs, esters, or solvates thereof.
103. A compound having the structure depicted in Formula (A9):
wherein R1 or R2 is selected from -COR16, -COOR17, -CONR18R19 wherein R16 thru R19 are independently selected from hydrogen, C1-C11alkyl, substituted C1-11alkyl where the alkyl substituents are as defined below, optionally substituted arylC0-C11alkyl where the aryl substituents are as defined below, or R18 and R19 are taken together with the nitrogen to which they are attached forming a cyclic system containing 3 to 8 carbon atoms with at least one C1-C11alkyl, arylC0-C11alkyl substituent, and wherein the remainder of R1 or R2 has the general structure depicted in Formula (B) X-C(R')=C(R")COOR''' (B) wherein (i) R' and R" are independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, halo, cyano, nitro, trihalomethyl, C1-11alkyl, optionally substituted aryl C1-11alkyl wherein the aryl substituents are independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, halo, nitro, cyano, trihalomethyl, hydroxypyronyl, C1-11alkyl, arylC1-11alkyl, C0-11alkyloxyC0-11alkyl, arylC0-11alkyloxyC0-11alkyl, C0-11alkylthioC0-11alkyl, arylC0-11alkylthioC0-11alkyl, C0-11alkylaminoC0-11alkyl, arylC0-11alkylaminoC0-11alkyl, di(arylC1-11alkyl)aminoC0-11alkyl, C1-11alkylcarbonylC0-11alkyl, arylC1-11alkylcarbonylC0-11alkyl, C1-11alkylcarboxyC0-11alkyl, arylC1-11alkylcarboxyC0-11alkyl, C1-11alkylcarbonylaminoC0-11alkyl, arylC1-11alkylcarbonylaminoC0-11alkyl, -C0-11alkylCOOR4, -C0-11alkylCONR5R6 wherein R4, R5 and R6 are independently selected from hydrogen, C1-C11alkyl, arylC0-C11alkyl, or R5 and R6 are taken together with the nitrogen to which they are attached forming a cyclic system containing 3 to 8 carbon atoms with at least one C1-C11alkyl, arylC0-C11alkyl substituent.
(ii) R''' is selected from the group consisting of (a) hydrogen, (b) C1-11alkyl, substituted C1-11alkyl wherein the substituents are independently selected from halo, cyano, nitro, trihalomethyl, carbamoyl, tetrahydrofuryl, pyrrolidinyl, piperidinyl, morpholinyl, piperazinyl, hydroxypyronyl, C0-11alkyloxy, arylC0-11alkyloxy, C0-11alkylthio, arylC0-11alkylthio, C0-11alkylamino, arylC0-11alkylamino, di(arylC0-11alkyl)amino, C1 -11alkylcarbonyl, arylC1-11alkylcarbonyl, C1-11alkylcarboxy, arylC1-11alkylcarboxy, C1-11alkylcarbonylamino, aryl C1-11alkylcarbonylamino, -C0-11alkylCOOR7, -C0-11alkylCONR8R9 wherein R7, R8 and R9 are independently selected from hydrogen, C1-C11alkyl, arylC0-C11alkyl, or R8 and R9 are taken together with the nitrogen to which they are attached forming a cyclic system containing 3 to 8 carbon atoms with at least one C1-C11alkyl, arylC0-C11alkyl substituent, (c) mono-, di- and tri-substituted arylC0-C11alkyl wherein the aryl substituents are defined as above for R' and R", (iii) X is a mono-, di- or trisubstituted aryl wherein the aryl substituents are defined as above for R' and R", and aryl is selected from phenyl, biphenyl, naphthyl, dihydronaphthyl, tetrahydronaphthyl, indenyl, indanyl, azulenyl, anthryl, phenanthryl, fluorenyl, pyrenyl, thienyl, benzothienyl, isobenzothienyl, 2,3-dihydrobenzothienyl, furyl, pyranyl, benzofuranyl, isobenzofuranyl, 2,3-dihydrobenzofuranyl, pyrrolyl, indolyl, isoindolyl, indolizinyl, indazolyl, imidazolyl, benzimidazolyl, pyridyl, pyrazinyl, pyradazinyl, pyrimidinyl, triazinyl, quinolyl, isoquinolyl, 4H-quinolizinyl, cinnolinyl, phthalazinyl, quinazolinyl, quinoxalinyl, 1,8-naphthyridinyl, pteridinyl, carbazolyl, acridinyl, phenazinyl, phenothiazinyl, phenoxazinyl, chromanyl, benzodioxolyl, piperonyl, purinyl, hydroxypyronyl, pyrazolyl, triazolyl, tetrazolyl, thiazolyl, isothiazolyl, benzthiazolyl, oxazolyl, isoxazolyl, benzoxazolyl, oxadiazolyl, or thiadiazolyl, and wherein R2 is selected from the group consisting of:
(i) hydrogen;
(ii) C1-11alkyl, substituted C1-11alkyl wherein the alkyl substituents are defined as above, (iii) arylC0-11alkyl, (iv) mono-, di- and tri-substituted arylC0-C11alkyl wherein the aryl substituents are defined as above, and wherein m is an integer between 0 and 3 and each R3 is independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, halo, nitro, cyano, trihalomethyl, hydroxypyronyl, C1-11alkyl, C0-11alkyloxyC0-11alkyl, arylC0-11alkyloxyC0-11alkyl, C0-11alkylthioC0-11alkyl, arylC0-11alkylthioC0-11alkyl, C0-11alkylaminoC0-11alkyl, arylC0-11alkylaminoC0-11alkyl, di(arylC1-11alkyl)aminoC0-11alkyl, C1-11alkylcarbonylC0-11alkyl, C1-11alkylcarboxyC0-11alkyl, C1-11alkylcarbonylaminoC0-11alkyl, arylC1-11alkylcarbonylC0-11alkyl, arylC1-11alkylcarboxyC0-11alkyl, arylC1-11alkylcarbonyl-aminoC0-11alkyl, -CH=CHCOOR10, -CH=CHCONR11R12, -C0-11alkylCOOR13, -C0-11alkylCONR14R15 wherein R10 thru R15 are independently selected from hydrogen, C1-C11alkyl, arylC0-C11alkyl, or and R12 are taken together with the nitrogen to which they are attached forming a cyclic system containing 3 to 8 carbon atoms with at least one C1-C11alkyl, arylC0-C11alkyl substituent, or R14 and R15 are taken together with the nitrogen to which they are attached forming a cyclic system containing 3 to 8 carbon atoms with at least one C1-C11alkyl, arylC0-C11alkyl substituent, or its pharmaceutically acceptable salts, prodrugs, esters, or solvates thereof.
104. A compound as defined in claim 103 wherein aryl is selected from phenyl, naphthyl, biphenyl, thienyl, furyl, pyridyl, or its pharmaceutically acceptable salts, prodrugs, esters, or solvates thereof.
105. A compound as defined in claim 103 wherein aryl is phenyl, or its pharmaceutically acceptable salts, prodrugs, esters, or solvates thereof.
106. A compound as defined in claim 103 wherein aryl is naphthyl, or its pharmaceutically acceptable salts, prodrugs, esters, or solvates thereof.
107. A compound as defined in claim 103 wherein aryl is biphenyl, or its pharmaceutically acceptable salts, prodrugs, esters, or solvates thereof.
108. A compound as defined in claim 103 wherein aryl is thienyl, or its pharmaceutically acceptable salts, prodrugs, esters, or solvates thereof.
109. A compound as defined in claim 103 wherein aryl is furyl, or its pharmaceutically acceptable salts, prodrugs, esters, or solvates thereof.
110. A compound as defined in claim 103 wherein aryl is pyridyl, or its pharmaceutically acceptable salts, prodrugs, esters, or solvates thereof.
111. A compound with the structure depicted in Formula (A10):
wherein Z1 and Z2 are independently selected from the group consisting of OR3, SR4, NR5R6, wherein R3, R4, R5, R6 are independently selected from:
(i) hydrogen;
(ii) C1-11alkyl, substituted C1-11alkyl, C1-11alkylcarbonyl, substituted C1-11alkylcarbonyl wherein the alkyl substituents are defined as below, (iii) arylC0-11alkyl, arylC0-11alkylcarbonyl;
(iv) mono-, di- and tri-substituted arylC0-C11alkyl; mono-, di- and tri-substituted arylC0-C11alkylcarbonyl wherein the aryl substituents are defned as in below, and wherein at least one of R1 and R2 substituents has the general structure depicted in Formula (B) X-C(R')=C(R")COOR''' (B) wherein (i) R' and R" are independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, halo, cyano, nitro, trihalomethyl, C1-11alkyl, optionally substituted arylC1-11 alkyl wherein the aryl substituents are independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, halo, nitro, cyano, trihalomethyl, hydroxypyronyl, C1-11alkyl, arylC1-11alkyl, C0-11alkyloxyC0-11alkyl, arylC0-11alkyloxyC0-11alkyl, C0-11alkylthioC0-11alkyl, arylC0-11alkylthioC0-11alkyl, C0-11alkylaminoC0-11alkyl, 11alkyl, arylC0-11alkylaminoC0-11alkyl, di(arylC1-11alkyl)aminoC0-11alkyl, C1-11alkylcarbonylC0-11alkyl, arylC1-11alkylcarbonylC0-11alkyl, C1-11alkylcarboxyC0-11alkyl, arylC1-11alkylcarboxyC0-11alkyl, C1-11alkylcarbonylaminoC0-11alkyl, arylC1-11alkylcarbonylaminoC0-11alkyl, C0-11alkylCOOR7, -C0-11alkylCONR8R9 wherein R7, R8 and R9 are independently selected from hydrogen, C1-C11alkyl, arylC0-C11alkyl, or R8 and R9 are taken together with the nitrogen to which they are attached forming a cyclic system containing 3 to 8 carbon atoms with at least one C1-C11alkyl, arylC0-C11alkyl substituent.
(ii) R''' is selected from the group consisting of (a) hydrogen, (b) C1-11alkyl, substituted C1-11alkyl wherein the substituents are independently selected from halo, cyano, nitro, trihalomethyl, carbamoyl, tetrahydrofuryl, pyrrolidinyl, piperidinyl, morpholinyl, piperazinyl, hydroxypyronyl, C0-11alkyloxy, arylC0-11alkyloxy, C0-11alkylthio, arylC0-11alkylthio, C0-11alkylamino, ary1C0-11alkylamino, di(arylC0-11alkyl)amino, C1-11alkylcarbonyl, arylC1-11alkylcarbonyl, C1-11alkylcarboxy, arylC1-11alkylcarboxy, C1-11alkylcarbonylamino, aryl C1-11alkylcarbonylamino, -C0-11alkylCOOR10, -C0-11alkylCONR11R12 wherein R10, R11 and R12 are independently selected from hydrogen, C1-C11alkyl, arylC0-C11alkyl, or R11 and R12 are taken together with the nitrogen to which they are attached forming a cyclic system containing 3 to 8 carbon atoms with at least one C1-C11alkyl, arylC0-C11alkyl substituent, (c) mono-, di- and tri-substituted arylC0-C11alkyl wherein the aryl substituents are defined as above for R' and R", (iii) X is a mono-, di- or trisubstituted aryl wherein the aryl substituents are defined as above for R' and R", and aryl is selected from phenyl, biphenyl, naphthyl, dihydronaphthyl, tetrahydronaphthyl, indenyl, indanyl, azulenyl, anthryl, phenanthryl, fluorenyl, pyrenyl, thienyl, benzothienyl, isobenzothienyl, 2,3-dihydrobenzothienyl, furyl, pyranyl, benzofuranyl, isobenzofuranyl, 2,3-dihydrobenzofuranyl, pyrrolyl, indolyl, isoindolyl, indolizinyl, indazolyl, imidazolyl, benzimidazolyl, pyridyl, pyrazinyl, pyradazinyl, pyrimidinyl, triazinyl, quinolyl, isoquinolyl, 4H-quinolizinyl, cinnolinyl, phthalazinyl, quinazolinyl, quinoxalinyl, 1,8-naphthyridinyl, pteridinyl, carbazolyl, acridinyl, phenazinyl, phenothiazinyl, phenoxazinyl, chromanyl, benzodioxolyl, piperonyl, purinyl, hydroxypyronyl, pyrazolyl, triazolyl, tetrazolyl, thiazolyl, isothiazolyl, benzthiazolyl, oxazolyl, isoxazolyl, benzoxazolyl, oxadiazolyl, or thiadiazolyl, and wherein the remaining of R1, and R2 is independently selected from the group consisting of:
(i) hydrogen;
(ii) C1-11alkyl, substituted C1-11alkyl wherein the alkyl substituents are defined as above, (iii) arylC0-11alkyl, (iv) mono-, di- and tri-substituted arylC0-C11alkyl wherein the aryl substituents are defined as above, or its pharmaceutically acceptable salts, prodrugs, esters, or solvates thereof.
112. A compound as defined in claim 111 wherein aryl is selected from phenyl, naphthyl, biphenyl, thienyl, furyl, pyridyl, or its pharmaceutically acceptable salts, prodrugs, esters, or solvates thereof.
113. A compound as defined in claim 111 wherein aryl is phenyl, or its pharmaceutically acceptable salts, prodrugs, esters, or solvates thereof.
114. A compound as defined in claim 111 wherein aryl is naphthyl, or its pharmaceutically acceptable salts, prodrugs, esters, or solvates thereof.
115. A compound as defined in claim 111 wherein aryl is biphenyl, or its pharmaceutically acceptable salts, prodrugs, esters, or solvates thereof.
116. A compound as defined in claim 111 wherein aryl is thienyl, or its pharmaceutically acceptable salts, prodrugs, esters, or solvates thereof.
117. A compound as defined in claim 111 wherein aryl is furyl, or its pharmaceutically acceptable salts, prodrugs, esters, or solvates thereof.
118. A compound as defined in claim 111 wherein aryl is pyridyl, or its pharmaceutically acceptable salts, prodrugs, esters, or solvates thereof.
119. A compound with the structure depicted in Formula (A11):
wherein at least one of R1, R2 and R3 substituents has the general structure depicted in Formula (B) X-C(R')=C(R")COOR''' (B) wherein (i) R' and R" are independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, halo, cyano, nitro, trihalomethyl, C1-11alkyl, optionally substituted arylC1-11alkyl wherein the aryl substituents are independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, halo, nitro, cyano, trihalomethyl, hydroxypyronyl, C1-11alkyl, arylC1-11alkyl, C0-11alkyloxyC0-11alkyl, arylC0-11alkyloxyC0-11alkyl, C0-11alkylthioC0-11alkyl, arylC0-11alkylthioC0-11alkyl, C0-11alkylaminoC0-11alkyl, arylC0-11alkylaminoC0-11alkyl, di(arylC1-11alkyl)aminoC0-11alkyl, C1-11alkylcarbonylC0-11alkyl, arylC1-11alkylcarbonylC0-11alkyl, C1-11alkylcarboxyC0-11alkyl, arylC1-11alkylcarboxyC0-11alkyl, C1-11alkylcarbonylaminoC0-11alkyl, arylC1-11alkylcarbonylaminoC0-11alkyl, -C0-11alkylCOOR5, -C0-11alkylCONR6R7 wherein R5, R6 and R7 are independently selected from hydrogen, C1-C11alkyl, arylC0-C11alkyl, or R6 and R7 are taken together with the nitrogen to which they are attached forming a cyclic system containing 3 to 8 carbon atoms with at least one C1-C11alkyl, arylC0-C11alkyl substituent.
(ii) R''' is selected from the group consisting of (a) hydrogen, (b) C1-11alkyl, substituted C1-11alkyl wherein the substituents are independently selected from halo, cyano, nitro, trihalomethyl, carbamoyl, tetrahydrofuryl, pyrrolidinyl, piperidinyl, morpholinyl, piperazinyl, hydroxypyronyl, C0-11alkyloxy, arylC0-11alkyloxy, C0-11alkylthio, arylC0-11alkylthio, C0-11alkylamino, arylC0-11alkylamino, di(arylC0-11alkyl)amino, C1-11alkylcarbonyl, arylC1-11alkylcarbonyl, C1-11alkylcarboxy, arylC1-11alkylcarboxy, C1-11alkylcarbonylamino, aryl C1-11alkylcarbonylamino, -C0-11alkylCOOR8, -C0-11alkylCONR9R10 wherein R8, R9 and R10 are independently selected from hydrogen, C1-C11alkyl, arylC0-C11alkyl, or R9 and R10 are taken together with the nitrogen to which they are attached forming a cyclic system containing 3 to 8 carbon atoms with at least one C1-C11alkyl, arylC0-C11alkyl substituent, (c) mono-, di- and tri-substituted arylC0-C11alkyl wherein the aryl substituents are defined as above for R' and R", (iii) X is a mono-, di- or trisubstituted aryl wherein the aryl substituents are defined as above for R' and R", and aryl is selected from phenyl, biphenyl, naphthyl, dihydronaphthyl, tetrahydronaphthyl, indenyl, indanyl, azulenyl, anthryl, phenanthryl, fluorenyl, pyrenyl, thienyl, benzothienyl, isobenzothienyl, 2,3-dihydrobenzothienyl, furyl, pyranyl, benzofuranyl, isobenzofuranyl, 2,3-dihydrcbenzofuranyl, pyrrolyl, indolyl, isoindolyl, indolizinyl, indazolyl, imidazolyl, benzimidazolyl, pyridyl, pyrazinyl, pyradazinyl, pyrimidinyl, triazinyl, quinolyl, isoquinolyl, 4H-quinolizinyl, cinnolinyl, phthalazinyl, quinazolinyl, quinoxalinyl, 1,8-naphthyridinyl, pteridinyl, carbazolyl, acridinyl, phenazinyl, phenothiazinyl, phenoxazinyl, chromanyl, benzodioxolyl, piperonyl, purinyl, hydroxypyronyl, pyrazolyl, triazolyl, tetrazolyl, thiazolyl, isothiazolyl, benzthiazolyl, oxazolyl, isoxazolyl, benzoxazolyl, oxadiazolyl, or thiadiazolyl, and wherein the remaining of R1, R2 and R3 are independently selected from the group consisting of:
(i) hydrogen;
(ii) C1-11alkyl, substituted C1-11alkyl wherein the alkyl substituents are defined as above, (iii) arylC0-11alkyl, (iv) mono-, di- and tri-substituted arylC0-C11alkyl wherein the aryl substituents are defined as above, or its pharmaceutically acceptable salts, prodrugs, esters, or solvates thereof.
120. A compound as defined in claim 119 wherein aryl is selected from phenyl, naphthyl, biphenyl, thienyl, furyl, pyridyl, or its pharmaceutically acceptable salts, prodrugs, esters, or solvates thereof.
121. A compound as defined in claim 119 wherein aryl is phenyl, or its pharmaceutically acceptable salts, prodrugs, esters, or solvates thereof.
122. A compound as defined in claim 119 wherein aryl is naphthyl, or its pharmaceutically acceptable salts, prodrugs, esters, or solvates thereof.
123. A compound as defined in claim 119 wherein aryl is biphenyl, or its pharmaceutically acceptable salts, prodrugs, esters, or solvates thereof.
124. A compound as defined in claim 119 wherein aryl is thienyl, or its pharmaceutically acceptable salts, prodrugs, esters, or solvates thereof.
125. A compound as defined in claim 119 wherein aryl is furyl, or its pharmaceutically acceptable salts, prodrugs, esters, or solvates thereof.
126. A compound as defined in claim 119 wherein aryl is pyridyl, or its pharmaceutically acceptable salts, prodrugs, esters, or solvates thereof.
127. A compound as defined in claim 1 with the structure as depicted below or its pharmaceutically acceptable salts, prodrugs, esters, or solvates thereof.
128. A compound as defined in claim 1 with the structure as depicted below or its pharmaceutically acceptable salts, prodrugs, esters, or solvates thereof.
129. A compound as defined in claim 63 with the structure as depicted below or its pharmaceutically acceptable salts, prodrugs, esters, or solvates thereof.
130. A compound as defined in claim 63 with the structure as depicted below or its pharmaceutically acceptable salts, prodrugs, esters, or solvates thereof.
131. A compound as defined in claim 47 with the structure as depicted below or its pharmaceutically acceptable salts, prodrugs, esters, or solvates thereof.
132. A compound as defined in claim 47 with the structure as depicted below or its pharmaceutically acceptable salts, prodrugs, esters, or solvates thereof.
133. A compound as defined in claim 47 with the structure as depicted below or its pharmaceutically acceptable salts, prodrugs, esters, or solvates thereof.
134. A compound as defined in claim 47 with the structure as depicted below or its pharmaceutically acceptable salts, prodrugs, esters, or solvates thereof.
135. A compound as defined in claim 47 with the structure as depicted below or its pharmaceutically acceptable salts, prodrugs, esters, or solvates thereof.
136. A compound as defined in claim 47 with the structure as depicted below or its pharmaceutically acceptable salts, prodrugs, esters, or solvates thereof.
137. A compound as defined in claim 47 with the structure as depicted below or its pharmaceutically acceptable salts, prodrugs, esters, or solvates thereof.
138. A compound as defined in claim 47 with the structure as depicted below or its pharmaceutically acceptable salts, prodrugs, esters, or solvates thereof.
139. A compound as defined in claim 47 with the structure as depicted below or its pharmaceutically acceptable salts, prodrugs, esters, or solvates thereof.
140. A compound as defined in claim 47 with the structure as depicted below or its pharmaceutically acceptable salts, prodrugs, esters, or solvates thereof.
141. A compound as defined in claim 47 with the structure as depicted below or its pharmaceutically acceptable salts, prodrugs, esters, or solvates thereof.
142. A compound as defined in claim 47 with the structure as depicted below or its pharmaceutically acceptable salts, prodrugs, esters, or solvates thereof.
143. A compound as defined in claim 47 with the structure as depicted below or its pharmaceutically acceptable salts, prodrugs, esters, or solvates thereof.
144. A compound as defined in claim 47 with the structure as depicted below or its pharmaceutically acceptable salts, prodrugs, esters, or solvates thereof.
145. A compound as defined in claim 47 with the structure as depicted below or its pharmaceutically acceptable salts, prodrugs, esters, or solvates thereof.
146. A compound as defined in claim 47 with the structure as depicted below or its pharmaceutically acceptable salts, prodrugs, esters, or solvates thereof.
147. A compound as defined in claim 47 with the structure as depicted below or its pharmaceutically acceptable salts, prodrugs, esters, or solvates thereof.
148. A compound as defined in claim 47 with the structure as depicted below or its pharmaceutically acceptable salts, prodrugs, esters, or solvates thereof.
149. A compound as defined in claim 47 with the structure as depicted below or its pharmaceutically acceptable salts, prodrugs, esters, or solvates thereof.
150. A compound as defined in claim 47 with the structure as depicted below or its pharmaceutically acceptable salts, prodrugs, esters, or solvates thereof.
151. A compound as defined in claim 47 with the structure as depicted below or its pharmaceutically acceptable salts, prodrugs, esters, or solvates thereof.
152. A compound as defined in claim 47 with the structure as depicted below or its pharmaceutically acceptable salts, prodrugs, esters, or solvates thereof.
153. A compound as defined in claim 47 with the structure as depicted below or its pharmaceutically acceptable salts, prodrugs, esters, or solvates thereof.
154. A compound as defined in claim 47 with the structure as depicted below or its pharmaceutically acceptable salts, prodrugs, esters, or solvates thereof.
154. A compound as defined in claim 47 with the structure as depicted below or its pharmaceutically acceptable salts, prodrugs, ester, or solvates thereof.
155. A compound as defined in claim 47 with the structure as depicted below or its pharmaceutically acceptable salts, prodrugs, esters, or solvates thereof.
156. A compound as defined in claim 47 with the structure as depicted below or its pharmaceutically acceptable salts, prodrugs, esters, or solvates thereof.
157. A compound as defined in claim 47 with the structure as depicted below or its pharmaceutically acceptable salts, prodrugs, esters, or solvates thereof.
158. A compound as defined in claim 47 with the structure as depicted below or its pharmaceutically acceptable salts, prodrugs, esters, or solvates thereof.
159. A compound as defined in claim 47 with the structure as depicted below or its pharmaceutically acceptable salts, prodrugs, esters, or solvates thereof.
160. A compound as defined in claim 47 with the structure as depicted below or its pharmaceutically acceptable salts, prodrugs, esters, or solvates thereof.
161. A compound as defined in claim 47 with the structure as depicted below or its pharmaceutically acceptable salts, prodrugs, esters, or solvates thereof.
162. A compound as defined in claim 47 with the structure as depicted below or its pharmaceutically acceptable salts, prodrugs, esters, or solvates thereof.
163. A compound with the structure as depicted below or its pharmaceutically acceptable salts, prodrugs, esters, or solvates thereof.
164. A compound as defined in claim 47 with the structure as depicted below or its pharmaceutically acceptable salts, prodrugs, esters, or solvates thereof.
165. A compound as defined in claim 47 with the structure as depicted below or its pharmaceutically acceptable salts, prodrugs, esters, or solvates thereof.
166. A compound as defined in claim 47 with the structure as depicted below or its pharmaceutically acceptable salts, prodrugs, esters, or solvates thereof.
167. A compound as defined in claim 47 with the structure as depicted below or its pharmaceutically acceptable salts, prodrugs, esters, or solvates thereof.
168. A compound as defined in claim 47 with the structure as depicted below or its pharmaceutically acceptable salts, prodrugs, esters, or solvates thereof.
169. A compound as defined in claim 47 with the structure as depicted below or its pharmaceutically acceptable salts, prodrugs, esters, or solvates thereof.
170. A compound as defined in claim 47 with the structure as depicted below or its pharmaceutically acceptable salts, prodrugs, esters, or solvates thereof.
171. A compound as defined in claim 47 with the structure as depicted below or its pharmaceutically acceptable salts, prodrugs, esters, or solvates thereof.
172. A compound as defined in claim 47 with the structure as depicted below or its pharmaceutically acceptable salts, prodrugs, esters, or solvates thereof.
173. A compound as defined in claim 47 with the structure as depicted below or its pharmaceutically acceptable salts, prodrugs, esters, or solvates thereof.
174. A compound as defined in claim 47 with the structure as depicted below or its pharmaceutically acceptable salts, prodrugs, esters, or solvates thereof.
175. A compound as defined in claim 47 with the structure as depicted below or its pharmaceutically acceptable salts, prodrugs, esters, or solvates thereof.
176. A compound as defined in claim 47 with the structure as depicted below or its pharmaceutically acceptable salts, prodrugs, esters, or solvates thereof.
177. A compound with the structure as depicted below or its pharmaceutically acceptable salts, prodrugs, esters, or solvates thereof.
I78. A compound as defined in claim 39 with the structure as depicted below or its pharmaceutically acceptable salts, prodrugs, esters, or solvates thereof.
179. A compound as defined in claim 39 with the structure as depicted below or its pharmaceutically acceptable salts, prodrugs, esters, or solvates thereof.
180. A compound as defined in claim 39 with the structure as depicted below or its pharmaceutically acceptable salts, prodrugs, esters, or solvates thereof.
181. A compound as defined in claim 39 with the structure as depicted below or its pharmaceutically acceptable salts, prodrugs, esters, or solvates thereof.
182. A compound as defined in claim 39 with the structure as depicted below or its pharmaceutically acceptable salts, prodrugs, esters, or solvates thereof.
183. A compound as defined in claim 39 with the structure as depicted below or its pharmaceutically acceptable salts, prodrugs, esters, or solvates thereof.
184. A compound as defined in claim 47 with the structure as depicted below or its pharmaceutically acceptable salts, prodrugs, esters, or solvates thereof.
185. A compound as defined in claim 47 with the structure as depicted below or its pharmaceutically acceptable salts, prodrugs, esters, or solvates thereof.
186. A compound as defined in claim 47 with the structure as depicted below or its pharmaceutically acceptable salts, prodrugs, esters, or solvates thereof.
187. A compound as defined in claim 47 with the structure as depicted below or its pharmaceutically acceptable salts, prodrugs, esters, or solvates thereof.
189. A compound as defined in claim 47 with the structure as depicted below or its pharmaceutically acceptable salts, prodrugs, esters, or solvates thereof.
190. A compound as defined in claim 47 with the structure as depicted below or its pharmaceutically acceptable salts, prodrugs, esters, or solvates thereof.
191. A compound as defined in claim 47 with the structure as depicted below or its pharmaceutically acceptable salts, prodrugs, esters, or solvates thereof.
192. A compound as defined in claim 47 with the structure as depicted below or its pharmaceutically acceptable salts, prodrugs, esters, or solvates thereof.
193. A compound as defined in claim 47 with the structure as depicted below or its pharmaceutically acceptable salts, prodrugs, esters, or solvates thereof.
194. A compound as defined in claim 47 with the structure as depicted below or its pharmaceutically acceptable salts, prodrugs, esters, or solvates thereof.
195. A compound as defined in claim 47 with the structure as depicted below or its pharmaceutically acceptable salts, prodrugs, esters, or solvates thereof 196. A compound as defined in claim 47 with the structure as depicted below or its pharmaceutically acceptable salts, prodrugs, esters, or solvates thereof.
197. A compound as defined in claim 47 with the structure as depicted below or its pharmaceutically acceptable salts, prodrugs, esters, or solvates thereof.
198. A compound as defined in claim 47 with the structure as depicted below or its pharmaceutically acceptable salts, prodrugs, esters, or solvates thereof.
199. A compound as defined in claim 47 with the structure as depicted below or its pharmaceutically acceptable salts, prodrugs, esters, or solvates thereof.
200. A compound as defined in claim 47 with the structure as depicted below or its pharmaceutically acceptable salts, prodrugs, esters, or solvates thereof.
201. A compound as defined in claim 47 with the structure as depicted below or its pharmaceutically acceptable salts, prodrugs, esters, or solvates thereof.
202. A compound as defined in claim 47 with the structure as depicted below or its pharmaceutically acceptable salts, prodrugs, esters, or solvates thereof.
203. A compound as defined in claim 47 with the structure as depicted below or its pharmaceutically acceptable salts, prodrugs, esters, or solvates thereof.
204. A compound as defined in claim 47 with the structure as depicted below or its pharmaceutically acceptable salts, prodrugs, esters, or solvates thereof.
205. A compound as defined in claim 47 with the structure as depicted below or its pharmaceutically acceptable salts, prodrugs, esters, or solvates thereof.
206. A compound as defined in claim 47 with the structure as depicted below or its pharmaceutically acceptable salts, prodrugs, esters, or solvates thereof.
207. A compound as defined in claim 47 with the structure as depicted below or its pharmaceutically acceptable salts, prodrugs, esters, or solvates thereof.
208. A compound as defined in claim 47 with the structure as depicted below or its pharmaceutically acceptable salts, prodrugs, esters, or solvates thereof.
209. A compound as defined in claim 63 with the structure as depicted below or its pharmaceutically acceptable salts, prodrugs, esters, or solvates thereof.
210. A compound as defined in claim 24 with the structure as depicted below or its pharmaceutically acceptable salts, prodrugs, esters, or solvates thereof.
211. A compound as defined in claim 24 with the structure as depicted below or its pharmaceutically acceptable salts, prodrugs, esters, or solvates thereof.
212. A compound as defined in claim 24 with the structure as depicted below or its pharmaceutically acceptable salts, prodrugs, esters, or solvates thereof.
213. A compound as defined in claim 24 with the structure as depicted below or its pharmaceutically acceptable salts, prodrugs, esters, or solvates thereof.
214. A compound as defined in claim 24 with the structure as depicted below or its pharmaceutically acceptable salts, prodrugs, esters, or solvates thereof.
2I5. A compound as defined in claim 24 with the structure as depicted below or its pharmaceutically acceptable salts, prodrugs, esters, or solvates thereof.
216. A compound as defined in claim 24 with the structure as depicted below or its pharmaceutically acceptable salts, prodrugs, esters, or solvates thereof.
217. A compound as defined in claim 24 with the structure as depicted below or its pharmaceutically acceptable salts, prodrugs, esters, or solvates thereof.
218. A compound as defined in claim 24 with the structure as depicted below or its pharmaceutically acceptable salts, prodrugs, esters, or solvates thereof.
219. A compound as defined in claim 24 with the structure as depicted below or its pharmaceutically acceptable salts, prodrugs, esters, or solvates thereof.
220. A compound as defined in claim 24 with the structure as depicted below or its pharmaceutically acceptable salts, prodrugs, esters, or solvates thereof.
221. A compound as defined in claim 24 with the structure as depicted below or its pharmaceutically acceptable salts, prodrugs, esters, or solvates thereof.
222. A compound as defined in claim 24 with the structure as depicted below or its pharmaceutically acceptable salts, prodrugs, esters, or solvates thereof.
223. A compound as defined in claim 24 with the structure as depicted below or its pharmaceutically acceptable salts, prodrugs, esters, or solvates thereof.
224. A compound as defined in claim 24 with the structure as depicted below or its pharmaceutically acceptable salts, prodrugs, esters, or solvates thereof.
225. A compound as defined in claim 24 with the structure as depicted below or its pharmaceutically acceptable salts, prodrugs, esters, or solvates thereof.
226. A compound as defined in claim 24 with the structure as depicted below or its pharmaceutically acceptable salts, prodrugs, esters, or solvates thereof.
227. A compound as defined in claim 24 with the structure as depicted below or its pharmaceutically acceptable salts, prodrugs, esters, or solvates thereof.
228. A compound as defined in claim 24 with the structure as depicted below or its pharmaceutically acceptable salts, prodrugs, esters, or solvates thereof 229. A compound as defined in claim 55 with the structure as depicted below or its pharmaceutically acceptable salts, prodrugs, esters, or solvates thereof.
230. A compound as defined in claim 71 with the structure as depicted below or its pharmaceutically acceptable salts, prodrugs, esters, or solvates thereof.
231. A compound as defined in claim 79 with the structure as depicted below or its pharmaceutically acceptable salts, prodrugs, esters, or solvates thereof.
232. A compound as defined in claim 79 with the structure as depicted below or its pharmaceutically acceptable salts, prodrugs, esters, or solvates thereof.
233. A compound as defined in claim 79 with the structure as depicted below or its pharmaceutically acceptable salts, prodrugs, esters, or solvates thereof.
234. A compound as defined in claim 79 with the structure as depicted below or its pharmaceutically acceptable salts, prodrugs, esters, or solvates thereof.
235. A compound as defined in claim 79 with the structure as depicted below or its pharmaceutically acceptable salts, prodrugs, esters, or solvates thereof.
236. A compound as defined in claim 79 with the structure as depicted below or its pharmaceutically acceptable salts, prodrugs, esters, or solvates thereof.
237. A compound as defined in claim 87 with the structure as depicted below or its pharmaceutically acceptable salts, prodrugs, esters, or solvates thereof.
238. A compound as defined in claim 87 with the structure as depicted below or its pharmaceutically acceptable salts, prodrugs, esters, or solvates thereof.
239. A compound as defined in claim 95 with the structure as depicted below or its pharmaceutically acceptable salts, prodrugs, esters, or solvates thereof.
240. A compound as defined in claim 103 with the structure as depicted below or its pharmaceutically acceptable salts, prodrugs, esters, or solvates thereof.
241. A compound as defined in claim 103 with the structure as depicted below or its pharmaceutically acceptable salts, prodrugs, esters, or solvates thereof.
242. A compound as defined in claim 111 with the structure as depicted below or its pharmaceutically acceptable salts, prodrugs, esters, or solvates thereof.
243. A compound as defined in claim 111 with the structure as depicted below or its pharmaceutically acceptable salts, prodrugs, esters, or solvates thereof.
244. A compound as defined in claim 111 with the structure as depicted below or its pharmaceutically acceptable salts, prodrugs, esters, or solvates thereof.
245. A compound as defined in claim 111 with the structure as depicted below or its pharmaceutically acceptable salts, prodrugs, esters, or solvates thereof.
246. A compound as defined in claim 111 with the structure as depicted below or its pharmaceutically acceptable salts, prodrugs, esters, or solvates thereof.
247. A compound as defined in claim 119 with the structure as depicted below or its pharmaceutically acceptable salts, prodrugs, esters, or solvates thereof.
248. A pharmaceutical composition comprising as active component a compound according to any one of the preceding compound claims together with a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier or diluent.
249. A pharmaceutical composition suitable for modulating the activity of PTPases or other molecules with tyrosine phosphate recognition unit(s) comprising an effective amount of a compound according to any one of the preceding compound claims together with a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier or diluent.
250. The pharmaceutical composition according to any one of the claims 248 or 249 suitable for treating or preventing type I diabetes, type II diabetes, impaired glucose tolerance, insuline resistance, obesity, immune dysfunctions including autoimmunity and AIDS, diseases with dysfunctions of the coagulation system, allergic diseases, osteoperosis, proliferative disorders including cancer and psoriosis, diseases with decreased or increased synthesis or effects of growth hormone, diseases with decreased or increased synthesis of hormones or cytokines that regulate the release of/or response to growth hormone, diseases of the brain including Alzheimer's disease and schizophrnia, and infectious diseases.
251. The pharmaceutical composition according to any one of the claims 248, 249 or 250 comprising between 0.5mg and 1000mg of a compound according to any one of the preceding compound claims per unit dose.
252. A method of modulating the activity of PTPases or other molecules with phosphotyrosine recognition unit(s) in a subject in need of such treatment comprising administering to said subject an effective amount of a compound or composition according to any one of the preceding compound or composition claims.
253. The use of a compound according to any one of the preceding compound claims for preparing a medicament.
254. The use of a compound according to any one of the preceding compound claims for preparing a medicament for modulating the activity of PTPases or other molecules with phosphotyrosine recognition unit(s).
255. The use of a compound according to any one of the preceding compound claims for preparing a medicament for treating or preventing type I diabetes, type II
diabetes, impaired glucose tolerance, insuline resistance, obesity, immune dysfunctions including autoimmunity and AIDS, diseases with dysfunctions of the coagulation system, allergic diseases, osteoperosis, proliferative disorders including cancer and psoriosis, diseases with decreased or increased synthesis or effects of growth hormone, diseases with decreased or increased synthesis of hormones or cytokines that regulate the release of/or response to growth hormone, diseases of the brain including Alzheimer's disease and schizophrnia, and infectious diseases.
256. The use of a compound according to any one of the preceding compound claims for preparing a medicament for treating a subject in need of such treatment.
257. The use of a compound according to any one of the preceding compound claims for preparing a medicament for use as an immunosuppressant.
258. An immobilized compound comprising a suitable solid-phase coupled with a compound according to any one of the preceding compound claim.
259. A method for coupling a compound according to any one of the preceding compound claims to a suitable solid-phase matrix.
260. A method for isolating a protein or a glycoprotein with affinity for a compound according to any one of the preceding compound claims from a biological sample, comprising - contacting an immobilized compound according to claim 258 with said biological sample in order for said immobilized compound to form a complex by binding said protein or glycoprotein - removing unbound material from said biological sample and isolating said complex - extracting said protein or glycoprotein from said complex.
261. A method for isolating a protein-tyrosine phosphatase with amity for a compound according to any one of the preceding compound claims from a biological sample, comprising - contacting an immobilized compound according to claim 258 with said biological sample in order for said immobilized compound to form a complex by binding said protein-tyrosine phosphatase - removing unbound material from said biological sample and isolating said complex - extracting said protein-tyrosine phosphatase from said complex.
262. A method for isolating a Src-homology 2 domain containing protein or a phosphotyrosine binding domain containg protein with affinity for a compound according to any one of the preceding compound claims from a biological sample, comprising - contacting an immobilized compound according to claim 258 with said biological sample in order for said immobilized compound to form a complex by binding said Src-homology 2 domain containing protein or a phosphotyrosine binding domain containg protein - removing unbound material from said biological sample and isolating said complex - extracting said Src-homology 2 domain containing protein or a phosphotyrosine binding domain containg protein from said complex.
263. A compound according to any one of the preceding compound claims coupled to a fluorescent or radioactive molecule.
264. A method for coupling a fluorescent or radioactive molecule to a compound according to any one of the preceding compound claims comprising - contacting said compound with said fluorescent or radioactive molecule in a reaction mixture to produce a complex - removing uncomplexed material and isolating said complex from said reaction mixture.
265. A method for detecting a protein-tyrosine phosphatase or other molecules with phosphotyrosine recognition unit(s) in a cell or in a subject using a compound according to claim 263 comprising - contacting said cell or an extract thereof or a biological sample from said subject or by injecting said compound into said subject in order for said compound to produce a complex with said protein-tyrosine phosphatase or said other molecules with phosphotyrosine recognition unit(s) - detecting said complex, thereby detecting the presence of said protein-tyrosine phosphatase or said other molecules with phosphotyrosine recognition unit(s).
266. A method for quantifying the amount of protein-tyrosine phosphatase or other molecules with phosphotyrosine recognition unit(s) in a cell or in a subject using a compound according to claim 263 comprising - contacting said cell or an extract thereof or a biological sample from said subject or by injecting said compound into said subject in order for said compound to produce a complex with said protein-tyrosine phosphatase or said other molecules with phosphotyrosine recognition unit(s) - measuring the amount of said complex, thereby detecting the presence of said protein-tyrosine phosphatase or said other molecules with phosphotyrosine recognition unit(s).
267. A method for determining the function of a given protein-tyrosine phosphatase or group of protein-tyrosine phosphatases or said molecules with phosphotyrosine recognition unit(s) in a cell or in a subject using a compound according to claim 263 comprising - contacting said cell or an extract thereof or a biological sample from said subject or by injecting said compound into said subject in order for said compound to produce a complex with said protein-tyrosine phosphatase or said other molecules with phosphotyrosine recognition unit(s) - measuring the biological effects induced by said complex.
Applications Claiming Priority (1)
Application Number | Priority Date | Filing Date | Title |
---|---|---|---|
PCT/US1996/020508 WO1998027065A1 (en) | 1996-12-16 | 1996-12-16 | Modulators of proteins with phosphotyrosine recognition units |
Publications (1)
Publication Number | Publication Date |
---|---|
CA2275610A1 true CA2275610A1 (en) | 1998-06-25 |
Family
ID=22256341
Family Applications (1)
Application Number | Title | Priority Date | Filing Date |
---|---|---|---|
CA002275610A Abandoned CA2275610A1 (en) | 1996-12-16 | 1996-12-16 | Modulators of proteins with phosphotyrosine recognition units |
Country Status (5)
Country | Link |
---|---|
EP (1) | EP0946518A1 (en) |
JP (1) | JP2001506997A (en) |
AU (1) | AU740425B2 (en) |
CA (1) | CA2275610A1 (en) |
WO (1) | WO1998027065A1 (en) |
Families Citing this family (16)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
US6613903B2 (en) | 2000-07-07 | 2003-09-02 | Novo Nordisk A/S | Modulators of protein tyrosine phosphatases (PTPases) |
US6498182B2 (en) | 2000-09-26 | 2002-12-24 | Biovitrum Ab | Compounds |
UY27450A1 (en) | 2001-09-24 | 2003-04-30 | Bayer Corp | PREPARATION AND USE OF IMIDAZOL DERIVATIVES FOR THE TREATMENT OF OBESITY |
DE10150172A1 (en) * | 2001-10-11 | 2003-04-30 | Morphochem Ag | New 5-amino-4-phenyl-1H-imidazole derivatives useful as protein tyrosine phosphatase 1B inhibitors, for treating e.g. diabetes and obesity |
ES2256560T3 (en) * | 2001-10-12 | 2006-07-16 | Bayer Pharmaceuticals Corporation | HETEROCICLOS OF 5 MEMBERS CONTAINING NITROGEN SUBSTITUTED WITH FELINE FOR THE TREATMENT OF OBESITY. |
CN101899006B (en) * | 2002-08-19 | 2013-11-06 | 劳洛斯治疗公司 | 2,4,5-trisubstituted imidazoles and their use as anti-microbial agents |
JP2006518738A (en) * | 2003-02-12 | 2006-08-17 | トランス テック ファーマ,インコーポレイテッド | Substituted azole derivatives as therapeutic agents |
US7141596B2 (en) | 2003-10-08 | 2006-11-28 | Incyte Corporation | Inhibitors of proteins that bind phosphorylated molecules |
DK1692113T3 (en) | 2003-11-14 | 2018-01-08 | Lorus Therapeutics Inc | ARYLIMIDAZOLES AND USE THEREOF AS ANTICANCES |
CA2611032C (en) | 2005-05-25 | 2012-01-17 | Genesense Technologies Inc. | 2-indolyl imidazo[4,5-d]phenanthroline derivatives and their use in the treatment of cancer |
EP1991544B1 (en) * | 2006-01-30 | 2018-08-15 | vTv Therapeutics LLC | Substituted imidazole derivatives and their use as ptpase inhibitors |
CN101810608B (en) * | 2009-02-24 | 2014-05-28 | 中国人民解放军第二军医大学 | Anti-tumor small molecule compound targeting at human phosphatidylethanolamine-bindingprotein-4 |
EP2976342A4 (en) | 2013-03-20 | 2016-08-10 | Aptose Biosciences Inc | 2-substituted imidazo[4,5-d]phenanthroline derivatives and their use in the treatment of cancer |
KR20160058960A (en) | 2013-10-04 | 2016-05-25 | 압토스 바이오사이언시스 인코포레이티드 | Compositions and methods for treating cancers |
US11149047B2 (en) | 2017-10-30 | 2021-10-19 | Aptose Biosciences, Inc. | Aryl imidazoles for treatment of cancer |
KR102623893B1 (en) * | 2020-11-11 | 2024-01-11 | 주식회사 엘지화학 | Novel compound and organic light emitting device comprising the same |
Family Cites Families (3)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
US5312828A (en) * | 1989-06-14 | 1994-05-17 | Finkelstein Joseph A | Substituted imidazoles having angiotensin II receptor blocking activity |
DE4200954A1 (en) * | 1991-04-26 | 1992-10-29 | Bayer Ag | New heterocycle-substd. phenylacetic acid derivs. - are angiotensin II antagonists for treating arterial hypertonia, atherosclerosis, coronary insufficiency, ischaemic cerebral disorders, respiratory disorders, etc. |
TW224042B (en) * | 1992-04-04 | 1994-05-21 | Basf Ag |
-
1996
- 1996-12-16 JP JP52765098A patent/JP2001506997A/en active Pending
- 1996-12-16 CA CA002275610A patent/CA2275610A1/en not_active Abandoned
- 1996-12-16 AU AU15667/97A patent/AU740425B2/en not_active Ceased
- 1996-12-16 WO PCT/US1996/020508 patent/WO1998027065A1/en not_active Application Discontinuation
- 1996-12-16 EP EP96945409A patent/EP0946518A1/en not_active Withdrawn
Also Published As
Publication number | Publication date |
---|---|
AU1566797A (en) | 1998-07-15 |
AU740425B2 (en) | 2001-11-01 |
WO1998027065A1 (en) | 1998-06-25 |
JP2001506997A (en) | 2001-05-29 |
EP0946518A1 (en) | 1999-10-06 |
Similar Documents
Publication | Publication Date | Title |
---|---|---|
US6388076B1 (en) | Protein tyrosine phosphatase-inhibiting compounds | |
US5753687A (en) | Modulators of proteins with phosphotryrosine recognition units | |
US5770620A (en) | Aryl acrylic acid derivatives useful as protein tyrosine phosphatase inhibitors | |
CA2275610A1 (en) | Modulators of proteins with phosphotyrosine recognition units | |
US5965558A (en) | Modulators of proteins with phosphotyrosine recognition units | |
CN103717582B (en) | As the different * oxazole derivatives of antiseptic-germicide | |
US7166639B2 (en) | NF-κB inhibitors | |
JP6138243B2 (en) | Substituted piperidinoacetamide and uses thereof | |
JP2002537286A (en) | Thioamide derivative | |
EA001280B1 (en) | Substituted n-[(aminoiminomethyl or aminomethyl)phenyl]propyl amides | |
US5420133A (en) | Quinazolinones substituted with phenoxyphenylacetic acid derivatives | |
US5374638A (en) | Six membered ring fused imidazoles substituted with phenoxyphenylacetic acid derivatives used to treat asthma | |
US7375131B2 (en) | NF-κB inhibitors | |
EP2687531B1 (en) | Tetrahydrocarboline derivative | |
JPH08503475A (en) | Carboxy-peptidyl derivatives as anti-modifying activators | |
KR101577943B1 (en) | Cyclic azaindole-3-carboxamides, their preparation and their use as pharmaceuticals | |
JPH09500644A (en) | Endothelin antagonist | |
AU713863B2 (en) | Aryl acrylic acid derivatives useful as protein tyrosine phosphatase inhibitors | |
JP2002510623A (en) | Antidiabetic drugs | |
JPH10503779A (en) | Phenoxyphenylacetic acid derivative | |
JP2000509373A (en) | Modulators of molecules with phosphotyrosine recognition units | |
WO2004080947A1 (en) | Imino ether derivative compounds and drugs containing the compounds as the active ingredient | |
JP2003533506A (en) | N-substituted peptidyl nitrile | |
JP2003521476A (en) | Thiol derivative, metallo-β-lactamase inhibitor | |
US6077849A (en) | Antidiabetic agents |
Legal Events
Date | Code | Title | Description |
---|---|---|---|
EEER | Examination request | ||
FZDE | Dead |